only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.1 For the cantilever beam and loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.1
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
2
2
y y
y
A A
A
F A w L
A w L
L
M M w L
w L
M
Section aa:
0
0 0
0
0
( )
0
y
F w L w x V
V w L w x w L x
2
0
0 0
2 2
0 0 2 2 0
0 0
( )
2
0
2 2
2 2
a a
w L x
M w Lx w x M
w L w x
M
w
L x w L Lx w x
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.2 For the simply supported beam shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.2
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
0
( ) 0
and
y y y
A y
y y
F A C P
M Pa C a b
Pa Pb
C A
a b a b
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < a:
0
0
y y
a a y
Pb
V
a b
Pb
M x
a b
Pb
F A V V
a b
Pb
M A x M x M
a b
Section bb:
For the interval a x < b:
0
y y
Pb
F A P V P V
a b
Pa
V
a b
(
( )
) ( ) 0
b b y
Pb
M A x P x a M x P x a M
a
Pb
b
M x P x a
a b
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.3 For the cantilever beam and loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.3
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
0
0
2 2
2 2
y a b y
y a b
C a b C
C a b
F w a w b C
C w a w b
a b
M w a b w b M
a b
M w a b w b
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < a:
2
2
0
0
2
y a
a a
a
a
a
V w x F w x V
x
M w x M
w x
M
Section bb:
For the interval a x < b:
2
2 2
0
0
2 2
y a b
b b a
b
b
a
b
a
V w a w x a
F w a w x a V
a
w x a a
M w a x
x a
M w a x w x a M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.4 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.4
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
2
2
( ) 0
2 2
( 2 )
2( )
( ) 0
2 2
(2 )
2( )
C a b y
a b
y
A a b y
a b
y
a b
M w a b w b A a b
w a a b w b
A
a b
a b
M w a w b a C a b
w a w b a b
C
a b
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < a:
2
2 2 2
0
0
2
2
( 2 )
2( )
( 2 )
2 2( )
y y a a y
a a y a
a b
a
y
a b a a
F A w x V V w x A
x
M A x w x M
w x
M
w a a b w b
w x
a b
w x w a a b w b
A
a b
x x
Section bb:
For the interval a x < b:
2
( 2 )
( )
2( ) 2( )
( ) 0
( )
a b
a
y a b
a b
b
y
y
F A w a w x a V
V A w a w x
w a a b w b
w a w x a
a b a b
a
2
2 2
( 2 )
2
0
2 2
2 2 2( ) 2( 2 )
b b y a b
a y a b
a b
b
a x a
M A x w a x w x a M
x a a
M A x w
x a a w a a b w b
x w a x w
a b a
a x w
b
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.5 For the cantilever beam and loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.5
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
0 0
2
0 0
0
2 2
0
2 3 6
y y y
B B B
w L w L
F B B
w L L w L
M M M
Section aa:
0
2
0
3
0
0
0
2
0
2 3
2
6
y
a a
w x w x x
F V
L
w x x x
M M
L
V
L
w x
M
L
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.6 For the simply supported beam shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Determine the location and the magnitude of the
maximum bending moment.
Fig. P7.6
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
0 0
0 0
0
2 3 6
2
0
2 3 3
B y y
A y y
w L L w L
M A L A
w L L w L
M B L B
Section aa:
2
0 0 0
3
0 0
2
0 0
3
0 0
0
6 2
6
0
2 6 2
0
2
6
3 6 6
y y
a a y
w x x w L w x
F A V V
L L
w x x x w Lx w x
M A x M M
L
w L w x
V
L
w x w Lx
M
L
L
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Location and magnitude of maximum bending moment:
The maximum bending moment is located at the location where V = 0. Therefore, the maximum
bending moment occurs at:
2
0 0
2 2
0 0
0
6
0.577350
2
2 6 3 3
w L w x
V
L
w x w L L
L
L
L
x Ans.
Substitute this value of x into the bending moment equation to determine the moment magnitude:
3
0 0
3
0 2
0
0
max
6 6
(0.577350 )
0.06415
(0.577
6
0
350 )
6
w x w Lx
M
L
w L w L L
M
L
w L Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.7 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum bending moment and its
location.
Fig. P7.7
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(50 kN)(3 m) (75 kN)(6 m) (10 m) 0
60 kN
50 kN 75 kN 0
65 kN
A y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 3 m:
65 kN 0
(6
65 kN
(65 5 kN k ) N) 0
y y
a a y
V
M
F A V V
M A x M x M x
Section bb:
For the interval 3 m x < 6 m:
50 kN 65 kN 50 k
15 k
0
N
N
y y
F A V
V
V
(50 kN)( 3 m)
(65 kN) (50 kN)( 3 m
(15 kN) 150 kN m
) 0

b b y
M A x x
M x
M
x x M
Section cc:
For the interval 6 m x < 10 m:
50 kN 75 kN
65 kN 50 kN 75 kN 0
60 kN
y y
F A V
V
V
(50 kN)( 3 m) (75 kN)( 6 m)
(65 kN) (50 kN)( 3 m) (75 kN)(
(60
6
kN) 600 kNm
m) 0
c c y
M A x x x M
x x x M
M x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(c) Maximum bending moment
and its location
M
max
= 240 kNm @ x = 6 m
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.8 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.8
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(20 kN)(2 m) (60 kN)(6 m) (8 m) 0
40 kN
20 kN 60 kN 0
40 kN
B y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F B D
B
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 2 m:
20 20 kN 0
(20 k
kN
N (20 kN) ) 0
y
a a
F
M M M
V V
x x
Section bb:
For the interval 2 m x < 8 m:
20 kN
(20 kN) 80 kNm
20 kN 20 kN 40 kN 0
(20 kN) ( 2 m)
(20 kN) (40 kN)( 2 m) 0
y y
b b y
F B V V
M x B x M
x M
x
x
V
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section cc:
For the interval 8 m x < 10 m:
20 kN 60 kN
20 kN 40 kN 60 k
40 kN
N 0
y y
F B
V
V
V
(20 kN) ( 2 m) (60 kN)( 8 m)
(20 kN) (40 kN)( 2 m) (60 kN)( 8 m)
(40 kN) 400 kN
0
m
c c y
M x B x x
M
M
x x M
x
x
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(c) Maximum bending moment
and its location
M
maxpositive
= 80 kNm @ x = 8 m
M
maxnegative
= 40 kNm @ x = 2 m
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.9 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.9
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(7 kips/ft)(30 ft)(15 ft) (21 ft) 0
150 kips
(7 kips/ft)(30 ft) 0
60 kips
C y
y
y y y
y
M B
B
F B C
C
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 9 ft:
2
(7 kips/ft) 0
(7 kips/ft)( )
(7 kips/ft)
(7 kips/f )
2
0
2
t
y
a a
F x V
x
V x
x M x M M
Section bb:
For the interval 9 ft x < 30 ft:
(7 kips/ft) (7 kips/ft) 150 kips 0
(7 kips/ft) 150 kips
y y
F x B V x V
V x
2
(7 kips/ft)( ) ( 9 ft)
2
(7 kips/ft)( ) (150 kips)( 9 ft) 0
2
(7 kips/ft)
(150 kips) 1,350 kips
2
b b y
x
M x B
M x
x M
x
x x M
x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(c) Maximum bending moment
and its location
M
maxpositive
= 257.14 kipft @ x = 21.43 ft
M
maxnegative
= 283.50 kipft @ x = 9 ft
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.10 For the cantilever beam and loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.10
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(4 kips/ft)(8 ft) 0
32 kips
(4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(12 ft) 0
384 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 8 ft:
2
(4 kips/ft)
4 kips
(4 kips/f
/f
t) 0
(4 kips/ft
t
2
)( ) 0
2
y
a a
F x V
x
M x M
V x
M x
Section bb:
For the interval 8 ft x < 16 ft:
(4 kips/ft)(8 ft) 0
(4 kips/ft)(8 ft)( 4 ft
32 kips
(32 kips) 128 ki f
0
p t
)

y
b b
F V
M x M
V
M x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.11 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum bending moment and its
location.
Fig. P7.11
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(42 kips)(10 ft) (6 kips/ft)(20 ft)(20 ft)
(30 ft) 0
94 kips
A
y
y
M
C
C
42 kips (6 kips/ft)(20 ft) 0
68 kips
y y y
y
F A C
A
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 10 ft:
68 kips
(
68 kips 0
(68 kips 6 ) 0 8 kips)
y y
a a y
F A V V
M A x M M x
V
M x
Section bb:
For the interval 10 ft x < 30 ft:
42 kips (6 kips/ft)( 10 ft)
68 kips 42 kips (6 kips/ft)( 10
(6 kips
ft)
/ft) 86
0
kips
y y
F A x V
x V
V x
2
2
10 ft
(42 kips)( 10 ft) (6 kips/ft)( 10 ft)
2
6 kips/ft
(68 kips) (42 kips)( 10 ft) ( 10 f
3 86 120 kip
t
2

)
ft
0
b b y
x
M A x x x M
x x x
M
M
x x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(c) Maximum bending moment
and its location
M
max
= 736.33 kipft @ x = 14.33 ft
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.12 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.12
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
180 kNm (9 m) (36 kN)(12 m) 0
28 kN
36 kN 0
8 kN
A y
y
y y y
y
M C
C
F A C
A
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 4 m:
8 kN 0
(
8 kN
(8 kN) 8 kN) 0
y y
a a y
V
M
F A V V
M x A x M x M
Section bb:
For the interval 4 m x < 9 m:
8 kN
(8 kN) 180 kNm
8 kN 0
180 kNm
(8 kN) 180 kNm 0
y y
x y
F A V V
M A x M
M
x
V
x
M
Section cc:
For the interval 9 m x < 12 m:
8 kN 28 kN 0
36 kN
y y y
F A C V V
V
( 9 m) 180 kNm
(8 kN) (28 kN)( 9
(36 kN) 432
m) 180 kN
kN
m 0
m
c c y y
M A x C
M
x M
x
x
x M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(c) Maximum bending moment
and its location
M
maxpositive
= 32 kNm @ x = 4 m
M
maxnegative
= 148 kNm @ x = 4 m
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.13 For the cantilever beam and loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.13
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 8 ft:
Section bb:
For the interval 8 ft x < 14 ft:
5 kips/ft 6 ft 0
30 kips
120 kipft 5 kips/ft 6 ft 3 ft 0
210 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M

0
120 kip
0 kips
120 kip t ft 0 f
y
a a
V F V
M M M

2
5 kips/ft 8 ft 0
8 ft
120 kipft 5 kips/
5 40
ft 8 ft =0
2
kips
2.5 40 280 kipft
y
b b
F x V
x
M x M
V x
M x x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.14 For the cantilever beam and loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
Fig. P7.14
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 9 ft:
Section bb:
For the interval 9 ft x < 14 ft:
1
6 kips/ft 9 ft 17 kips 0
2
44 kips
1
6 kips/ft 9 ft 6 ft
2
17 kips 14 ft 0
400 kipft
y y
y
A A
A
F A
A
M M
M
2
1 6 1 6
44 kips 0
2 9 2 9
1 6
2 9 3
1 6
400 kipft 44 kips 0
2
44 ki s
9
p
3
3
y y
a a A y
x x
F A x V x V
x x
M M A x x M
x x
x x
x
V
M
3
44 400 kipft
9
x
M x
1
6 kips/ft 9 ft
2
1
44 kips 6 kips/ft 9 ft
17 ki
0
2
ps
y y
F A V
V
V
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.

1
6 kips/ft 9 ft 6 ft
2
1
400 kipft 6 kips/ft 9 ft 6 ft 0 44
1
kips
2
7 238 kipf t
b b A y
M M A x x M
M x
x x M
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.15 For the simply supported beam subjected to the
loading shown,
(a) Derive equations for the shear force V and the
bending moment M for any location in the beam.
(Place the origin at point A.)
(b) Plot the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagrams for the beam using the derived functions.
(c) Report the maximum positive bending moment,
the maximum negative bending moment, and their
respective locations.
Fig. P7.15
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Section aa:
For the interval 0 x < 13 ft:
Section bb:
For the interval 13 ft x < 17 ft:
2
61.03 kips 0 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft
250 kipft 7 kips/ft
2
250 kipft 0 61.03 kips 7
7 61.03 kips
3.5 61.
kips/ft
2
3 0
y y
b b y
F A x V x V
x
M A x x M
x
x x M
V x
M x 250 kipft x
250 kipft 7 kips/ft 25 ft 12.5 ft
17 ft 0
113.97 kips
7 kips/ft 25 ft
113.97 kips 7 kips/ft 25 ft 0
61.03 kips
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
C
C
F A C
A
A
2
61.03 kips 0 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft
7 kips/ft
2
0 61.03 kips 7
7 61.03 kips
3.5 61.03
kips/ft
2
kip t f
y y
a a y
F A x V x V
x
M A x x
V x
M
M
x
x
x
M
x
x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section cc:
For the interval 17 ft x < 25 ft:
7 kips/ft
61.03 kips 113.97 kips 0 7 kips/ft
( 17 ft) 7 kips/ft
2
250 kipft
(17 ft) 175 kips 113.97 kips 7 kips/ft
2
7 175 kips
y y y
c c y y
F A C x V
x V
x
M A x C x x
M
x
x
V
x
x
2
250 kipft 0
3.5 175 2,187.5 kipft M x x
M
(b) Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
(c) Maximum bending moment and its
location
M
maxpositive
= 266.04 kipft
@ x = 8.72 ft
M
maxnagative
= 224.0 kipft
@ x = 17 ft
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.16 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.16
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
28 kips 4 ft 42 kips 8 ft 14 ft 0
32.00 kips
34 kips 56 kips
32.00 kips 28 kips 42 kips 0
38.00 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.17 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.17
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
35 kN 4 m 45 kN 8 m
15 kN 14 m 10 m 0
71 kN
35 kN 45 kN 15 kN
71 kN 35 kN 45 kN 15 kN 0
24 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.18 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.18
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
15 kips 25 kips 0
10 kips
15 kips 9 ft 25 kips 3 ft 0
60 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.19 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.19
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
12 ft 6 ft 18 ft 0 10 kips/ft
40 kips
10 kips/ft 12 ft
40 kips 10 kips/ft 12 ft 0
80 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
y
M C
C
F A C
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.20 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.20
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
4.5 kips/ft 12 ft 9 ft 12 ft 0
40.50 kips
4.5 kips/ft 12 ft
40.50 kips 4.5 kips/ft 12 ft 0
13.50 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
y
M C
C
F A C
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.21 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.21
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
40 kN/m 3 m 50 kN 0
70 kN
40 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m
(50 kN)(3 m) 60 kNm 0
90 kNm
y y
y
A A
A
F A
A
M M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.22 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.22
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
28 kips 9 kips/ft 5 ft 0
17 kips
28 kips 8 ft 9 kips/ft 5 ft 2.5 ft 0
111.5 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.23 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.23
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
10 kips/ft 9 ft 4.5 ft 6 ft 20 ft 0
47.25 kips
10 kips/ft 9 ft 0
42.75 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.24 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.24
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
4.5 kips/ft 7 ft 7 ft
38 kips 14.5 ft 18 ft 0
18.36 kip
4.5 kips/ft 7 ft 38 kips
18.36 kips 4.5 kips/ft 7 ft 38 kips 0
11.86 kips
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
E
E
F A E
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.25 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.25
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
60 kN 2.5 m 45 kN/m 5 m 7.5 m
9 m 0
156.67 kN
60 kN 45 kN/m 4 m
156.67 kN 60 kN 45 kN/m 4 m 0
83.33 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.26 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.26
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
10 kips 0
10 kips
10 kips 10 ft 60 kipft 0
40 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.27 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.27
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
2 kN 11 kN 0
13 kN
50 kNm 2 kN 3.5 m
11 kN 6 m 0
23 kNm
y y
y
A A
A
F A
A
M M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.28 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.28
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
66 kNm 96 kNm 12 m 0
13.50 kN
13.50 kN 0
13.50 kN
A y
y
y y y y
y
M D
D
F A D A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.29 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.29
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
80 kNm 25 kN/m 6 m 3 m
50 kNm 6 m 0
70 kN
25 kN/m 6 m
70 kN 25 kN/m 6 m 0
80 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
B
B
F A B
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.30 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments (both
positive and negative) along with their respective
locations. Clearly differentiate straightline and
curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.30
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
25 kNm 15 kN 8 m
7 kN/m 3 m 13.5 m 12 m 0
31.54 kN
15 kN 7 kN/m 3 m
31.54 kN 15 kN 7 kN/m 3 m 0
4.46 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.31 Draw the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagram for the beam shown in Fig. P7.31. Assume
the upward reaction provided by the ground to be
uniformly distributed. Label all significant points
on each diagram. Determine the maximum value of
(a) the internal shear force and (b) the internal
bending moment.
Fig. P7.31
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
2 kips/ft 8 ft 25 kips 25 kips 16 ft 0
4.125 kips/ft
y
F w
w
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(a) Maximum value of internal shear force:
V = 16.50 kips @ x = 4 ft Ans.
V = 16.50 kips @ x = 12 ft Ans.
(b) Maximum value of internal bending
moment:
M = 33 kipft @ x = 4 ft, 12 ft Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.32 Draw the shearforce and bendingmoment
diagram for the beam shown in Fig. P7.32. Assume
the upward reaction provided by the ground to be
uniformly distributed. Label all significant points
on each diagram. Determine the maximum value of
(a) the internal shear force and (b) the internal
bending moment.
Fig. P7.32
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
40 kN/m 1 m 50 kN
40 kN/m 1 m 4 m 0
32.5 kN/m
y
F
w
w
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
(a) Maximum value of internal shear force:
V = 25 kN @ x = 2 m Ans.
(b) Maximum value of internal bending moment:
M = 4.62 kNm @ x = 1.23 m
M = 4.62 kNm @ x = 2.77 m
M
max
= 5.00 kNm Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.33 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.33
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.75 m,
V = 177.5 kN Ans.
M = 1,167 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 13.75 m,
V = 323 kN Ans.
M = 442 kNm Ans.
125 kN 3 m 50 kN/m 12 m 9 m
15 m 0
385.00 kN
125 kN 50 kN/m 12 m
385.00 kN 125 kN 50 kN/m 12 m 0
340.00 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
C
C
F A C
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.34 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.34
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.75 m,
V = 85.5 kN Ans.
M = 30.4 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 7.75 m,
V = 74.5 kN Ans.
M = 52.4 kNm Ans.
15 kN 3 m 40 kN/m 6 m 3 m
18 kN 10 m 6 m 0
142.50 kN
15 kN 40 kN/m 6 m 18 kN
142.5 kN 15 kN 40 kN/m 6 m 18 kN 0
130.50 kN
B
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
C
C
F B C
B
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.35 Use the graphical method to construct the shear
force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.35
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.75 m,
V = 91.3 kN Ans.
M = 199.2 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 6.75 m,
V = 103.8 kN Ans.
M = 180.5 kNm Ans.
25 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m
65 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m 5 m 0
185.00 kN
25 kN/m 3 m 65 kN/m 5 m
185.00 kN 25 kN/m 3 m
65 kN/m 5 m 0
65.00 kN
B
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
C
C
F B C
B
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.36 Use the graphical method to construct the shear
force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
0.75 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of C.
Fig. P7.36
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.25 m,
V = 21.3 kN Ans.
M = 16.09 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 4.75 m,
V = 31.25 kN Ans.
M = 23.6 kNm Ans.
75 kN 60 kN 35 kN/m 6 m 0
75.00 kN
75 kN 6 m 60 kN 3.5 m 120 kNm
35 kN/m 6 m 3 m 0
90.00 kNm
y y
y
C
C
C
F C
C
M
M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.37 Use the graphical method to construct the shear
force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
1.50 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of D.
Fig. P7.37
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 4.5 m,
V = 93.7 kN Ans.
M = 23.9 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 10.75 m,
V = 125.1 kN Ans.
M = 75.7 kNm Ans.
52 kN 3 m 35 kN/m 9 m 4.5 m
150 kNm 36 kN 12 m 9 m 0
204.83 kN
52 kN 35 kN/m 9 m 36 kN
204.83 kN 52 kN 35 kN/m 9 m 36 kN 0
198.17 kN
B
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.38 Use the graphical method to construct the shear
force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
1.50 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of D.
Fig. P7.38
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 5.0 m,
V = 54.0 kN Ans.
M = 44.0 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 12.25 m,
V = 47.3 kN Ans.
M = 49.5 kNm Ans.
25 kN/m 3.5 m 1.75 m
25 kN/m 12.5 m 6.25 m 80 kN 5.5 m
20 kN 12.5 m 10 m 0
161.00 kN
25 kN/m 16 m 80 kN 20 kN
161.00 kN 25 kN/m 16 m
80 kN 20 kN 0
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
179.00 kN
y
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.39 Use the graphical method to construct the shear
force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Additionally:
(a) Determine V and M in the beam at a point located
1.50 m to the right of B.
(b) Determine V and M in the beam at a point
located 1.25 m to the left of D.
Fig. P7.39
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Shear force V and bending moment M
at specific locations:
(a) At x = 3.50 m,
V = 285 kN Ans.
M = 63.8 kNm Ans.
(b) At x = 7.75 m,
V = 190.0 kN Ans.
M = 331 kNm Ans.
160 kN 2 m 50 kN/m 2 m 1 m
50 kN/m 2 m 1 m
120 kN/m 5 m 4.5 m 7 m 0
340 kN
160 kN 50 kN/m 4 m
120 kN/m 5 m
340 kN 160 kN 50 kN/m 4 m
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
120 kN/m 5 m 0
620 kN
y
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.40 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.40
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
225 kNm 120 kN/m 4 m 2 m
60 kN/m 2.5 m 8.75 m 7.5 m 0
273 kN
120 kN/m 4 m 60 kN/m 2.5 m
273 kN 120 kN/m 4 m
60 kN/m 2.5 m 0
357 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
C
C
F A C
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.41 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.41
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
25 kipft 5 kips/ft 3 ft 1.5 ft
5 kips/ft 5 ft 2.5 ft 25 kips 10 ft
15 ft 0
17.67 kips
5 kips/ft 8 ft 25 kips
17.67 kips 5 kips/ft 8 ft 25 kips 0
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
E
E
F B E
B
47.33 kips
y
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.42 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.42
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
35 kipft 8 kips/ft 9 ft 4.5 ft
17 kips 12 ft 9 ft 0
62.56 kips
8 kips/ft 9 ft 17 kips
62.56 kips 8 kips/ft 9 ft 17 kips 0
26.44 kips
B
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
C
C
F B C
B
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.43 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.43
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
6 kips/ft 30 ft 15 ft 60 kips 10 ft
60 kips 20 ft 3 kips/ft 10 ft 35 ft
90 kipft 30 ft 0
62.00 kips
6 kips/ft 30 ft 10 ft 3 kips/ft
60 kips 60 k
A
y
y
y y y
M
D
D
F A D
ips
62.00 kips 6 kips/ft 30 ft 10 ft 3 kips/ft
60 kips 60 kips 0
28.00 kips
y
y
A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.44 Use the graphical method to construct the shear
force and bendingmoment diagrams for the beam
shown. Label all significant points on each diagram
and identify the maximum moments along with their
respective locations. Clearly differentiate straightline
and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.44
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
5 kips 5 ft 2 kips/ft 20 ft 10 ft 25 kipft
15 kips 8 ft 10 kips 23 ft 20 ft 0
23 kips
5 kips 2 kips/ft 20 ft 15 kips 10 kips
23 kips 5 kips 2 kips/ft 20 ft
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
15 kips 10 kips 0
17 kips
y
B
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.45 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.45
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
50 kN/m 2 m 1 m 20 kN 2 m
25 kN/m 3 m 3.5 m 50 kN 5 m 0
47.50 kNm
50 kN/m 2 m 20 kN
25 kN/m 3 m 50 kN 0
55 kN
A A
A
y y
y
M M
M
F A
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.46 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.46
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
20 kips 15 ft 6 kips/ft 8 ft 11 ft
12 kips/ft 7 ft 3.5 ft
70 kips 7 ft 0
32.00 kipft
20 kips 6 kips/ft 8 ft 70 kips
12 kips/ft 7 ft 0
C
C
C
y
y
M
M
M
F
C
C 42.00 kips
y
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.47 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.47
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
4, 000 lbft 800 lb/ft 4 ft 2 ft
9,000 lbft 600 lb/ft 10 ft 10 ft
3, 600 lb 10 ft 15 ft 0
5, 640 lb
B
y
y
M
E
E
800 lb/ft 4 ft 600 lb/ft 10 ft 3, 600 lb
5, 640 lb 800 lb/ft 4 ft 600 lb/ft 10 ft 3, 600 lb 0
7,160 lb
y y y
y
y
F B E
B
B
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.48 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.48
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
400 kNm 500 kNm 600 kNm
60 kN 2 m 1 m 120 kN/m 4 m 4 m
60 kN/m 2 m 7 m 150 kN 6 m 8 m 0
530 kN
B
y
y
M
E
E
60 kN 2 m 120 kN/m 4 m
60 kN 2 m 150 kN
530 kN 60 kN 2 m 120 kN/m 4 m
60 kN 2 m 150 kN
340 kN
y y y
y
y
F B E
B
B
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.49 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.49
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Consider freebody diagram of DE:
55 kN/m 3 m 1.5 m 3 m 0
82.5 kN
55 kN/m 3 m
82.5 kN 55 kN/m 3 m 0
82.5 kN
D y
y
y y y
y
y
M E
E
F D E
D
D
Consider freebody diagram of ABCD:
60 kNm 75 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m
100 kN 2.5 m 5 m 3.5 m
60 kNm 75 kN/m 5 m 2.5 m
100 kN 2.5 m 82.5 kN 5 m 3.5 m 0
440 kN
75 kN/m 5 m 100 kN
A
y y
y
y
y y y y
M
D C
C
C
F A C D
A 440 kN 75 kN/m 5 m 100 kN 82.5 kN 0
117.5 kN
y
y
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.50 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.50
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
Consider freebody diagram of ABC:
500 lb/ft 10 ft 5 ft 15 ft 0
1, 666.67 lb
500 lb/ft 10 ft
1, 666.67 lb 500 lb/ft 10 ft 0
3,333.33 lb
A y
y
y y y
y
y
M C
C
F A C
A
A
Consider freebody diagram of CDE:
1, 200 lb
1, 666.67 lb 1, 200 lb 0
2, 866.67 lb
10 ft 1, 200 lb 8 ft
1, 666.67 lb 10 ft 1, 200 lb 8 ft 0
26, 266.67 lbft
y y y
y
y
E y E
E
E
F C E
E
E
M C M
M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.51 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.51
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
1
2
70 kN/m 7 m (3.5 m)
70 kN/m 3 m 8 m
55 kN 10 m 7 m 0
443.57 kN
70 kN/m 7 m
70 kN/m 3 m 55 kN
443.57 kN 70 kN/m 7 m
70 kN/m 3 m 55 kN 0
206.43 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
B
B
F A B
A
A
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.52 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.52
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
1
2
8 ft
6 kips/ft 8 ft
3
4 kips/ft 15 ft (14.5 ft) 17 ft 0
47.41 kips
6 kips/ft 8 ft
4 kips/ft 15 ft
47.41 kips 6 kips/ft 8 ft
4 kips/ft 15 ft 0
36.59 k
B
y
y
y y y
y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
B ips
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.53 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.53
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
(9 kips)(4 ft)
4 kips/ft 9 ft (13 ft) 0
270.00 kipft
(9 kips) 4 kips/ft 9 ft 0
27.00 kips
A
A
A
y y
y
M
M
M
F A
A
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.54 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.54
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
(25 kN)(6 m)
30 kN/m 3 m 3 m 0
285.00 kNm
25 kN 30 kN/m 3 m 0
70 kN
D
D
D
y y
y
M
M
M
F D
D
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.55 Use the graphical method to construct the
shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams for the
beam shown. Label all significant points on each
diagram and identify the maximum moments along
with their respective locations. Clearly differentiate
straightline and curved portions of the diagrams.
Fig. P7.55
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
1
2
(6 kips/ft)(22 ft)(11 ft)
2(8 ft)
(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 22 ft (22 ft) 0
3
110.73 kips
(6 kips/ft)(22 ft) (9 kips/ft)(8 ft)
(110.73 kips) (6 kips/ft)(22 ft) (9 k
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
B
B
F A B
A ips/ft)(8 ft) 0
57.27 kips
y
A
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.56 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.56
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(180 lb)(2 ft) (450 lb)(6 ft) (9 ft) 0
340 lb
180 lb 450 lb 0
290 lb
A y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 1 1
( ) 290 lb 0 ft 180 lb 2 ft 450 lb 6 ft 340 lb 9 ft w x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 0 0
( ) 290 lb 0 ft 180 lb 2 ft 450 lb 6 ft 340 lb 9 ft V x x x x x Ans.
1 1 1 1
( ) 290 lb 0 ft 180 lb 2 ft 450 lb 6 ft 340 lb 9 ft M x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.57 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.57
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(10 kN)(2.5 m) (35 kN)(3 m) (5 m) 0
16 kN
10 kN 35 kN 0
29 kN
B y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F B D
B
Load function w(x):
1 1 1 1
( ) 10 kN 0 m 29 kN 2.5 m 35 kN 5.5 m 16 kN 7.5 m w x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 0 0
( ) 10 kN 0 m 29 kN 2.5 m 35 kN 5.5 m 16 kN 7.5 m V x x x x x Ans.
1 1 1 1
( ) 10 kN 0 m 29 kN 2.5 m 35 kN 5.5 m 16 kN 7.5 m M x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.58 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.58
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(30 kN)(3 m) (20 kN)(7 m)
(15 kN)(15 m) (10 m) 0
45.5 kN
30 kN 20 kN 15 kN 0
19.5 kN
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 1
1 1
( ) 19.5 kN 0 m 30 kN 3 m 20 kN 7 m
45.5 kN 10 m 15 kN 15 m
w x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 0
0 0
( ) 19.5 kN 0 m 30 kN 3 m 20 kN 7 m
45.5 kN 10 m 15 kN 15 m
V x x x x
x x Ans.
1 1 1
1 1
( ) 19.5 kN 0 m 30 kN 3 m 20 kN 7 m
45.5 kN 10 m 15 kN 15 m
M x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.59 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.59
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
5 kN 0
5 kN
(5 kN)(6 m) 20 kNm 0
10 kNm
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Load function w(x):
1 2 1 2
( ) 5 kN 0 m 20 kNm 3 m 5 kN 6 m 10 kNm 6 m w x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 0 1
( ) 5 kN 0 m 20 kNm 3 m 5 kN 6 m 10 kNm 6 m V x x x x x Ans.
1 0 1 0
( ) 5 kN 0 m 20 kNm 3 m 5 kN 6 m 10 kNm 6 m M x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.60 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.60
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(35 kN/m)(2 m) 0
70 kN
(35 kN/m)(2 m)(4 m) 0
280 kNm
y y
y
A A
A
F A
A
M M
M
Load function w(x):
1 2 0 0
( ) 70 kN 0 m 280 kNm 0 m 35 kN/m 3 m 35 kN/m 5 m w x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1 1
( ) 70 kN 0 m 280 kNm 0 m 35 kN/m 3 m 35 kN/m 5 m V x x x x x Ans.
1 0 2 2 35 kN/m 35 kN/m
( ) 70 kN 0 m 280 kNm 0 m 3 m 5 m
2 2
M x x x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.61 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.61
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(25 kN)(4 m)(2 m) (32 kN)(6 m) (8 m) 0
49 kN
(25 kN)(4 m) 32 kN 0
83 kN
A y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 0
1 1
( ) 83 kN 0 m 25 kN/m 0 m 25 kN/m 4 m
32 kN 6 m 49 kN 8 m
w x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1
0 0
( ) 83 kN 0 m 25 kN/m 0 m 25 kN/m 4 m
32 kN 6 m 49 kN 8 m
V x x x x
x x Ans.
1 2 2
1 1
25 kN/m 25 kN/m
( ) 83 kN 0 m 0 m 4 m
2 2
32 kN 6 m 49 kN 8 m
M x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.62 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.62
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(3, 000 lb)(5 ft) 8, 000 lbft
(800 lb)(7 ft)(12.5 ft) (20 ft) 0
3,850 lb
3, 000 lb (800 lb)(7 ft) 0
4, 750 lb
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
E
E
F A E
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 2
0 0 1
( ) 4, 750 lb 0 ft 3, 000 lb 5 ft 8, 000 lbft 5 ft
800 lb/ft 9 ft 800 lb/ft 16 ft 3,850 lb 20 ft
w x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 1
1 1 0
( ) 4,750 lb 0 ft 3,000 lb 5 ft 8,000 lbft 5 ft
800 lb/ft 9 ft 800 lb/ft 16 ft 3,850 lb 20 ft
V x x x x
x x x Ans.
1 1 0
2 2 1
( ) 4, 750 lb 0 ft 3, 000 lb 5 ft 8, 000 lbft 5 ft
800 lb/ft 800 lb/ft
9 ft 16 ft 3,850 lb 20 ft
2 2
M x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.63 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.63
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
(800 lb/ft)(12 ft) (800 lb)(6 ft) 0
14, 400 lb
(800 lb/ft)(12 ft)(6 ft)
(800 lb)(6 ft)(21 ft) 0
158, 400 lbft
y y
y
A
A
A
F A
A
M
M
M
Load function w(x):
1 2 0
0 0 0
( ) 14, 400 lb 0 ft 158, 400 lbft 0 ft 800 lbft 0 ft
800 lb/ft 12 ft 800 lb/ft 18 ft 800 lb/ft 24 ft
w x x x x
x x x
Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1
1 1 1
( ) 14, 400 lb 0 ft 158, 400 lbft 0 ft 800 lbft 0 ft
800 lb/ft 12 ft 800 lb/ft 18 ft 800 lb/ft 24 ft
V x x x x
x x x Ans.
1 0 2
2 2 2
800 lbft
( ) 14, 400 lb 0 ft 158, 400 lbft 0 ft 0 ft
2
800 lb/ft 800 lb/ft 800 lb/ft
12 ft 18 ft 24 ft
2 2 2
M x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.64 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.64
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
12 kNm (18 kN/m)(2 m)(2 m) (5 m) 0
12 kN
(18 kN/m)(2 m) 0
24 kN
A y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 2 0
0 1
( ) 24 kN 0 m 12 kNm 0 m 18 kN/m 1 m
18 kN/m 3 m 12 kN 5 m
w x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1
1 0
( ) 24 kN 0 m 12 kNm 0 m 18 kN/m 1 m
18 kN/m 3 m 12 kN 5 m
V x x x x
x x Ans.
1 0 2
2 1
18 kN/m
( ) 24 kN 0 m 12 kNm 0 m 1 m
2
18 kN/m
3 m 12 kN 5 m
2
M x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.65 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.65
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
1
2
(6 kips/ft)(22 ft)(11 ft)
2(8 ft)
(9 kips/ft)(8 ft) 22 ft (22 ft) 0
3
110.73 kips
(6 kips/ft)(22 ft) (9 kips/ft)(8 ft)
(110.73 kips) (6 kips/ft)(22 ft) (9 k
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
B
B
F A B
A ips/ft)(8 ft) 0
57.27 kips
y
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 1 0
1 1 0
( ) 57.27 kips 0 ft 6 kips/ft 0 ft 110.73 kips 22 ft 6 kips/ft 22 ft
9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
22 ft 30 ft 9 kips/ft 30 ft
8 ft 8 ft
w x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 0 1
2 2 1
( ) 57.27 kips 0 ft 6 kips/ft 0 ft 110.73 kips 22 ft 6 kips/ft 22 ft
9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
22 ft 30 ft 9 kips/ft 30 ft
2(8 ft) 2(8 ft)
V x x x x x
x x x Ans.
1 2 1 2
3 3 2
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft
( ) 57.27 kips 0 ft 0 ft 110.73 kips 22 ft 22 ft
2 2
9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
22 ft 30 ft 30 ft
6(8 ft) 6(8 ft) 2
M x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.66 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Use V(x) and M(x) to plot the shearforce and
bendingmoment diagrams.
Fig. P7.66
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
(20 kN/m)(3 m) (30 kN/m)(3 m) 0
105 kN
(20 kN/m)(3 m)(2.5 m)
(30 kN/m)(3 m)(2 m) 0
240 kNm
y y
y
C
C
C
F C
C
M
M
M
Load function w(x):
0 1 0 1
0 1 2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
( ) 20 kN/m 0 m 0 m 20 kN/m 3 m 3 m
3 m 3 m
30 kN/m 3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
w x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 2 1 2
1 0 1
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
( ) 20 kN/m 0 m 0 m 20 kN/m 3 m 3 m
2(3 m) 2(3 m)
30 kN/m 3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
V x x x x x
x x x Ans.
2 3 2 3
2 1 0
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
( ) 0 m 0 m 3 m 3 m
2 6(3 m) 2 6(3 m)
30 kN/m
3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
2
M x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.67 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.67
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
9 kNm (18 kN/m)(3 m)(1 m) (3 m) 0
6 kN
(18 kN/m)(3 m) 0
21 kN
B y
y
y y y
y
M C
C
F B C
B
Load function w(x):
2 1 0
1 1 1
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 18 kN/m 1 m
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
3 m 3 m
w x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 0 1
2 2 0
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 18 kN/m 1 m
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
2(3 m) 2(3 m)
V x x x x
x x x Ans.
0 1 2
3 3 1
18 kN/m
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 1 m
2
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
6(3 m) 6(3 m)
M x x x x
x x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 5.66 kNm at x = 2.59 m Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.68 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.68
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
(5 kips/ft)(9 ft)(6 ft) (14 ft) 0
9.64 kips
(5 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0
12.86 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
M C
C
F A C
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 1
0 1
5 kips/ft 5 kips/ft
( ) 12.86 kips 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
9 ft 9 ft
5 kips/ft 9 ft 9.64 kips 14 ft
w x x x x
x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 2 2
1 0
5 kips/ft 5 kips/ft
( ) 12.86 kips 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
2(9 ft) 2(9 ft)
5 kips/ft 9 ft 9.64 kips 14 ft
V x x x x
x x Ans.
1 3 3
2 1
5 kips/ft 5 kips/ft
( ) 12.86 kips 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
6(9 ft) 6(9 ft)
5 kips/ft
9 ft 9.64 kips 14 ft
2
M x x x x
x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 58.3 kipft at x = 6.80 ft Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.69 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.69
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
(5 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft)
21 ft
(9 kips/ft)(21 ft) 6 ft (16 ft) 0
3
82.41 kips
(5 kips/ft)(6 ft) (9 kips/ft)(21 ft) 0
42.09 kips
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
C
C
F A C
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 0 0
1 1 1
( ) 42.09 kips 0 ft 5 kips/ft 0 ft 5 kips/ft 6 ft 9 kips/ft 6 ft
9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
6 ft 82.41 kips 16 ft 27 ft
21 ft 21 ft
w x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1 1
2 0 2
( ) 42.09 kips 0 ft 5 kips/ft 0 ft 5 kips/ft 6 ft 9 kips/ft 6 ft
9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
6 ft 82.41 kips 16 ft 27 ft
2(21 ft) 2(21 ft)
V x x x x x
x x x Ans.
1 2 2 2
3 1 3
5 kips/ft 5 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
( ) 42.09 kips 0 ft 0 ft 6 ft 6 ft
2 2 2
9 kips/ft 9 kips/ft
6 ft 82.41 kips 16 ft 27 ft
6(21 ft) 6(21 ft)
M x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 170.9 kipft at x = 7.39 ft Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.70 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.70
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
(25 kN/m)(4.0 m)(4.5 m)
2(4.0 m)
(45 kN/m)(4.0 m) 2.5 m (8 m) 0
3
114.38 kN
(25 kN/m)(4.0 m) (45 kN/m)(4.0 m) 0
75.63 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 0 1
1 0 1
45 kN/m
( ) 75.63 kN 0 m 25 kN/m 2.5 m 25 kN/m 6.5 m 2.5 m
4.0 m
45 kN/m
6.5 m 45 kN/m 6.5 m 114.38 kN 8 m
4.0 m
w x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1 2
2 1 0
45 kN/m
( ) 75.63 kN 0 m 25 kN/m 2.5 m 25 kN/m 6.5 m 2.5 m
2(4.0 m)
45 kN/m
6.5 m 45 kN/m 6.5 m 114.38 kN 8 m
2(4.0 m)
V x x x x x
x x x Ans.
1 2 2 3
3 2 1
25 kN/m 25 kN/m 45 kN/m
( ) 75.63 kN 0 m 2.5 m 6.5 m 2.5 m
2 2 6(4.0 m)
45 kN/m 45 kN/m
6.5 m 6.5 m 114.38 kN 8 m
6(4.0 m) 2
M x x x x x
x x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 275 kNm at x = 4.57 m Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.71 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.71
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
2(7.0 m)
(30 kN/m)(7.0 m)(3.5 m) (40 kN/m)(7.0 m)
3
(50 kN/m)(2.0 m)(1.0 m) (5.5 m) 0
234.24 kN
(30 kN/m)(7.0 m) (40 kN/m)(7.0 m)
(50 kN/m)(2.0 m) 0
215.
C
y
y
y y y
y
M
B
B
F B C
C 76 kN
Load function w(x):
0 0 1
1 0 1
1 0 0
40 kN/m
( ) 30 kN/m 0 m 40 kN/m 0 m 0 m
7.0 m
40 kN/m
234.24 kN 1.5 m 30 kN/m 7 m 7 m
7.0 m
215.76 kN 7 m 50 kN/m 7.0 m 50 kN/m 9.0 m
w x x x x
x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 1 2
0 1 2
0 1 1
40 kN/m
( ) 30 kN/m 0 m 40 kN/m 0 m 0 m
2(7.0 m)
40 kN/m
234.24 kN 1.5 m 30 kN/m 7 m 7 m
2(7.0 m)
215.76 kN 7 m 50 kN/m 7.0 m 50 kN/m 9.0 m
V x x x x
x x x
x x x Ans.
2 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 2
30 kN/m 40 kN/m 40 kN/m
( ) 0 m 0 m 0 m
2 2 6(7.0 m)
30 kN/m 40 kN/m
234.24 kN 1.5 m 7 m 7 m
2 6(7.0 m)
50 kN/m 50 kN/m
215.76 kN 7 m 7.0 m 9.0 m
2 2
M x x x x
x x x
x x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 86.6 kNm at x = 4.00 m Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
7.72 For the beam and loading shown,
(a) Use discontinuity functions to write the
expression for w(x). Include the beam reactions in
this expression.
(b) Integrate w(x) to twice to determine V(x) and
M(x).
(c) Determine the maximum bending moment in
the beam between the two simple supports.
Fig. P7.72
Solution
Beam equilibrium:
1
2
1
2
2(4.5 m)
(60 kN)(1.5 m) (90 kN/m)(4.5 m)
3
(6.5 m) 0
79.62 kN
60 kN (90 kN/m)(4.5 m) 0
182.88 kN
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
Load function w(x):
1 1 1
1 0 1
90 kN/m
( ) 60 kN 0 m 182.88 kN 1.5 m 1.5 m
4.5 m
90 kN/m
6 m 90 kN/m 6 m 79.62 kN 8 m
4.5 m
w x x x x
x x x Ans.
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 2
2 1 0
90 kN/m
( ) 60 kN 0 m 182.88 kN 1.5 m 1.5 m
2(4.5 m)
90 kN/m
6 m 90 kN/m 6 m 79.62 kN 8 m
2(4.5 m)
V x x x x
x x x Ans.
1 1 3
3 2 1
90 kN/m
( ) 60 kN 0 m 182.88 kN 1.5 m 1.5 m
6(4.5 m)
90 kN/m 90 kN/m
6 m 6 m 79.62 kN 8 m
6(4.5 m) 2
M x x x x
x x x Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 197.2 kNm at x = 5.01 m Ans.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.1 During fabrication of a laminated timber arch, one of the 10 in. wide by 1 in. thick Douglas fir [E =
1,900 ksi] planks is bent to a radius of curvature of 40 ft. Determine the maximum bending stress
developed in the plank.
Solution
From Eq. (8.3):
1,900 ksi
( 0.5 in.) 1.979 ksi
(40 ft)(12 in./f
1.979 k
t
si
)
x
E
y o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.2 A highstrength steel [E = 200 GPa] tube having an outside diameter of 80 mm and a wall thickness
of 3 mm is bent into a circular curve having a 52m radius of curvature. Determine the maximum
bending stress developed in the tube.
Solution
From Eq. (8.3):
200,000 MPa
( 80 mm/ 2) 153.846 MPa
(52 m)(1,000 mm/
153.8 MP
m)
a
x
E
y o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.3 A highstrength steel [E = 200 GPa] band saw blade wraps around a pulley that has a diameter of
450 mm. Determine the maximum bending stress developed in the blade. The blade is 12mm wide and
1mm thick.
Solution
The radius of curvature of the band saw blade is:
450 mm 1 mm
225.5 mm
2 2
= + =
From Eq. (8.3):
200,000 MPa
( 0.5 mm) 443.459 MPa
225.5 mm
443 MPa
x
E
y o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.4 The boards for a concrete form are to be bent into a circular shape having an inside radius of 10 m.
What maximum thickness can be used for the boards if the normal stress is not to exceed 7 MPa?
Assume that the modulus of elasticity for the wood is 12 GPa.
Solution
The radius of curvature of the concrete form is dependent on the board thickness:
10,000 mm
2
t
= +
From Eq. (8.3):
12,000 MPa
7 MPa
2
10,000 mm
2
x
E t
y
t
o
 
= = s

\ .
 
+

\ .
Solve for t:
12,000 MPa 7 MPa 10,000 mm
2 2
6, 000 70, 000 3.5
5,996.5
11.67 mm
70, 000
t t
t t
t
t
   
s +
 
\ . \ .
s +
s
s Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.5 A beam having a teeshaped cross section is subjected to equal 12 kNm bending moments, as
shown in Fig. P8.5a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.5b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
about the z axis.
(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.
Fig. P8.5a Fig. P8.5b
Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of tee shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
top flange 2,500.0 162.5 406,250.0
stem 3,750.0 75.0 281,250.0
6,250.0 mm
2
687,500.0 mm
3
3
2
687,500.0 mm
6,250.0 mm
110.0 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of stem) Ans.
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 130,208.33 52.50 6,890,625.00 7,020,833.33
stem 7,031,250.00 35.00 4,593,750.00 11,625,000.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 18,645,833.33
4
18, 656, 000 mm
z
I = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section moduli:
4
3
top
top
4
3
bot
bot
3
18, 645,833.33 mm
286,858.974 mm
(175 mm 110 mm)
18, 645,833.33 mm
169,507.576 mm
110 mm
169,500 mm
z
z
I
S
c
I
S
c
S
= = =
= = =
= Ans.
(b) Bending stress at point H: (y = 175 mm 25 mm 110 mm = 40 mm)
4
(12 kNm)(40 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
18,654,833.33 mm
25.743 MPa 25.7 MPa (C)
x
z
My
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
(c) Maximum bending stress:
The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the
cross section is at y = +65 mm, and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 110 mm. The larger
bending stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the bottom
of the cross section.
4
(12 kNm)( 110 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
18,654,833.33 mm
70.793 MPa 70.8 MPa (T)
x
z
My
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.6 A beam is subjected to equal 6.5 kipft bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.6a. The cross
sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.6b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
about the z axis.
(b) the bending stress at point H, which is located 2 in. below the z centroidal axis. State whether the
normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.
Fig. P8.6a Fig. P8.6b
Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
left side 8.0 4.0 32.0
top flange 4.0 7.5 30.0
right side 8.0 4.0 32.0
20.0 in.
2
94.0 in.
3
3
2
94.0 i
4.70
n.
20.0 i
i
n
n
.
.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of section) Ans.
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left side 42.667 0.700 3.920 46.587
top flange 0.333 2.800 31.360 31.693
right side 42.667 0.700 3.920 46.587
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) =
124.867
4
124.9 in.
z
I = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section moduli:
4
3
top
top
4
3
bot
bot
3
124.867 in.
37.8384 in.
(8 in. 4.7 in.)
124.867 in.
26.5674 in.
4.7 in
26.6 in.
.
z
z
I
S
c
I
S
c
S
= = =
= = =
= Ans.
(b) Bending stress at point H: (y = 2 in.)
4
( 6.5 kipft)( 2 in.)(12 in./ft)
124.867 in.
1, 249 p 1, 249 psi ( ) i C s
x
z
My
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
(c) Maximum bending stress:
The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the
cross section is at y = +3.30 in., and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 4.7 in. The larger bending
stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the bottom of the
cross section.
4
( 6.5 kipft)( 4.7 in.)(12 in./ft)
124.867 in
2,940 psi (
.
2,935. i C) 9 ps
x
z
My
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.7 A beam is subjected to equal 470 Nm bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.7a. The cross
sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.7b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
about the z axis.
(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.
Fig. P8.7a Fig. P8.7b
Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of U shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left side 400.0 25.0 10,000.0
bottom flange 272.0 4.0 1,088.0
right side 400.0 25.0 10,000.0
1,072.0 mm
2
21,088.0 mm
3
3
2
21, 088.0 mm
1,072.0 mm
19.67 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of section) Ans.
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left side 83,333.33 5.33 11,356.56 94,689.89
bottom flange 1,450.67 15.67 66,803.30 68,253.96
right side 83,333.33 5.33 11,356.56 94,689.89
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 257,633.75
4
257,600 mm
z
I = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section moduli:
4
3
top
top
4
3
bot
bot
3
257,633.75 mm
8,494.814 mm
(50 mm 19.672 mm)
257,633.75 mm
13,096.708 mm
19.672
8, 495 mm
mm
z
z
I
S
c
I
S
c
S
= = =
= = =
= Ans.
(b) Bending stress at point H: (y = 8 mm 19.672 mm = 11.672 mm)
4
(470 Nm)( 11.672 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
257,633.75 m
21.
m
21 3 MPa .293 (T) MPa
x
z
My
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
(c) Maximum bending stress:
The maximum bending stress occurs at either the top or the bottom surface of the beam. The top of the
cross section is at y = +30.328 mm, and the bottom of the cross section is at y = 19.672 mm. The larger
bending stress magnitude occurs at the larger magnitude of these two values; in this case, at the top of
the cross section.
4
(470 Nm)(30.328 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
257,633.7
55.3 MPa (
5 mm
55.328 C) MPa
x
z
My
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.8 A beam is subjected to equal 17.5 kipft bending moments, as shown in Fig. P8.8a. The cross
sectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P8.8b. Determine:
(a) the centroid location, the moment of inertia about the z axis, and the controlling section modulus
about the z axis.
(b) the bending stress at point H. State whether the normal stress at H is tension or compression.
(c) the bending stress at point K. State whether the normal stress at K is tension or compression.
(d) the maximum bending stress produced in the cross section. State whether the stress is tension or
compression.
Fig. P8.8a Fig. P8.8b
Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 12.0000 13.0000 156.0000
web 20.0000 7.0000 140.0000
bottom flange 20.0000 1.0000 20.0000
52.0000 in.
2
316.0000 in.
3
3
2
316.0 in.
6.077 in.
52.0
6.08 in.
in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of bottom
flange) Ans.
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 4.000 6.923 575.148 579.148
web 166.667 0.923 17.041 183.708
bottom flange 6.667 5.077 515.503 522.170
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 1,285.026
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section Moduli
4
3
4
3
6.0769 in.
14 in. 6.0769 in. 7.9231 in.
1, 285.026 in.
211.460 in.
6.0769 in.
1, 285.026 in.
162.188 in.
7.9231 in.
The controlling section modulus is the smaller of the
bot
top
z
bot
bot
z
top
top
c
c
I
S
c
I
S
c
=
= =
= = =
= = =
3
two values; theref
162.2
ore,
in. S = Ans.
Bending stress at point H:
From the flexure formula:
4
( 17.5 kipft)(7.9231 in. 2 in.)(12 in./ft)
967.9544 psi
1,285.0256 i
968 psi (T)
n.
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Bending stress at point K:
From the flexure formula:
4
( 17.5 kipft)( 6.0769 in. 2 in.)(12 in./ft)
666.2543 psi
1,285.026 in
666 psi
.
(C)
x
z
My
I
o
+
= = = = Ans.
Maximum bending stress
Since c
top
> c
bot
, the maximum bending stress occurs at the top of the flanged shape. From the flexure
formula:
4
( 17.5 kipft)(7.9231 in.)(12 in./ft)
1, 294.8 psi
1,285.02
1, 295 psi
6 n.
(T)
i
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Also, note that the same maximum bending stress magnitude can be calculated with the section
modulus:
3
(17.5 kipft)(12 in./ft)
1, 294.8 psi
162.
1, 295 ps
1877 in.
i
x
M
S
o = = = = Ans.
The sense of the stress (either tension or compression) would be determined by inspection.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.9 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.9.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 43 MPa (C),
determine the internal bending moment M
z
acting
about the z centroidal axis of the beam.
(b) Determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.
Fig. P8.9
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of doubletee shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
top flange 375.0 47.5 17,812.5
left stem 225.0 22.5 5,062.5
right stem 225.0 22.5 5,062.5
825.0 mm
2
27,937.5 mm
3
3
2
27, 937.5 mm
33.864 mm 33.9 mm
825.0 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = = =
E
(measured upward from bottom of section)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 781.250 13.636 69,731.405 70,512.655
left stem 37,968.750 11.364 29,054.752 67,023.502
right stem 37,968.750 11.364 29,054.752 67,023.502
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 204,559.659
(a) Determine bending moment:
At point K, y = 50 mm 5 mm 33.864 mm = 11.136 mm. The bending stress at K is o
x
= 43 MPa;
therefore, the bending moment magnitude can be determined from the flexure formula:
2 4
( 43 N/mm )(204,559.659 mm )
11.136 mm
789,850.765 N 790 Nm mm
x
z
x z
My
I
I
M
y
o
o
=
= =
= = Ans.
(b) Bending stress at point H:
At point H, y = 33.864 mm. The bending stress is computed with the flexure formula:
4
(789,850.765 Nmm)( 33.864 mm)
130.755 MPa
2
130.8 MPa (
04,559.659 mm
T)
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.10 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.10.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 2,600 psi (T),
determine the internal bending moment M
z
acting
about the z centroidal axis of the beam.
(b) Determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.
Fig. P8.10
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of invertedtee shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
bottom flange 0.56250 0.12500 0.07031
stem 0.56250 1.37500 0.77344
1.12500 in.
2
0.84375 in.
3
3
2
0.84375 in.
0.750 in.
1.1250 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
bottom flange 0.00293 0.62500 0.21973 0.22266
stem 0.23730 0.62500 0.21973 0.45703
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 0.67969
(a) Determine bending moment:
At point K, y = 2.50 in. 0.75 in. = 1.750 in. The bending stress at K is o
x
= +2,600 psi; therefore, the
bending moment magnitude can be determined from the flexure formula:
4
(2, 600 psi)(0.67967 in. )
1.750 in.
1, 009.820 lbin. 1,010 lbin. 84.2 lbft
x
z
x z
My
I
I
M
y
o
o
=
= =
= = = Ans.
(b) Bending stress at point H:
At point H, y = 0.75 in. The bending stress is computed with the flexure formula:
4
( 1, 009.820 lbin.)( 0.75 in.)
1,114.286 psi
0
1,114 psi
.67969 i
(C)
n.
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.11 The crosssectional dimensions of a box
shaped beam are shown in Fig. P8.11. If the
maximum allowable bending stress is o
b
=
15,000 psi, determine the maximum internal
bending moment M
z
magnitude that can be
applied to the beam.
Fig. P8.11
Solution
Moment of inertia about z axis:
3 3
4
(3 in.)(2 in.) (2.5 in.)(1 in.)
1.791667 in.
12 12
z
I = =
Maximum internal bending moment M
z
:
4
(15, 000 psi)(1.791667 in. )
26,875 lbin.
1 in.
2, 240 lbft
z
x
z
x z
M c
I
I
M
c
o
o
=
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.12 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.12. The internal bending moment
about the z centroidal axis is M
z
= +2.70 kipft.
Determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the
beam.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the
beam.
Fig. P8.12
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
left stem 2.000 2.000 4.000
top flange 2.500 3.750 9.375
right stem 2.000 2.000 4.000
6.500 in.
2
17.375 in.
3
3
2
17.375 in.
2.673 in.
6.500 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left stem 2.66667 0.67308 0.90607 3.57273
top flange 0.05208 1.07692 2.89941 2.95149
right stem 2.66667 0.67308 0.90607 3.57273
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 10.09696
(a) Determine maximum tension bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, tension bending stresses will be created below the neutral axis.
Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at point K (i.e., y = 2.673 in.):
4
(2.70 kipft)( 2.673 in.)(12 in./ft)
8.578 ksi
10.09696 in.
8.58 ksi (T)
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
(b) Determine maximum compression bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, compression bending stresses will be created above the neutral axis.
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress will occur at point H (i.e., y = 4 in. 2.673 in. =
1.327 in.):
4
(2.70 kipft)(1.327 in.)(12 in./ft)
4.258 ksi
10.0969
4.26 ksi
6 in.
(C)
x
z
My
I
o = = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.13 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.13.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 35.0 MPa (T),
determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.
(b) If the allowable bending stress is o
b
= 165 MPa,
determine the magnitude of the maximum bending
moment M
z
that can be supported by the beam.
Fig. P8.13
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 540,000.000 160.000 184,320,000.000 184,860,000.000
web 32,518,666.667 0.000 0.000 32,518,666.667
bottom flange 540,000.000 160.000 184,320,000.000 184,860,000.000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 402,238,666.667
(a) At point K, y = 90 mm, and at point H, y = 175 mm. The bending stress at K is o
x
= +35 MPa, and
the bending stress is distributed linearly over the depth of the cross section. Therefore, the bending
stress at H can be found from the ratio:
175 mm
(35.0 MPa) 68.056 MPa
90
6
8.1 MPa (T)
mm
H K
H K
H
H K
K
y y
y
y
o o
o o
=
= = = =
Ans.
(b) Maximum internal bending moment M
z
:
2 4
(165 N/mm )(402,238,667 mm )
379, 253, 600 Nmm
175 m
3 N
m
79 k m
z
x
z
x z
z
M c
I
I
M
c
o
o
=
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.14 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.14.
(a) If the bending stress at point K is 9.0 MPa (T),
determine the bending stress at point H. State
whether the normal stress at H is tension or
compression.
(b) If the allowable bending stress is o
b
= 165 MPa,
determine the magnitude of the maximum bending
moment M
z
that can be supported by the beam.
Fig. P8.14
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left flange 9,720,000 0 0 9,720,000
web 31,680 0 0 31,680
right flange 9,720,000 0 0 9,720,000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 19,471,680
(a) At point K, y = 60 mm, and at point H, y = +90 mm. The bending stress at K is o
x
= +9.0 MPa, and
the bending stress is distributed linearly over the depth of the cross section. Therefore, the bending
stress at H can be found from the ratio:
90 mm
(9.0 MP 13.50 a) 13.50 MPa
60 m
MPa (C
m
)
H K
H K
H
H K
K
y y
y
y
o o
o o
=
= = = =
Ans.
(b) Maximum bending moment M
z
:
2 4
(165 N/mm )(19,471,680 mm )
35, 698, 080 Nmm
90 mm
35.7 kNm
z
x
z
x z
M c
I
I
M
c
o
o
=
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.15 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.15. The internal bending moment
about the z centroidal axis is M
z
= 1.55 kipft.
Determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the
beam.
Fig. P8.15
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 8.0 4.5 36.0
left web 3.0 2.5 7.5
left bottom flange 3.0 0.5 1.5
right web 3.0 2.5 7.5
right bottom flange 3.0 0.5 1.5
20.0 in.
2
54.0 in.
3
3
2
54.0 in.
2.70 in.
20.0 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of bottom flange)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.6667 1.8000 25.9200 26.5867
left web 2.2500 0.2000 0.1200 2.3700
left bottom flange 0.2500 2.2000 14.5200 14.7700
right web 2.2500 0.2000 0.1200 2.3700
right bottom flange 0.2500 2.2000 14.5200 14.7700
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 60.8667
(a) Maximum tension bending stress:
For a negative bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the top surface of the
cross section. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the top surface is:
4
( 1.55 kipft)(5.0 in. 2.70 in.)(12 in./ft)
0.7028 ksi
60.8667 i
703 p
n
si T)
.
(
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of the cross section. From
the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom surface is:
4
( 1.55 kipft)( 2.70 in.)(12 in./ft)
0.8251 ksi
60.8667 in.
825 psi (C)
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.16 The crosssectional dimensions of a beam are
shown in Fig. P8.16. The internal bending moment
about the z centroidal axis is M
z
= +270 lbft.
Determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the
beam.
Solution
Fig. P8.16
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
bottom flange 0.40625 0.06250 0.02539
left web 0.28125 1.25000 0.35156
left top flange 0.09375 2.43750 0.22852
right web 0.28125 1.25000 0.35156
right top flange 0.09375 2.43750 0.22852
1.15625 in.
2
1.18555 in.
3
3
2
1.18555 in.
1.0253 in.
1.15625 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of bottom flange)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
bottom flange 0.000529 0.962838 0.376617 0.377146
left web 0.118652 0.224662 0.014196 0.132848
left top flange 0.000122 1.412162 0.186956 0.187079
right web 0.118652 0.224662 0.014196 0.132848
right top flange 0.000122 1.412162 0.186956 0.187079
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 1.016999
(a) Maximum tension bending stress:
For a positive bending moment of M
z
= +270 lbft, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the
bottom surface of the cross section (i.e., y = 1.0253 in.). From the flexure formula, the bending stress
at the bottom of the cross section is:
4
(270 lbft)( 1.0253 in.)(12 in./ft)
3, 26 3, 270 psi 6.446 psi
1.016999
(
i
)
n.
T
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top surface of the cross section (i.e., y = 2.50
in. 1.0253 in. = 1.4747 in.). From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the top of the cross
section is:
4
(270 lbft)(1.4747 in.)(12 in./ft)
4, 69 4, 700 psi 8.164 psi
1.016999
in.
(C)
x
z
My
I
o = = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.17 Two vertical forces are applied to a simply supported beam (Fig. P8.17a) having the cross section
shown in Fig. P8.17b. Determine the maximum tension and compression bending stresses produced in
segment BC of the beam.
Fig. P8.17a Fig. P8.17b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
top flange 3,000.0 167.5 502,500.0
stem 1,440.0 80.0 115,200.0
4,440 mm
2
617,700 mm
3
3
2
617, 700 mm
139.1216 mm
4,440 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of stem)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 56,250.00 28.38 2,415,997.08 2,472,247.08
stem 3,072,000.00 59.12 5,033,327.25 8,105,327.25
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 10,577,574.32
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
The maximum moment occurs between B and C. The moment magnitude is 12 kNm.
Maximum tension bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of
this cross section. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom of the tee stem is:
6 4
(12 kNm)( 139.1216 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
10.5776 10 m
157.8 MPa )
m
(T
x
z
My
I
o
= = =
Ans.
Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top of the flange:
6 4
(12 kNm)(175 mm 139.1216 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
10.5776 10 mm
40.7 MPa 40.7 MPa (C)
x
z
My
I
o =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.18 Two vertical forces are applied to a simply supported beam (Fig. P8.18a) having the cross section
shown in Fig. P8.18b. Determine the maximum tension and compression bending stresses produced in
segment BC of the beam.
Fig. P8.18a Fig. P8.18b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
left stem 0.7500 1.5000 1.1250
bottom flange 0.5000 0.1250 0.0625
right stem 0.7500 1.5000 1.1250
2.000 in.
2
2.3125 in.
3
3
2
2.3125 in.
1.1563 in.
2.000 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
(measured upward from bottom edge of stem)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left stem 0.56250 0.34375 0.08862 0.65112
bottom flange 0.00260 1.03125 0.53174 0.53434
right stem 0.56250 0.34375 0.08862 0.65112
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 1.83659
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams:
The maximum moment occurs between B and C. The moment magnitude is 600 lbft.
Maximum tension bending stress:
For a positive bending moment, the maximum tension bending stress will occur at the bottom surface of
this cross section at y = 1.1563 in. From the flexure formula, the bending stress at the bottom of the U
shape is:
4
(600 lbft)( 1.1563 in.)(12 in./ft)
4,533 4,530 psi ( .053 psi
1.83659 in.
T)
x
z
My
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Maximum compression bending stress:
The maximum compression bending stress will occur at the top of the U shape, where y = 1.8438 in.:
4
(600 lbft)(1.8438 in.)(12 in./ft)
7, 228 7, 230 psi .265 psi
1
(
.83659 in.
C)
x
z
My
I
o = = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.19 A WT230 26 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.19a.
The dimensions from the top and bottom of the shape to the centroidal axis are shown on the sketch of
the cross section (Fig. P8.19b). Consider the entire 4m length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.
Fig. P8.19a Fig. P8.19b
Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:
6 4
16.7 10 mm
z
I
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 13.61 kNm
negative M = 20.00 kNm
Bending stresses at max positive moment
2
6 4
2
6 4
(13.61 kNm)(60.7 mm)(1,000)
16.7 10 mm
49.5 MPa (C)
(13.61 kNm)( 164.3 mm)(1,000)
16.7 10 mm
133.9 MPa (T)
x
x
Bending stresses at max negative moment
2
6 4
2
6 4
( 20 kNm)(60.7 mm)(1,000)
16.7 10 mm
72.7 MPa (T)
( 20 kNm)( 164.3 mm)(1,000)
16.7 10 mm
196.8 MPa (C)
x
x
(a) Maximum tension bending stress
(b) Maximum compression bending stress
133.9 MPa (T)
196.8 MPa (C)
Ans.
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.20 A WT305 41 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.20a.
The dimensions from the top and bottom of the shape to the centroidal axis are shown on the sketch of
the cross section (Fig. P8.19b). Consider the entire 10m length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.
Fig. P8.20a Fig. P8.20b
Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:
6 4
48.7 10 mm
z
I
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 45.84 kNm
negative M = 24.00 kNm
Bending stresses at max positive moment
2
6 4
2
6 4
(45.84 kNm)(88.9 mm)(1,000)
48.7 10 mm
83.7 MPa (C)
(45.84 kNm)( 211.1 mm)(1,000)
48.7 10 mm
198.7 MPa (T)
x
x
Bending stresses at max negative moment
2
6 4
2
6 4
( 24 kNm)(88.9 mm)(1,000)
48.7 10 mm
43.8 MPa (T)
( 24 kNm)( 211.1 mm)(1,000)
48.7 10 mm
104.0 MPa (C)
x
x
(a) Maximum tension bending stress
(b) Maximum compression bending stress
198.7 MPa (T)
104.0 MPa (C)
Ans.
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.21 A steel tee shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.21a. The dimensions of
the shape are shown in Fig. P8.21b. Consider the entire 24ft length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.
Fig. P8.21a Fig. P8.21b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 24.0000 19.2500 462.0000
stem 13.8750 9.2500 128.3438
37.875 in.
2
590.3438 in.
3
3
2
590.3438 in.
15.5866 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
37.8750 in.
4.4134 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 4.5000 3.6634 322.0861 326.5861
stem 395.7266 6.3366 557.1219 952.8484
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 1,279.4345
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 100.75 kipft
negative M = 68.00 kipft
Bending stresses at max positive moment
4
4
(100.75 kipft)(4.4134 in.)(12 in./ft)
1, 279.4345 in.
4.17 ksi (C)
(100.75 kipft)( 15.5866 in.)(12 in./ft)
1, 279.4345 in.
14.73 ksi (T)
x
x
Bending stresses at max negative moment
4
4
( 68 kipft)(4.4134 in.)(12 in./ft)
1, 279.4345 in.
2.81 ksi (T)
( 68 kipft)( 15.5866 in.)(12 in./ft)
1, 279.4345 in.
9.94 ksi (C)
x
x
(a) Maximum tension bending stress
(b) Maximum compression bending stress
14.73 ksi (T)
9.94 ksi (C)
Ans.
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.22 A flanged wooden shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.22a. The
dimensions of the shape are shown in Fig. P8.22b. Consider the entire 18ft length of the beam and
determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.
Fig. P8.22a Fig. P8.22b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 20.0 11.0 220.0
web 16.0 6.0 96.0
bottom flange 12.0 1.0 12.0
48.0 in.
2
328.0 in.
3
3
2
328.0 in.
6.8333 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
48.0 in.
5.1667 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 6.667 4.167 347.222 353.889
web 85.333 0.833 11.111 96.444
bottom flange 4.000 5.833 408.333 412.333
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 862.667
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 10,580 lbft
negative M = 8,400 lbft
Bending stresses at max positive moment
4
4
(10,580 lbft)(5.1667 in.)(12 in./ft)
862.667 in.
760.4 psi (C)
(10,580 lbft)( 6.8333 in.)(12 in./ft)
862.667 in.
1, 005.6 psi (T)
x
x
Bending stresses at max negative moment
4
4
( 8, 400 lbft)(5.1667 in.)(12 in./ft)
862.667 in.
603.7 psi (T)
( 8, 400 lbft)( 6.8333 in.)(12 in./ft)
862.667 in.
798.5 psi (C)
x
x
(a) Maximum tension bending stress
(b) Maximum compression bending stres
1,006 psi (T)
799 psi (C) s
Ans.
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.23 A channel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.23a. The dimensions of
the shape are shown in Fig. P8.23b. Consider the entire 12ft length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.
Fig. P8.23a Fig. P8.23b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
left stem 3.000 3.000 9.000
top flange 5.500 5.750 31.625
right stem 3.000 3.000 9.000
11.500 in.
2
49.625 in.
3
3
2
49.625 in.
4.3152 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
11.500 in.
1.6848 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left stem 9.0000 1.3152 5.1894 14.1894
top flange 0.1146 1.4348 11.3223 11.4369
right stem 9.0000 1.3152 5.1894 14.1894
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 39.8157
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 8,850 lbft
negative M = 9,839 lbft
Bending stresses at max positive moment
4
4
(8,850 lbft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
39.8157 in.
4, 494 psi (C) 4.49 ksi (C)
(8,850 lbft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)
39.8157 in.
11, 510 psi (T) 11.51 ksi (T)
x
x
Bending stresses at max negative moment
4
4
( 9, 839 lbft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
39.8157 in.
4, 996 psi (T) 5.00 ksi (T)
( 9, 839 lbft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)
39.8157 in.
12, 796 psi (C) 12.80 ksi (C)
x
x
(a) Maximum tension bending stress
(b) Maximum compression bending stress
11.51 ksi (T)
12.80 ksi (C)
Ans.
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.24 A W360 72 standard steel shape is used to support the loads shown on the beam in Fig. P8.24a.
The shape is oriented so that bending occurs about the weak axis as shown in Fig. P8.24b. Consider the
entire 6m length of the beam and determine:
(a) the maximum tension bending stress at any location along the beam, and
(b) the maximum compression bending stress at any location along the beam.
Fig. P8.24a Fig. P8.24b
Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:
6 4
21.4 10 mm 204 mm
z f
I b
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 31.50 kNm
negative M = 25.87 kNm
Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,
the largest bending stresses will occur at the
location of the largest moment magnitude
either positive or negative. In this case, the
largest bending stresses will occur where the
moment magnitude is 31.50 kNm.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
2
6 4
(31.50 kNm)( 204 mm/2)(1,000)
21.4 10 mm
150.1 MPa (T) and (C)
x
(a) Maximum tension bending stress
(b) Maximum compression bending stress
150.1 MPa (T)
150.1 MPa (C)
Ans.
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.25 A 1.00in.diameter solid steel
shaft supports loads P
A
= 180 lb and P
C
= 240 lb as shown in Fig. P8.25.
Assume L
1
= 5 in., L
2
= 16 in., and L
3
=
8 in. The bearing at B can be idealized
as a roller support and the bearing at D
can be idealized as a pin support.
Determine the magnitude and location
of the maximum bending stress in the
shaft.
Fig. P8.25
Solution
Section properties
4 4 4
(1.00 in.) 0.049087 in.
64 64
I D
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 980 lbin.
negative M = 900 lbin.
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur at
C, where the moment magnitude is 980 lbin.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
4
(980 lbin.)( 1.00 in./2)
0.049087
9
in.
,980 psi
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.26 A 30mmdiameter solid steel
shaft supports loads P
A
= 1,400 N and
P
C
= 2,600 N as shown in Fig. P8.26.
Assume L
1
= 100 mm, L
2
= 200 mm,
and L
3
= 150 mm. The bearing at B can
be idealized as a roller support and the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin
support. Determine the magnitude and
location of the maximum bending stress
in the shaft.
Fig. P8.26
Solution
Section properties
4 4 4
(30 mm) 39, 760.8 mm
64 64
I D
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 162,857 Nmm
negative M = 140,000 Nmm
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur
where the moment magnitude is 162,857 N
mm.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
4
(162,857 Nmm)( 30 mm/2)
39, 760.8 mm
61.4 MPa
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.27 A 20mmdiameter solid steel shaft
supports loads P
A
= 500 N, P
C
= 1,750
N, and P
E
= 500 N as shown in Fig.
P8.27. Assume L
1
= 90 mm, L
2
= 260
mm, L
3
= 140 mm, and L
4
= 160 mm.
The bearing at B can be idealized as a
roller support and the bearing at D can
be idealized as a pin support. Determine
the magnitude and location of the
maximum bending stress in the shaft.
Fig. P8.27
Solution
Section properties
4 4 4
(20 mm) 7,853.9816 mm
64 64
z
I D
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 91,500 Nmm
negative M = 80,000 Nmm
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur at
C, where the moment magnitude is 91,500 N
mm.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
4
(91,500 Nmm)( 20 mm/2)
7,853.9816
1
mm
16.5 MPa
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.28 A 1.75in.diameter solid steel shaft
supports loads P
A
= 250 lb, P
C
= 600 lb,
and P
E
= 250 lb as shown in Fig. P8.28.
Assume L
1
= 9 in., L
2
= 24 in., L
3
= 12
in., and L
4
= 15 in. The bearing at B can
be idealized as a roller support and the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin
support. Determine the magnitude and
location of the maximum bending stress
in the shaft.
Fig. P8.28
Solution
Section properties
4 4 4
(1.75 in.) 0.460386 in.
64 64
I D
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 1,550 lbin.
negative M = 3,750 lbin.
Since the circular cross section is symmetric
about the z axis, the largest bending stresses
will occur at the location of the largest moment
magnitude either positive or negative. In this
case, the largest bending stresses will occur at
support D, where the moment magnitude is
3,750 lbin.
Bending stresses at maximum moment
4
( 3, 750 lbin.)( 1.75 in./2)
0.460386 in.
7,130 psi
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.29 A HSS12 8 1/2 standard steel shape
is used to support the loads shown on the
beam in Fig. P8.29. The shape is oriented so
that bending occurs about the strong axis.
Determine the magnitude and location of the
maximum bending stress in the beam.
Fig. P8.29
Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:
4
333 in. 12 in.
z
I d
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 124.59 kipft
negative M = 72.00 kipft
Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,
the largest bending stresses will occur at the
location of the largest moment magnitude
either positive or negative. In this case, the
largest bending stresses will occur at C, where
the moment magnitude is 124.59 kipft.
Bending stresses at max moment magnitude
4
(124.59 kipft)( 12 in./2)(12 in./ft)
333 in.
26.9 ksi
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.30 A W410 60 standard steel shape
is used to support the loads shown on
the beam in Fig. P8.30. The shape is
oriented so that bending occurs about
the strong axis. Determine the
magnitude and location of the
maximum bending stress in the beam.
Fig. P8.30
Solution
Section properties
From Appendix B:
6 4
216 10 mm 406 mm
z
I d
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moments
positive M = 50 kNm
negative M = 70 kNm
Since the shape is symmetric about the z axis,
the largest bending stresses will occur at the
location of the largest moment magnitude
either positive or negative. In this case, the
largest bending stresses will occur between B
and C, where the moment magnitude is 70 kN
m.
Bending stresses at max moment magnitude
2
6 4
(70 kNm)( 406 mm/2)(1,000)
216 10 m
65.8 MPa
m
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.31 A solid steel shaft supports loads
P
A
= 200 lb and P
D
= 300 lb as shown
in Fig. P8.31. Assume L
1
= 6 in.,
L
2
= 20 in., and L
3
= 10 in. The bearing
at B can be idealized as a roller support
and the bearing at C can be idealized
as a pin support. If the allowable
bending stress is 8 ksi, determine the
minimum diameter that can be used for
the shaft.
Fig. P8.31
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 3,000 lbin.
Minimum required section modulus
3
3, 000 lbin.
0.375 in.
8, 000 psi
x
x
M
S
M
S
Section modulus for solid circular section
3
32
d
S
Minimum shaft diameter
3
3
0.375 in.
1.
32
563 in.
d
d
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.32 A solid steel shaft supports loads
P
A
= 500 N and P
D
= 400 N as shown
in Fig. P8.32. Assume L
1
= 200 mm,
L
2
= 660 mm, and L
3
= 340 mm. The
bearing at B can be idealized as a roller
support and the bearing at C can be
idealized as a pin support. If the
allowable bending stress is 25 MPa,
determine the minimum diameter that
can be used for the shaft.
Fig. P8.32
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 136,000 Nmm
Minimum required section modulus
3
2
136, 000 Nmm
5, 440 mm
25 N/mm
x
x
M
S
M
S
Section modulus for solid circular section
3
32
d
S
Minimum shaft diameter
3
3
5, 440 m
38. m
m
3
1 m
2
d
d
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.33 A simply supported wood beam (Fig. P8.33a) with a span of L = 20 ft supports a uniformly
distributed load of w = 800 lb/ft. The allowable bending stress of the wood is 1,400 psi. If the aspect
ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 1.5 (Fig. P8.33b), determine the minimum
width b that can be used for the beam.
Fig. P8.33a Fig. P8.33b
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Also, see Example 73 for shearforce and bendingmoment diagram development.
Maximum bending moment
2 2
max
(800 lb/ft)(20 ft)
8 8
40, 000 lbft 480, 000 lbin.
wL
M
Minimum required section modulus
3
480, 000 lbin.
342.8571 in.
1, 400 psi
x
x
M
S
M
S
Section modulus for solid rectangular section
3 2
/12
/ 2 6
I bh bh
S
c h
The aspect ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 1.5; therefore, the section
modulus can be expressed as:
2 2 3
3
(1.5 ) 2.25
0.3750
6 6 6
bh b b b
S b
Minimum allowable beam width
3 3
0.3750 342.8571
9.71 in
.
in. b
b
Ans.
The corresponding beam height h is
/ 1.5 1.5 1.5(9.71 in.) 14.57 in. h b h b
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.34 A simply supported wood beam (Fig. P8.34a) with a span of L = 14 ft supports a uniformly
distributed load of w. The beam width is b = 6 in. and the beam height is h = 10 in. (Fig. P8.34b). The
allowable bending stress of the wood is 900 psi. Determine the magnitude of the maximum load w that
may be carried by the beam.
Fig. P8.34a Fig. P8.34b
Solution
Moment of inertia for rectangular cross section about horizontal centroidal axis
3 3
4
(6 in.)(10 in.)
500 in.
12 12
bh
I
Maximum allowable moment
4
(900 psi)(500 in. )
90, 000 lbin. 7, 500 lbft
5 in.
x
x
I Mc
M
I c
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Also, see Example 73 for shearforce and bendingmoment diagram development.
Determine distributed load intensity
Equate the moment expression from the bending
moment diagram to the maximum allowable moment
that can be applied to the rectangular cross section:
2
max
7, 500 lbft
8
wL
M
Solve for the maximum distributed load w that can be
applied to the 14ft simple span:
2 2
2
(14 ft)
7,500 lbft
8 8
8(7,500 lbft)
(14 ft)
306 lb/ft
wL w
w
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.35 A cantilever timber beam (Fig. P8.35a) with a span of L = 2.5 m supports a uniformly distributed
load of w = 4 kN/m. The allowable bending stress of the wood is 9 MPa. If the aspect ratio of the solid
rectangular timber is specified as h/b = 0.5 (Fig. P8.35b), determine the minimum width b that can be
used for the beam.
Fig. P8.35a Fig. P8.35b
Solution
Maximum moment magnitude:
The maximum bending moment magnitude in the cantilever beam occurs at support A:
2 2
6
max
(4 kN/m)(2.5 m)
12.5 kNm 12.5 10 Nmm
2 2
wL
M
Minimum required section modulus
6
6 3
2
12.5 10 Nmm
1.3889 10 mm
9 N/mm
x
x
M
S
M
S
Section modulus for solid rectangular section
3 2
/12
/ 2 6
I bh bh
S
c h
The aspect ratio of the solid rectangular wood beam is specified as h/b = 0.5; therefore, the section
modulus can be expressed as:
2 2 3
3
(0.5 ) 0.25
0.0416667
6 6 6
bh b b b
S b
Minimum allowable beam width
3 6 3
0.0416667 1.3889 10 mm
321.83 mm 322 mm
b
b
Ans.
The corresponding beam height h is
/ 0.5
0.5 0.5(321.83 mm) 161 mm
h b
h b
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.36 A cantilever timber beam (Fig. P8.36a) with a span of L = 3 m supports a uniformly distributed
load of w. The beam width is b = 300 mm and the beam height is h = 200 mm (Fig. P8.36b). The
allowable bending stress of the wood is 6 MPa. Determine the magnitude of the maximum load w that
may be carried by the beam.
Fig. P8.36a Fig. P8.36b
Solution
Section modulus for solid rectangular section
3 2 2
6 3
/12 (300 mm)(200 mm)
2 10 mm
/ 2 6 6
I bh bh
S
c h
Maximum allowable bending moment:
2 6 3 6
allow
(6 N/mm )(2 10 mm ) 12 10 Nmm
x x
M
M S
S
Maximum bending moment in cantilever span:
The maximum bending moment magnitude in the cantilever beam occurs at support A:
2
max
2
wL
M
Maximum distributed load:
2
allow
6
allow
allow 2 2
2
2 2(12 10 Nmm)
2.67 N/mm
[(3 m)(1,000 mm
2.67 kN/
/ )
m
m ]
wL
M
M
w
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.37 The beam shown in Fig. P8.37 will be
constructed from a standard steel Wshape
using an allowable bending stress of 24 ksi.
(a) Develop a list of five acceptable shapes
that could be used for this beam. On this list,
include the most economical W10, W12,
W14, W16, and W18 shapes.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for
this beam.
Fig. P8.37
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 90 kipft
Minimum required section modulus
3
(90 kipft)(12 in./ft)
45 in.
24 ksi
x
x
M
S
M
S
(a) Acceptable steel Wshapes
3
3
3
3
3
W10 45, 49.1 in.
W12 40, 51.5 in.
W14 34, 48.6 in.
W16 31, 47.2 in.
W18 35, 57.6 in.
S
S
S
S
S
(b) Most economical Wshape
W16 31 Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.38 The beam shown in Fig. P8.38 will be
constructed from a standard steel Wshape using
an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.
(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that
could be used for this beam. Include the most
economical W360, W410, W460, and W530
shapes on the list of possibilities.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for this
beam.
Fig. P8.38
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 206.630 kNm
Minimum required section modulus
2
3 3
2
(206.63 kNm)(1,000)
1, 252 10 mm
165 N/mm
x
x
M
S
M
S
(a) Acceptable steel Wshapes
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
W360 79, 1, 270 10 mm
W410 75, 1, 330 10 mm
W460 74, 1, 460 10 mm
W530 66, 1, 340 10 mm
S
S
S
S
(b) Most economical Wshape
W530 66 Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.39 The beam shown in Fig. P8.39 will be
constructed from a standard steel Wshape using
an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.
(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that
could be used for this beam. Include the most
economical W360, W410, W460, and W530
shapes on the list of possibilities.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for this
beam.
Fig. P8.39
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 238.57 kNm
Minimum required section modulus
2
3 3
2
(238.57 kNm)(1,000)
1, 446 10 mm
165 N/mm
x
x
M
S
M
S
(a) Acceptable steel Wshapes
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
W360 101, 1, 690 10 mm
W410 85, 1, 510 10 mm
W460 74, 1, 460 10 mm
W530 74, 1, 550 10 mm
S
S
S
S
(b) Most economical Wshape
or W460 74 W530 74 Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.40 The beam shown in Fig. P8.40 will be constructed from a standard
steel Wshape using an allowable bending stress of 165 MPa.
(a) Develop a list of four acceptable shapes that could be used for this
beam. Include the most economical W310, W360, W410, and W460
shapes on the list of possibilities.
(b) Select the most economical W shape for this beam.
Fig. P8.40
Solution
Maximum moment magnitude:
The maximum bending moment magnitude occurs at the base of the cantilever beam:
max
6
1 1
(15 kN)(3.0 m) (40 kN/m)(3.0 m) (3.0 m)
2 3
105.0 kNm 105.0 10 Nmm
M
Minimum required section modulus
2
3 3
2
(105.0 kNm)(1,000)
636 10 mm
165 N/mm
x
x
M
S
M
S
(a) Acceptable steel Wshapes
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
W310 60, 844 10 mm
W360 44, 688 10 mm
W410 46.1, 773 10 mm
W460 52, 944 10 mm
S
S
S
S
(b) Most economical Wshape
W360 44 Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.41 The beam shown in Fig. P8.41 will be
constructed from a standard steel HSSshape
using an allowable bending stress of 30 ksi.
(a) Develop a list of three acceptable shapes that
could be used for this beam. On this list, include
the most economical HSS8, HSS10, and HSS12
shapes.
(b) Select the most economical HSSshape for this
beam.
Fig. P8.41
Solution
Shearforce and bendingmoment diagrams
Maximum bending moment magnitude
M = 45.56 kipft
Minimum required section modulus
3
(45.56 kipft)(12 in./ft)
18.22 in.
30 ksi
x
x
M
S
M
S
(a) Acceptable steel HSS shapes
3
3
3
3
HSS8 none are acceptable
HSS10 4 3 / 8, 20.8 in.
HSS10 6 3 / 8, 27.4 in.
HSS12 6 3 / 8, 35.9 in.
HSS12 8 3 / 8, 43.7 in.
S
S
S
S
(b) Most economical HSS shape
HSS10 4 3 / 8 Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.42 A composite beam is fabricated by bolting two 3 in. wide 12 in. deep timber planks to the sides
of a 0.50 in. 12 in. steel plate (Fig. P8.42b). The moduli of elasticity of the timber and the steel are
1,800 ksi and 30,000 ksi, respectively. The simply supported beam spans a distance of 20 ft and carries
two concentrated loads P, which are applied at the quarter points of the span (Fig. P8.42a).
(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber planks and the steel plate if P = 3
kips.
(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the steel are 1,200 psi and 24,000 psi,
respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for concentrated loads P. (You may neglect
the weight of the beam in your calculations.)
Fig. P8.42a
Fig. P8.42b
Solution
Let the timber be denoted as material (1) and the steel plate as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
30, 000 ksi
16.6667
1,800 ksi
E
n
E
Transform the steel plate (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 16.6667(0.50 in.) = 8.3333 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 12 in. 0.50
in. steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 12 in. deep and 8.3333in. thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
timber (1) 864 0 0 864
transformed steel plate (2) 1,200 0 0 1,200
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 2,064 in.
4
Maximum bending moment in beam for P = 3 kips
The maximum bending moment in the simply supported beam with two 3kip concentrated loads is:
max
(3 kips)(5 ft) 15 kipft 180 kipin. M
Bending stress in timber (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:
1 4
(180 kipin.)( 6 in.)
0.5233 ksi
2,
523
064 in.
psi
My
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Bending stress in steel plate (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in steel plate (2) is:
2 4
(180 kipin.)( 6 in.)
(16.6667) 8.7209 ksi
2, 064
8, 720
n
p
.
s
i
i
My
n
I
Ans.
Determine maximum P
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 1,200 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
4
1
1 max
(1.200 ksi)(2, 064 in. )
412.80 kipin.
6 in.
I My
M
I y
If the allowable bending stress in the steel is 165 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
4
2
2 max
(24.00 ksi)(2, 064 in. )
495.36 kipin.
(16.667)(6 in.)
I My
n M
I ny
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 412.80 kipin. The
maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:
max
max
(5 ft)
412.80 kipin.
5 ft (5 ft)(12 in./ft)
6.88 kips
M P
M
P Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.43 The cross section of a composite beam that
consists of 4mmthick fiberglass faces bonded to a 20
mmthick particleboard core is shown in Fig. P8.43.
The beam is subjected to a bending moment of 55 Nm
acting about the z axis. The elastic moduli for the
fiberglass and the particleboard are 30 GPa and 10 GPa,
respectively. Determine:
(a) the maximum bending stresses in the fiberglass
faces and the particleboard core.
(b) the stress in the fiberglass at the joint where the two
materials are bonded together.
Fig. P8.43
Solution
Let the particleboard be denoted as material (1) and the fiberglass as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
30 GPa
3
10 GPa
E
n
E
Transform the fiberglass faces into an equivalent amount of particleboard by multiplying their width by
the modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 3(50 mm) = 150 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 50 mm 4 mm
fiberglass faces are replaced by particleboard faces that are 150mm wide and 4mm thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
transformed fiberglass top face 800.00 12.00 86,400.00 87,200.00
particleboard core 33,333.33 0 0 33,333.33
transformed fiberglass bot face 800.00 12.00 86,400.00 87,200.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 207,733.33 mm
4
Bending stress in particleboard core (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in the particleboard core is:
1 4
(55 Nm)( 10 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
207, 733.33
2.65 MPa
mm
My
I
Ans.
Bending stress in fiberglass faces (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the fiberglass faces (2) is:
2 4
(55 Nm)( 14 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
(3)
207, 733.33 mm
11.12 MPa
My
n
I
Ans.
Bending stress in fiberglass (2) at interface
At the interface between the particleboard and the fiberglass, y = 10 mm:
2 4
(55 Nm)( 10 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
(3)
207, 733.33 m
7.94
m
MPa
My
n
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.44 A composite beam is made of two brass [E =
100 GPa] plates bonded to an aluminum [E = 75
GPa] bar, as shown in Fig. P8.44. The beam is
subjected to a bending moment of 1,750 Nm acting
about the z axis. Determine:
(a) the maximum bending stresses in the brass
plates and the aluminum bar.
(b) the stress in the brass at the joints where the two
materials are bonded together.
Fig. P8.44
Solution
Let the aluminum be denoted as material (1) and the brass as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
100 GPa
1.3333
75 GPa
E
n
E
Transform the brass plates into an equivalent amount of aluminum by multiplying their width by the
modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 1.3333(50 mm) = 66.6666 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 50 mm 10
mm brass plates are replaced by aluminum plates that are 66.6666mm wide and 10mm thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
transformed top brass plate 5,555.55 20 266,666.40 272,221.95
aluminum bar 112,500.00 0 0 112,500.00
transformed bot brass plate 5,555.55 20 266,666.40 272,221.95
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 656,943.90 mm
4
Bending stress in aluminum bar (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in the aluminum bar is:
1 4
(1,750 Nm)( 15 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
656,943.90 mm
40.0 MPa
My
I
Ans.
Maximum bending stress in brass plates (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the brass plates (2) is:
2 4
(1,750 Nm)( 25 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
(1.3333)
656,943.90 m
88.8 MPa
m
My
n
I
Ans.
Bending stress in brass plates (2) at interface
At the interface between the brass plates and the aluminum bar, y = 15 mm:
2 4
(1,750 Nm)( 15 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
(1.3333)
656,943.90 m
53.3 MPa
m
My
n
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.45 An aluminum [E = 10,000 ksi] bar is bonded to a steel [E = 30,000 ksi] bar to form a composite
beam (Fig. P8.45b). The composite beam is subjected to a bending moment of M = +300 lbft about the
z axis (Fig. P8.45a). Determine:
(a) the maximum bending stresses in the aluminum and steel bars.
(b) the stress in the two materials at the joint where they are bonded together.
Fig. P8.45a Fig. P8.45b
Solution
Denote the aluminum as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
30, 000 ksi
3
10,000 ksi
E
n
E
Transform the steel bar (2) into an equivalent amount of aluminum (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 3(2.00 in.) = 6.00 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 2.00 in. 0.75 in. steel
bar is replaced by an aluminum bar that is 6.00in. wide and 0.75in. thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape Width b
Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
aluminum bar (1) 2.00 0.50 1.00 0.25 0.2500
transformed steel bar (2) 6.00 0.75 4.50 0.875 3.9375
5.50
4.1875
3
2
4.1875 in.
5.50
0.7614 in.
in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
aluminum bar (1) 0.02083 0.5114 0.2615 0.2823
transformed steel bar (2) 0.2109 0.1136 0.05811 0.2690
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 0.5514 in.
4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Maximum bending stress in aluminum bar (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in aluminum bar (1) is:
1 4
(300 lbft)( 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
0.5514 in
4,970 psi (T)
.
My
I
Ans.
(a) Maximum bending stress in steel bar (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in steel bar (2) is:
2 4
(300 lbft)(1.250 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
(3)
0.5514 i
9,570 psi (C)
n.
My
I
Ans.
(b) Bending stress in aluminum bar (1) at interface
1 4
(300 lbft)(0.50 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
0.5514 in.
1, 706 psi (T)
My
I
Ans.
(b) Bending stress in steel bar (2) at interface
2 4
(300 lbft)(0.50 in. 0.7614 in.)(12 in./ft)
(3)
0.5514 in.
5,120 psi (T)
My
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.46 An aluminum [E = 10,000 ksi] bar is bonded to a steel [E = 30,000 ksi] bar to form a composite
beam (Fig. P8.46b). The allowable bending stresses for the aluminum and steel bars are 20 ksi and 30
ksi, respectively. Determine the maximum bending moment M that can be applied to the beam.
Fig. P8.46a Fig. P8.46b
Solution
Denote the aluminum as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
30, 000 ksi
3
10,000 ksi
E
n
E
Transform the steel bar (2) into an equivalent amount of aluminum (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 3(2.00 in.) = 6.00 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 2.00 in. 0.75 in. steel
bar is replaced by an aluminum bar that is 6.00in. wide and 0.75in. thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape Width b
Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
aluminum bar (1) 2.00 0.50 1.00 0.25 0.2500
transformed steel bar (2) 6.00 0.75 4.50 0.875 3.9375
5.50
4.1875
3
2
4.1875 in.
5.50
0.7614 in.
in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
aluminum bar (1) 0.02083 0.5114 0.2615 0.2823
transformed steel bar (2) 0.2109 0.1136 0.05811 0.2690
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 0.5514 in.
4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable aluminum stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 20 ksi for the aluminum, the maximum bending moment
magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:
4
1
1
(20 ksi)(0.5514 in. )
14.484 kipin.
0.7614 in.
My I
M
I y
(a)
Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable steel stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 30 ksi for the steel, the maximum bending moment magnitude
that be applied to the cross section is:
4
2
2
(30 ksi)(0.5514 in. )
11.285 kipin.
(3)(1.25 in. 0.7614 in.)
My I
n M
I n y
(b)
Maximum bending moment magnitude
From the values obtained in Eqs. (a) and (b), the maximum bending moment that can be applied to the
cross section is
max
11.285 kip 940  in l ft . b M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.47 Two steel [E = 30,000 ksi] plates are securely
attached to a Southern pine [E = 1,800 ksi] timber
to form a composite beam (Fig. P8.47). The
allowable bending stress for the steel plates is
24,000 psi and the allowable bending stress for the
Southern pine is 1,200 psi. Determine the maximum
bending moment that can be applied about the
horizontal axis of the beam.
Fig. P8.47
Solution
Denote the timber as material (1) and denote the steel as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
30, 000 ksi
16.6667
1,800 ksi
E
n
E
Transform the steel plates into an equivalent amount of timber by multiplying their width by the
modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 16.6667(8 in.) = 133.3333 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 8 in. 0.25 in.
steel plates can be replaced by wood plates that are 133.3333in. wide and 0.25in. thick.
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
transformed steel plate at top 0.1736 8.125 2,200.52 2,200.694
timber (1) 3,413.3333 0 0 3,413.333
transformed steel plate at bottom 0.1736 8.125 2,200.52 2,200.694
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 7,814.72 in.
4
(a) Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable Southern pine stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 1,200 psi for the Southern pine timber, the maximum bending
moment magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:
4
1
1
(1.200 ksi)(7,814.72 in. )
1,172.208 kipin.
8 in.
I My
M
I y
(a)
Maximum bending moment magnitude based on allowable steel stress
Based on an allowable bending stress of 24,000 psi for the steel plates, the maximum bending moment
magnitude that be applied to the cross section is:
4
2
2
(24 ksi)(7,814.72 in. )
1, 364.021 kipin.
(16.6667)( 8.25 in.)
I My
n M
I n y
(b)
Maximum bending moment magnitude
From the values obtained in Eqs. (a) and (b), the maximum bending moment that can be applied to the
cross section is
max
1,172.208 kip 97.7 in ki t . pf M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.48 A simply supported composite beam 5 m long carries a uniformly distributed load w (Fig. P8.48a).
The beam is constructed of a Southern pine [E = 12 GPa] timber, 200 mm wide by 360 mm deep, that is
reinforced on its lower surface by a steel [E = 200 GPa] plate that is 150 mm wide by 12 mm thick (Fig.
P8.48b).
(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber and the steel if w = 12 kN/m.
(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the steel are 9 MPa and 165 MPa,
respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for distributed load w. (You may neglect the
weight of the beam in your calculations.)
Fig. P8.48a Fig. P8.48b
Solution
Let the timber be denoted as material (1) and the steel plate as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
200 GPa
16.6667
12 GPa
E
n
E
Transform the steel plate (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying its width by the
modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 16.6667(150 mm) = 2,500 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 150 mm
12 mm steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 2,500mm wide and 12mm thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape Width b
Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
timber (1) 200 360 72,000 192 13,824,000
transformed steel plate (2) 2,500 12 30,000 6 180,000
102,000
14,004,000
3
2
14, 004, 000 mm
102,000 mm
137.294 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
timber (1) 777,600,000 54.71 215,476,817 993,076,817
transformed steel plate (2) 360,000 131.29 517,144,360 517,504,360
Moment of inertia about the z axis =
1,510,581,176 mm
4
= 1.5106 10
9
mm
4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Bending moment in beam for w = 12 kN/m
The bending moment in the simply supported beam with a uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m is:
2 2
6
max
(12 kN/m)(5 m)
37.5 kNm 37.5 10 Nmm
8 8
wL
M
Bending stress in timber (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:
6
1 9 4
(37.5 10 Nmm)(372 mm 137.294 mm)
1.5106 10 mm
5.83 MPa (C)
My
I
Ans.
Bending stress in steel plate (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in steel plate (2) is:
6
2 9 4
(37.5 10 Nmm)( 137.294 mm)
(16.6667)
1.5106 10 m
56.8 MPa (
m
T)
My
I
Ans.
Determine maximum w
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 9 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
2 9 4
6 1
1 max
(9 N/mm )(1.5106 10 mm )
57.925 10 Nmm
(372 mm 137.294 mm)
I My
M
I y
If the allowable bending stress in the steel is 165 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
2 9 4
6 2
2 max
(165 N/mm )(1.5106 10 mm )
108.926 10 Nmm
(16.6667)(137.294 mm)
I My
n M
I ny
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 57.92510
6
Nmm. The
maximum distributed load magnitude w that can be supported is found from:
2
max
6
max
2 2
8
8 8(57.925 10 Nmm)(1 m/1000 mm)
18,536 N/m
(5 m
18.54 kN/m
)
wL
M
M
w
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.49 A gluelaminated timber beam is reinforced by carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) material
bonded to its bottom surface. The cross section of the composite beam is shown in Fig. P8.49b. The
elastic modulus of the wood is E = 12 GPa and the elastic modulus of the CFRP is 112 GPa. The simply
supported beam spans 6 m and carries a concentrated load P at midspan (Fig. P8.49a).
(a) Determine the maximum bending stresses produced in the timber and the CFRP if P = 4 kN.
(b) Assume that the allowable bending stresses of the timber and the CFRP are 9 MPa and 1,500 MPa,
respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for concentrated load P. (You may neglect the
weight of the beam in your calculations.)
Fig. P8.49a
Fig. P8.49b
Solution
Denoted the timber as material (1) and denote the CFRP as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
112 GPa
9.3333
12 GPa
E
n
E
Transform the CFRP into an equivalent amount of wood by multiplying its width by the modular ratio:
b
2, trans
= 9.3333(40 mm) = 373.33 mm. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 40 mm 3 mm CFRP is
replaced by a wood board that is 373.33mm wide and 3mm thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape Width b
Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
timber (1) 90 250 22,500 128 2,880,000
transformed CFRP (2) 373.33 3 1,120 1.5 1,680
23,620
2,881,680
3
2
2,881,680 mm
23,620 mm
122.00 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
timber (1) 117,187,500 6.00 810,000 117,997,500
transformed CFRP (2) 840 120.50 16,262,680 16,263,520
Moment of inertia about the z axis =
134,261,020 mm
4
= 134.261 10
6
mm
4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum bending moment in beam for P = 4 kN
The maximum bending moment in the simply supported beam with a concentrated load of 4 kN at
midspan is:
6
max
(4 kN)(6 m)
6 kNm 6 10 Nmm
4 4
PL
M
(a) Bending stress in timber (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in timber (1) is:
6
1 6 4
(6 10 Nmm)(253 mm 122.00 mm)
134.261 1
5.85 MPa (C)
0 mm
My
I
Ans.
(a) Bending stress in CFRP (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the CFRP is:
6
2 6 4
(6 10 Nmm)( 122.00 mm)
(9.3333)
134.261 10 m
50.9 MPa (
m
T)
My
I
Ans.
(b) Determine maximum P
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 9 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may be
supported by the beam is:
2 6 4
6 1
1 max
(9 N/mm )(134.261 10 mm )
9.224 10 Nmm
(253 mm 122.00 mm)
I My
M
I y
If the allowable bending stress in the CFRP is 1,500 MPa, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
2 6 4
6 2
2 max
(1,500 N/mm )(134.261 10 mm )
176.867 10 Nmm
(9.3333)(122.00 mm)
I My
n M
I ny
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 9.22410
6
Nmm. The
maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:
max
6
max
4
4 4(9.224 10 Nmm)(1 m/1000 mm)
6,149 N
(6 m)
6.15 kN
PL
M
M
P
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.50 Two steel plates, each 4 in. wide and 0.25 in.
thick, reinforce a wood beam that is 3 in. wide and
8 in. deep. The steel plates are attached to the
vertical sides of the wood beam in a position such
that the composite shape is symmetric about the z
axis, as shown in the sketch of the beam cross
section (Fig. P8.50). Determine the maximum
bending stresses produced in both the wood and the
steel if a bending moment of M
z
= +50 kipin is
applied about the z axis. Assume E
wood
= 2,000 ksi
and E
steel
= 30,000 ksi.
Fig. P8.50
Solution
Let the wood be denoted as material (1) and the steel plates as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
30, 000 ksi
15
2,000 ksi
E
n
E
Transform the steel plates (2) into an equivalent amount of wood (1) by multiplying the plate
thicknesses by the modular ratio: b
2, trans
= 15(0.25 in.) = 3.75 in. (each). Thus, for calculation purposes,
each 4 in. 0.25 in. steel plate is replaced by a wood board that is 4in. tall and 3.75in. wide.
Centroid location: Since the transformed section is doubly symmetric, the centroid location is found
from symmetry.
Moment of inertia about the z centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
wood beam (1) 128 0 0 128
two transformed steel plates (2) 40 0 0 40
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 168 in.
4
Bending stress in wood beam (1)
From the flexure formula, the maximum bending stress in wood beam (1) is:
1 4
(50 kipin.)(4 in.)
1
1.190 ksi 1,190 ps
68 in.
i
z
z
M c
I
Ans.
Bending stress in steel plates (2)
The bending stress in the transformed material must be multiplied by the modular ratio n. Therefore, the
maximum bending stress in the steel plates (2) is:
2 4
(50 kipin.)(2 in.)
(15)
168 in.
8.93 ksi 8,930 psi
z
z
M c
n
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.51 A gluelaminated timber beam is reinforced by carbon fiber reinforced plastic (CFRP) material
bonded to its bottom surface. The cross section of the composite beam is shown in Fig. P8.51b. The
elastic modulus of the wood is 1,700 ksi and the elastic modulus of the CFRP is 23,800 ksi. The simply
supported beam spans 24 ft and carries two concentrated loads P, which act at the quarterpoints of the
span (Fig. P8.51a). The allowable bending stresses of the timber and the CFRP are 2,400 psi and
175,000 psi, respectively. Determine the largest acceptable magnitude for the concentrated loads P.
(You may neglect the weight of the beam in your calculations.)
Fig. P8.51a
Fig. P8.51b
Solution
Denoted the timber as material (1) and denote the CFRP as material (2). The modular ratio is:
2
1
23, 800 ksi
14
1,700 ksi
E
n
E
Transform the CFRP into an equivalent amount of wood by multiplying its width by the modular ratio:
b
2, trans
= 14(3 in.) = 42 in. Thus, for calculation purposes, the 3 in. 0.125 in. CFRP is replaced by a
wood board that is 42in. wide and 0.125in. thick.
Centroid location of the transformed section in the vertical direction
Shape Width b
Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
timber (1) 5.5 12 66 6.125 404.25
transformed CFRP (2) 42.0 0.125 5.25 0.0625 0.3281
71.25
404.5781
3
2
404.5781 in.
71.25 in.
5.6783 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of section)
Moment of inertia about the horizontal centroidal axis
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
timber (1) 792 0.4467 13.1703 805.170
transformed CFRP (2) 0.00684 5.6158 165.5697 165.577
Moment of inertia about the z axis = 970.747 in.
4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Determine maximum P
If the allowable bending stress in the timber is 2,400 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
4
1
1 max
(2.40 ksi)(970.747 in. )
361.393 kipin.
(12.125 in. 5.6783 in.)
I My
M
I y
If the allowable bending stress in the CFRP is 175,000 psi, then the maximum bending moment that may
be supported by the beam is:
4
2
2 max
(175 ksi)(970.747 in. )
2,137 kipin.
(14)(5.6783 in.)
I My
n M
I ny
Note: The negative signs were omitted in the previous two equations because only the moment
magnitude is of interest here.
From these two results, the maximum moment that the beam can support is 351.393 kipin. = 30.116
kipft. The maximum concentrated load magnitude P that can be supported is found from:
max
max
(6 ft)
30.116 kipft
6 ft 6 ft
5.02 kips
M P
M
P Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.52 A steel pipe assembly supports a
concentrated load of P = 22 kN as shown in
Fig. P8.52. The outside diameter of the pipe is
142 mm and the wall thickness is 6.5 mm.
Determine the normal stresses produced at
points H and K.
Fig. P8.52
Solution
Section properties
2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4
2 142 mm 2(6.5 mm) 129 mm
(142 mm) (129 mm) 2, 766.958 mm
4 4
(142 mm) (129 mm) 6, 364, 867 mm
64 64
z
d D t
A D d
I D d
t t
t t
= = =
( ( = = =
( ( = = =
Internal forces and moments
22 kN 22, 000 N
(22,000 N)(370 mm) 8,140, 000 Nmm
z
F
M
= =
= =
Stresses
axial 2
bending 4
22, 000 N
7.951 MPa (C)
2, 766.958 mm
(8,140, 000 Nmm)(142 mm/2)
90.802 MPa
6,364,867 mm
z
z
F
A
M c
I
o
o
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
7.951 MPa 90.802 MPa 98.753 98.8 MPa (C) MPa
H
o = = = Ans.
Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
7.951 MPa 90.802 MPa 82.851 82.9 MPa (T) MPa
K
o = + = + = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.53 The screw of a clamp exerts a compressive
force of 350 lb on the wood blocks. Determine the
normal stresses produced at points H and K. The
clamp crosssectional dimensions at the section of
interest are 1.25 in. by 0.375 in. thick.
Fig. P8.53
Solution
Section properties
2
3
4
(0.375 in.)(1.250 in.) 0.468750 in.
(0.375 in.)(1.250 in.)
0.061035 in.
12
z
A
I
= =
= =
Internal forces and moments
350 lb
(350 lb)(3.75 in. 1.25 in./2) 1,531.25 lbin.
z
F
M
=
= + =
Stresses
axial 2
bending 4
350 lb
746.667 psi (T)
0.468750 in.
(1,531.25 lbin.)(1.250 in./2)
15, 680.0 psi
0.061035 in.
z
z
F
A
M c
I
o
o
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
746.667 psi 15,680 psi 16, 426.667 psi 16, 430 psi (T)
H
o = + = = Ans.
Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
746.667 psi 15,680 psi 14,933.333 ps 14,930 i psi (C)
K
o = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.54 Determine the normal stresses produced at points H and K of the pier support shown in Fig. P8.54a.
Fig. P8.54a Fig. P8.54b Cross section aa
Solution
Section properties
2
3
9 4
(250 mm)(500 mm) 125, 000 mm
(250 mm)(500 mm)
2.60417 10 mm
12
z
A
I
= =
= =
Internal forces and moments
250 kN 400 kN 650 kN
(250 kN)(3.25 m) (400 kN)(2.25 m) 87.50 kNm
z
F
M
= + =
= =
Stresses
axial 2
2
bending 9 4
650, 000 N
5.20 MPa (C)
125, 000 mm
(87.5 kNm)(500 mm/2)(1,000)
8.40 MPa
2.60417 10 mm
z
z
F
A
M c
I
o
o
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
5.20 MPa 8.40 MPa 3.20 MP 3.20 MPa (T) a
H
o = + = = Ans.
Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
5.20 MPa 8.40 MPa 13.60 MPa 13.60 MPa (C)
K
o = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.55 A tubular steel column CD supports
horizontal cantilever arm ABC, as shown in Fig.
P8.55. Column CD has an outside diameter of
10.75 in. and a wall thickness of 0.365 in.
Determine the maximum compression stress at
the base of column CD.
Fig. P8.55
Solution
Section properties
2 2 2 2 2
4 4 4 4 4
2 10.750 in. 2(0.365 in.) 10.020 in.
(10.750 in.) (10.020 in.) 11.908 in.
4 4
(10.750 in.) (10.020 in.) 160.734 in.
64 64
z
d D t
A D d
I D d
t t
t t
= = =
( ( = = =
( ( = = =
Internal forces and moments
700 lb 900 lb 1, 600 lb
(700 lb)(13 ft) (900 lb)(23 ft) 29,800 lbft 357, 600 lbin.
F
M
= + =
= + = =
Stresses
axial 2
bending 4
1, 600 lb
134.36 psi (C)
11.908 in.
(357, 600 lbin.)(10.75 in./2)
11, 958.27 psi
160.734 in.
F
A
M c
I
o
o
= = =
= = =
Maximum compression stress at base of column
compression
134.36 psi 11,958.27 psi 12,092.63 12.09 ksi ( psi C) o = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.56 Determine the normal stresses acting at points H and K for the structure shown in Fig. P8.56a. The
crosssectional dimensions of the vertical member are shown in Fig. P8.56b.
Fig. P8.56a
Fig. P8.56b Cross section
Solution
Section properties
2
3
4
(4 in.)(8 in.) 32 in.
(4 in.)(8 in.)
170.6667 in.
12
z
A
I
= =
= =
Internal forces and moments
1, 200 lb 2,800 lb 4, 000 lb
(1, 200 lb)(12 in. 8 in./2) 19, 200 lbin.
z
F
M
= + =
= + =
Stresses
axial 2
bending 4
4, 000 lb
125 psi (C)
32 in.
(19, 200 lbin.)(8 in./2)
450 psi
170.6667 in.
z
z
F
A
M c
I
o
o
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
125 psi 450 psi 575 p 575 psi (C) si
H
o = = = Ans.
Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
125 psi 450 psi 325 ps 325 psi (T) i
K
o = + = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.57 A W18 35 standard steel shape is
subjected to a tension force P that is applied
15 in. above the bottom surface of the wide
flange shape as shown in Fig. P8.57. If the
tension normal stress of the upper surface of
the Wshape must be limited to 18 ksi,
determine the allowable force P that may be
applied to the member.
Fig. P8.57
Solution
Section properties (from Appendix B)
2
4
Depth 17.7 in.
10.3 in.
510 in.
z
d
A
I
=
=
=
Stresses
axial 2
2
bending 4 4 4
10.3 in.
(15 in. 17.7 in./2)(17.7 in./2) (6.15 in.)(8.85 in.) (54.4275 in. )
510 in. 510 in. 510 in.
z
z
F P
A
M c P P P
I
o
o
= =
= = = =
Normal stress on the upper surface of the Wshape
The tension normal stress on the upper surface is equal to the sum of the axial and bending stresses.
Since these stresses are expressed in terms of the unknown force P, the tension normal stress is given
by:
2
upper surface 2 4
2 2
2
(54.4275 in. )
10.3 in. 510 in.
(0.097087 in. 0.106721 in. )
(0.203808 in. )
P P
P
P
o
= +
= +
=
The normal stress on the upper surface of the Wshape must be limited to 18 ksi; therefore,
2
2
(0.203808 in. ) 18 ksi
18 ksi
0.203808 in
88.3 kip
.
s
P
P
s
s = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.58 A WT305 41 standard steel shape is
subjected to a tension force P that is applied 250
mm above the bottom surface of the tee shape, as
shown in Fig. P8.58. If the tension normal stress
of the upper surface of the WTshape must be
limited to 150 MPa, determine the allowable
force P that may be applied to the member.
Fig. P8.58
Solution
Section properties (from Appendix B)
2
6 4
Depth 300 mm
Centroid 88.9 mm (from flange to centroid)
5, 230 mm
48.7 10 mm
z
d
y
A
I
=
=
=
=
Stresses
4 2
axial 2
(1.9120 10 mm )
5, 230 mm
F P
P
A
o
= = =
bending 6 4
6 4
4 2
(250 mm 88.9 mm)(300 mm 88.9 mm)
48.7 10 mm
(161.1 mm)(211.1 mm)
48.7 10 mm
(6.9832 10 mm )
z
z
M c P
I
P
P
o
= =
=
Normal stress on the upper surface of the WTshape
The tension normal stress on the upper surface is equal to the sum of the axial and bending stresses.
Since these stresses are expressed in terms of the unknown force P, the tension normal stress is given
by:
4 2 4 2
upper surface
4 2
(1.9120 10 mm ) (6.9832 10 mm )
(8.8953 10 mm )
P P
P
o
= +
=
The normal stress on the upper surface of the WTshape must be limited to 150 MPa; therefore,
4 2
2
4 2
(8.8953 10 mm ) 150 MPa
150 N/mm
168, 629 N
8.8953 10 mm
168.6 kN
P
P
s
s = =
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.59 A pin support consists of a vertical
plate 60 mm wide by 10 mm thick. The pin
carries a load of 1,200 N. Determine the
normal stresses acting at points H and K for
the structure shown in Fig. P8.59.
Fig. P8.59
Solution
Section properties
2
3
4
(60 mm)(10 mm) 600 mm
(60 mm)(10 mm)
5, 000 mm
12
A
I
= =
= =
Internal forces and moments
1, 200 N
(1, 200 N)(30 mm 10 mm/2) 42, 000 Nmm
F
M
=
= + =
Stresses
axial 2
bending 4
1, 200 N
2.00 MPa (T)
600 mm
(42, 000 Nmm)(10 mm/2)
42.00 MPa
5, 000 mm
F
A
M c
I
o
o
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
By inspection, the bending stress at H will be compression; therefore, the normal stress at H is:
40.0 MPa (C 2.00 MPa 42.00 MPa 40.00 ) MPa
H
o = = = Ans.
Normal stress at K
By inspection, the bending stress at K will be tension; therefore, the normal stress at K is:
2.00 MPa 42.00 MPa 44.00 MPa 44.0 MPa (T)
K
o = + = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.60 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.60b is used as a short post to support a load of P = 4,600 lb. The
load P is applied at a distance of 5 in. from the surface of the flange, as shown in Fig. P8.60a. Determine
the normal stresses at points H and K, which are located on section aa.
Fig. P8.60a
Fig. P8.60b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape width b
height h Area A
i
x
i
(from left) x
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
flange 12 2 24 1 24
stem 2 10 20 7 140
44 in.
2
164 in.
3
3
2
164 in.
3.7273 in. (from left side to centroid)
44 in.
8.2727 in. (from right side to centroid)
i i
i
x A
x
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = x
i
x dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
flange 8 2.7273 178.5160 186.5160
stem 166.6667 3.2727 214.2113 380.8790
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 567.3940
Internal forces and moments
4, 600 lb
(4, 600 lb)(5 in. 3.7273 in.) 40,145.455 lbin.
z
F
M
=
= + =
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Stresses
axial 2
, bending 4
, bending 4
4, 600 lb
104.545 psi
44 in.
(40,145.455 lbin.)( 3.7273 in.)
263.720 psi
567.3940 in.
(40,145.455 lbin.)(8.2727 in.)
585.329 psi
567.3940 in.
z
H
z
z
K
z
F
A
M x
I
M x
I
o
o
o
= = =
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
104.545 psi 263.720 psi 368.265 p 368 psi (C) si
H
o = = = Ans.
Normal stress at K
104.545 psi 585.329 psi 480.784 p 481 psi ( si T)
K
o = + = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.61 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.61b is used as a short post to support a load of P. The load P is
applied at a distance of 5 in. from the surface of the flange, as shown in Fig. P8.61a. The tension and
compression normal stresses in the post must be limited to 1,000 psi and 800 psi, respectively.
Determine the maximum magnitude of load P that satisfies both the tension and compression stress
limits.
Fig. P8.61a
Fig. P8.61b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape width b
height h Area A
i
x
i
(from left) x
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
flange 12 2 24 1 24
stem 2 10 20 7 140
44 in.
2
164 in.
3
3
2
164 in.
3.7273 in. (from left side to centroid)
44 in.
8.2727 in. (from right side to centroid)
i i
i
x A
x
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = x
i
x dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
flange 8 2.7273 178.5160 186.5160
stem 166.6667 3.2727 214.2113 380.8790
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 567.3940
Internal forces and moments
(5 in. 3.7273 in.) (8.7273 in.)
z
F P
M P P
=
= + =
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Stresses
2
axial 2
2
,bending 4
2
,bending 4
(0.022727 in. )
44 in.
(8.7273 in.) ( 3.7273 in.)
(0.057331 in. )
567.3940 in.
(8.7273 in.) (8.2727 in.)
(0.127246 in. )
567.3940 in.
z
H
z
z
K
z
F P
P
A
M x P
P
I
M x P
P
I
o
o
o
= = =
= = =
= = =
Compression stress limit (at H)
2 2 2
2
(0.022727 in. ) (0.057331 in. ) (0.080058 in. )
(0.080058 in. ) 800 psi
9, 992.76 lb
H
P P P
P
P
o
= =
s
s
Tension stress limit (at K)
2 2 2
2
(0.022727 in. ) (0.127246 in. ) (0.104519 in. )
(0.104519 in. ) 1, 000 psi
9, 567.64 lb
K
P P P
P
P
o
= + =
s
s
Maximum magnitude of load P
max
9,570 lb P = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.62 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.62b is used as a post that supports a load of P = 25 kN. Note that
the load P is applied 400 mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.62a. Determine the
normal stresses at points H and K.
Fig. P8.62a Fig. P8.62b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape width b
height h Area A
i
x
i
(from left) x
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
stem 20 130 2,600 65 169,000
flange 120 20 2,400 140 336,000
5,000
505,000
3
2
505, 000 mm
101.0 mm (from left side to centroid)
5,000 mm
49.0 mm (from right side to centroid)
i i
i
x A
x
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = x
i
x dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
stem 3,661,666.67 36.0 3,369,600.00 7,031,266.67
flange 80,000.00 39.0 3,650,400.00 3,730,400.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 10,761,666.67
Internal forces and moments
25 kN 25, 000 N
(25, 000 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) 11, 225, 000 Nmm
z
F
M
= =
= + =
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Stresses
axial 2
,bending 4
,bending 4
25, 000 N
5 MPa
5, 000 mm
( 11, 225, 000 Nmm)( 101.0 mm)
105.35 MPa
10,761,666.67 mm
( 11, 225, 000 Nmm)(49.0 mm)
51.11 MPa
10,761,666.67 mm
z
H
z
z
K
z
F
A
M x
I
M x
I
o
o
o
= = =
= = =
= = =
Normal stress at H
5 MPa 105.35 M 100.4 P MPa (T a )
H
o = + = Ans.
Normal stress at K
5 MPa 51.11 M 56.1 MPa (C Pa )
K
o = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.63 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.63b is used as a post that supports a load of P, which is applied 400
mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.63a. The tension and compression normal
stresses in the post must be limited to 165 MPa and 80 MPa, respectively. Determine the maximum
magnitude of load P that satisfies both the tension and compression stress limits.
Fig. P8.63a Fig. P8.63b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape width b
height h Area A
i
x
i
(from left) x
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
stem 20 130 2,600 65 169,000
flange 120 20 2,400 140 336,000
5,000
505,000
3
2
505, 000 mm
101.0 mm (from left side to centroid)
5,000 mm
49.0 mm (from right side to centroid)
i i
i
x A
x
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = x
i
x dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
stem 3,661,666.67 36.0 3,369,600.00 7,031,266.67
flange 80,000.00 39.0 3,650,400.00 3,730,400.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 10,761,666.67
Internal forces and moments
(400 mm 49.0 mm) (449.0 mm)
z
F P
M P P
=
= + =
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Stresses
4 2
axial 2
3 2
,bending 4
3 2
,bending 4
(2 10 mm )
5, 000 mm
( 449 mm) ( 101.0 mm)
(4.21394 10 mm )
10,761,666.67 mm
( 449 mm) (49.0 mm)
(2.04439 10 mm )
10,761,666.67 mm
z
H
z
z
K
z
F P
P
A
M x P
P
I
M x P
P
I
o
o
o
= = =
= = =
= = =
Tension stress limit (at H)
4 2 3 2
3 2
3 2 2
(2 10 mm ) (4.21394 10 mm )
(4.01394 10 mm )
(4.01394 10 mm ) 165 N/mm
41,106.7 N
H
P P
P
P
P
o
= +
=
s
s
Compression stress limit (at K)
4 2 3 2 3 2
3 2 2
(2 10 mm ) (2.04439 10 mm ) (2.24439 10 mm )
(2.24439 10 mm ) 80 N/mm
35, 644.43 N
K
P P P
P
P
o
= =
s
s
Maximum magnitude of load P
max
35.6 kN P = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.64 The tee shape shown in Fig. P8.64b is used as a post that supports a load of P = 25 kN, which is
applied 400 mm from the flange of the tee shape, as shown in Fig. P8.64a. Determine the magnitudes
and locations of the maximum tension and compression normal stresses within the vertical portion BC of
the post.
Fig. P8.64a Fig. P8.64b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in x direction:
Shape width b
height h Area A
i
x
i
(from left) x
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
stem 20 130 2,600 65 169,000
flange 120 20 2,400 140 336,000
5,000
505,000
3
2
505, 000 mm
101.0 mm (from left side to centroid)
5,000 mm
49.0 mm (from right side to centroid)
i i
i
x A
x
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = x
i
x dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
stem 3,661,666.67 36.0 3,369,600.00 7,031,266.67
flange 80,000.00 39.0 3,650,400.00 3,730,400.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 10,761,666.67
Internal forces and moments
(25 kN) cos35 20.4788 kN 20, 478.8 N (vertical component)
(25 kN)sin35 14.3394 kN 14, 339.4 N (horizontal component)
at B (20, 478.8 N)(400 mm 49.0 mm) 9,194, 981.2 Nmm
at C (20, 478.8 N)(400 m
z
z
F
V
M
M
= = =
= = =
= + =
= m 49.0 mm) (14, 339.4 N)(1,200 mm) 8, 012, 298.8 Nmm + + =
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Normal stress at H at location B
axial 2
,bending 4
20, 478.8 N
4.0958 MPa
5, 000 mm
( 9,194, 981.2 Nmm)( 101.0 mm)
86.2964 MPa
10,761,666.67 mm
4.0958 MPa 86.2964 MPa 82.2 MPa
z
H
z
H
F
A
M x
I
o
o
o
= = =
= = =
= + =
Normal stress at H at location C
,bending 4
(8, 012, 298.8 Nmm)( 101.0 mm)
75.1967 MPa
10,761,666.67 mm
4.0958 MPa 75.1967 MPa 79.3 MPa
z
H
z
H
M x
I
o
o
= = =
= =
Normal stress at K at location B
,bending 4
( 9,194, 981.2 Nmm)(49.0 mm)
41.8666 MPa
10,761,666.67 mm
4.0958 MPa 41.8666 MPa 46.0 MPa
z
K
z
K
M x
I
o
o
= = =
= =
Normal stress at K at location C
,bending 4
(8, 012, 298.8 Nmm)(49.0 mm)
36.4816 MPa
10,761,666.67 mm
4.0958 MPa 36.4816 MPa 32.4 MPa
z
K
z
K
M x
I
o
o
= = =
= + =
Maximum tension stress
max tension
82.2 MP at loca a (T) tion B o = Ans.
Maximum compression stress
max compression
79.3 at lo MPa cat (C) ion C o = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.65 A beam with a box cross section is subjected to
a resultant moment magnitude of 2,100 Nm acting
at the angle shown in Fig. P8.65. Determine:
(a) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the beam.
(b) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.
Fig. P8.65
Solution
Section properties
3 3
4
3 3
4
(90 mm)(55 mm) (80 mm)(45 mm)
640, 312.5 mm
12 12
(55 mm)(90 mm) (45 mm)(80 mm)
1, 421, 250.0 mm
12 12
y
z
I
I
Moment components
(2,100 Nm)sin30 1, 050 Nm
(2,100 Nm) cos30 1,818.65 Nm
y
z
M
M
(a) Maximum bending stresses
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (824) can be used to determine bending stresses.
Compute normal stress at y = 45 mm, z = 27.5 mm:
4 4
(1, 050 Nm)(27.5 mm)(1,000 mm/m) ( 1,818.65 Nm)(45 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
640,312.5 mm 1, 421, 250.0 mm
45.0952 MPa 57.5827 MPa
102.6 102.7 MPa (T) 779 MPa
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
Compute normal stress at y = 45 mm, z = 27.5 mm:
4 4
(1, 050 Nm)( 27.5 mm)(1,000 mm/m) ( 1,818.65 Nm)( 45 mm)(1,000 mm/m)
640,312.5 mm 1, 421, 250.0 mm
45.0952 MPa 57.5827 MPa
102 102.7 MPa (C .6779 MPa )
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
(b) Orientation of neutral axis
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (825) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
4
4
(1, 050 Nm)(1, 421, 250.0 mm )
tan 1.2815
( 1,818.65 Nm)(640
52.03
,312.5 mm )
(i.e., 52.03 CCW from axis)
y z
z y
M I
M I
z Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.66 The moment acting on the cross section of the
Tbeam has a magnitude of 22 kipft and is oriented
as shown in Fig. P8.66. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.
Fig. P8.66
Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 7.00 1.25 8.7500 8.375 73.28125
stem 0.75 7.75 5.8125 3.875 22.52344
14.5625
95.80469
3
2
95.80469 in.
6.5789 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
14.5625 in.
2.4211 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 1.1393 1.7961 28.2273 29.3666
stem 29.0928 2.7039 42.4956 71.5884
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 100.9550
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
3 3
4
(1.25 in.)(7.00 in.) (7.75 in.)(0.75 in.)
36.0016 in.
12 12
y
I
Moment components
(22 kipft) cos55 12.6187 kipft 151.4242 kipin.
(22 kipft)sin55 18.0213 kipft 216.2561 kipin.
y
z
M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress at H
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (824) can be used to determine bending stresses.
To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.4211 in. and z = 3.5 in.:
4 4
( 151.4242 kipin.)( 3.50 in.) ( 216.2561 kipin.)(2.4211 in.)
36.0016 in. 100.9550 in.
14.7211 ksi 5.1862 ksi
19.9 19.91 ksi (T) 074 ksi
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 6.5789 in. and z = 0.375 in.:
4 4
( 151.4242 kipin.)(0.375 in.) ( 216.2561 kipin.)( 6.5789 in.)
36.0016 in. 1
15.67 ksi (C)
00.9550 in.
1.5773 ksi 14.0927 ksi
15.6700 ksi
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
(c) Orientation of neutral axis
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (825) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
4
4
( 151.4242 kipin.)(100.9550 in. )
tan 1.9635
( 216.2561 kipi
63.0
n.)(36.0016 in. )
(i.e., 63.01 CW from ax 1 is)
y z
z y
M I
M I
z Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.67 A beam with a box cross section is subjected to
a resultant moment magnitude of 75 kipin. acting
at the angle shown in Fig. P8.67. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the beam.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.
Fig. P8.67
Solution
Section properties
3 3
4
3 3
4
(4 in.)(6 in.) (3.25 in.)(5.25 in.)
32.8096 in.
12 12
(6 in.)(4 in.) (5.25 in.)(3.25 in.)
16.9814 in.
12 12
y
z
I
I
Moment components
(75 kipin.) cos 20 70.4769 kipin.
(75 kipin.)sin 20 25.6515 kipin.
y
z
M
M
(a) Bending stress at H
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (824) can be used to determine bending stresses.
To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
4 4
(70.4769 kipin.)( 3.0 in.) (25.6515 kipin.)( 2.0 in.)
32.8096 in. 1
3.42 ksi (C)
6.9814 in.
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
3.4231 ksi
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
4 4
(70.4769 kipin.)(3.0 in.) (25.6515 kipin.)(2.0 in.)
32.8096 in. 16.9814 in.
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
3.4231 k 3.42 s ksi (T) i
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum bending stresses
The maximum tension normal stress occurs at the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
4 4
(70.4769 kipin.)(3.0 in.) (25.6515 kipin.)( 2.0 in.)
32.8096 in. 16.9814 in.
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
9.46 9.47 ksi (T 53 ksi )
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
The maximum compression normal stress occurs at the (y, z) coordinates y = 2.0 in. and z = 3.0 in.:
4 4
(70.4769 kipin.)( 3.0 in.) (25.6515 kipin.)(2.0 in.)
32.8096 in. 16.9814 in.
6.4442 ksi 3.0211 ksi
9.4653 k 9.47 ksi ( i C) s
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
(d) Orientation of neutral axis
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (825) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
4
4
(70.4769 kipin.)(16.9814 in. )
tan 1.4220
(25.6515 kipin.)
54.88
(32.8096 in. )
(i.e., 54.88 CW from axis)
y z
z y
M I
M I
z Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.68 The moment acting on the cross section of the
wideflange beam has a magnitude of M = 12 kNm and
is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.68. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the +z
axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross section.
Fig. P8.68
Solution
Section properties
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 59,062.5 97.5 29,944,687.5 30,003,750
web 4,860,000 0 0 4,860,000
bottom flange 59,062.5 97.5 29,944,687.5 30,003,750
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 64,867,500
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
3 3
4
(15 mm)(210 mm) (180 mm)(10 mm)
2 23,167, 500 mm
12 12
y
I
Moment components
6
6
(12 kNm)sin35 6.8829 kNm 6.8829 10 Nmm
(12 kNm) cos35 9.8298 kNm 9.8298 10 Nmm
y
z
M
M
(a) Bending stress at H
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (824) can be used to determine bending stresses.
To compute the normal stress at H, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 105 mm and z = 105 mm:
6 6
4 4
(6.8829 10 Nmm)( 105 mm) (9.8298 10 Nmm)(105 mm)
23,167,500 mm 64,
47.1 MPa (C)
867,500 mm
31.1948 MPa 15.9114 MPa
47.1062 MPa
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use the (y, z) coordinates y = 105 mm and z = 105 mm:
6 6
4 4
(6.8829 10 Nmm)(105 mm) (9.8298 10 Nmm)( 105 mm)
23,167,500 mm 64,867,500 mm
31.1948 MPa 15.9114 MPa
47. 47.1 1062 M MPa ( P T) a
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y
I I
Ans.
(b) Orientation of neutral axis
For a shape having at least one axis of symmetry, Eq. (825) can be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
4
4
(6.8829 kNm)(64,867,500 mm )
tan 1.9605
(9.8298 kNm)(23,
62.
167,500 mm )
(i.e., 62.98 CW from axis 8 ) 9
y z
z y
M I
M I
z Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.69 For the cross section shown in Fig. P8.69,
determine the maximum magnitude of the bending
moment M so that the bending stress in the wide
flange shape does not exceed 165 MPa.
Fig. P8.69
Solution
Section properties
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 59,062.5 97.5 29,944,687.5 30,003,750
web 4,860,000 0 0 4,860,000
bottom flange 59,062.5 97.5 29,944,687.5 30,003,750
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 64,867,500
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
3 3
4
(15 mm)(210 mm) (180 mm)(10 mm)
2 23,167, 500 mm
12 12
y
I
Moment components
sin35 cos35
y z
M M M M
Maximum bending moment magnitude
The maximum tension bending stress should occur at point K, which has the (y, z) coordinates y = 105
mm and z = 105 mm:
4 4
sin35 (105 mm) cos35 ( 105 mm)
165 MPa
23,167, 500 mm 64,867, 500 mm
y
z
x
y z
M z
M y M M
I I
6 3 6 3 2
6
2.59957 10 mm 1.32595 10 mm 165 N/mm
42.0 kN 42.0327 10 Nmm m
M
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.70 The unequalleg angle is subjected to a bending
moment of M
z
= 20 kipin. that acts at the orientation
shown in Fig. P8.70. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the +z
axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross section.
Fig. P8.70
Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
upright leg 0.375 4.000 1.5000 2.00 3.00
bottom leg 2.625 0.375 0.9844 0.1875 0.18457
2.4844
3.18457
3
2
3.18457 in.
1.2818 in.(from bottom of shape to centroid)
2.4844 in.
2.7182 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Centroid location in z direction:
Shape Area A
i
z
i
(from right edge) z
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
upright leg 1.5000 0.1875 0.2813
bottom leg 0.9844 1.6875 1.6612
2.4844
1.94243
3
2
1.94243 in.
0.7818 in. (from right edge of shape to centroid)
2.4844 in.
2.2182 in. (from left edge of shape to centroid)
i i
i
z A
z
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
upright leg 2.000 0.7182 0.77372 2.7737
bottom leg 0.011536 1.0943 1.17881 1.1903
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 3.9640
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
Shape I
C
d = z
i
z dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
upright leg 0.017578 0.5943 0.52979 0.5474
bottom leg 0.565247 0.9057 0.80750 1.3727
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.
4
) = 1.9201
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape I
yz
y
c
z
c
Area A
i
y
c
z
c
A
i
I
yz
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
upright leg 0 0.7182 0.5943 1.5000 0.6402 0.6402
bottom leg 0 1.0943 0.9057 0.9844 0.9757 0.9757
Product of inertia (in.
4
) = 1.6159
(a) Bending stress at H
Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.22) will be used here. Note that the bending moment component about
the y axis is zero (i.e., M
y
= 0); therefore, the first term in Eq. (8.22) is eliminated. To compute the
normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.7182 in. and z = 0.4068 in.:
2
4 4
4 4 4 2
5
8
(1.9201 in. )(2.7182 in.) ( 1.6159 in. )( 0.4068 in.)
(20 kipin.)
(1.9201 in. )(3.9640 in. ) ( 1.6159 in. )
4.5619 in.
(20 kipin.)
5.0001 in.
18.2469 ks
y yz
x z
y z yz
I y I z
M
I I I
18.25 ksi i (C) Ans.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 0.9068 in. and z = 2.2182 in.:
2
4 4
4 4 4 2
5
8
(1.9201 in. )( 0.9068 in.) ( 1.6159 in. )(2.2182 in.)
(20 kipin.)
(1.9201 in. )(3.9640 in. ) ( 1.6159 in. )
1.8432 in.
(20 kipin.)
5.0001 in.
7.3728 ksi
y yz
x z
y z yz
I y I z
M
I I I
7.37 ksi (C) Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(d) Orientation of neutral axis
Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.23) must be used to determine the orientation of
the neutral axis:
4
4
(20 kipin.)( 1.6159 in. )
tan 0.8416
(20 kipin.)(1.9201 in. )
(i.e., 40.08 CCW from axi 0 s 8 ) 40.
y z z yz
z y y yz
M I M I
M I M I
z Ans.
(c) Maximum bending stresses
Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are point H and the corner of the angle. The bending stress at H has
already been computed. To compute the normal stress at the corner of the angle, use (y, z) coordinates
of y = 1.2818 in. and z = 0.7818 in.
2
4 4
4 4 4 2
5
8
(1.9201 in. )( 1.2818 in.) ( 1.6159 in. )( 0.7818 in.)
(20 kipin.)
(1.9201 in. )(3.9640 in. ) ( 1.6159 in. )
3.7245 in.
(20 kipin.)
5.0001 in.
14.8977 ksi
y yz
x z
y z yz
I y I z
M
I I I
14.90 ksi (T)
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:
18.25 ksi (C)
x
Ans.
and the maximum tension bending stress is:
14.90 ksi (T)
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.71 For the cross section shown in Fig. P8.71,
determine the maximum magnitude of the bending
moment M so that the bending stress in the unequal
leg angle shape does not exceed 24 ksi.
Fig. P8.71
Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
upright leg 0.375 4.000 1.5000 2.00 3.00
bottom leg 2.625 0.375 0.9844 0.1875 0.18457
2.4844
3.18457
3
2
3.18457 in.
1.2818 in.(from bottom of shape to centroid)
2.4844 in.
2.7182 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Centroid location in z direction:
Shape Area A
i
z
i
(from right edge) z
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
upright leg 1.5000 0.1875 0.2813
bottom leg 0.9844 1.6875 1.6612
2.4844
1.94243
3
2
1.94243 in.
0.7818 in. (from right edge of shape to centroid)
2.4844 in.
2.2182 in. (from left edge of shape to centroid)
i i
i
z A
z
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
upright leg 2.000 0.7182 0.77372 2.7737
bottom leg 0.011536 1.0943 1.17881 1.1903
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 3.9640
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
Shape I
C
d = z
i
z dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
upright leg 0.017578 0.5943 0.52979 0.5474
bottom leg 0.565247 0.9057 0.80750 1.3727
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.
4
) = 1.9201
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape I
yz
y
c
z
c
Area A
i
y
c
z
c
A
i
I
yz
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
upright leg 0 0.7182 0.5943 1.5000 0.6402 0.6402
bottom leg 0 1.0943 0.9057 0.9844 0.9757 0.9757
Product of inertia (in.
4
) = 1.6159
Orientation of neutral axis
Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral
axis from Eq. (8.23) before beginning the stress calculations:
4
4
(20 kipin.)( 1.6159 in. )
tan 0.8416
(20 kipin.)(1.9201 in. )
(i.e., 40.08 CCW from axi 0 s 8 ) 40.
y z z yz
z y y yz
M I M I
M I M I
z
Allowable moments based on maximum tension and compression bending stresses
Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are point H and the corner of the angle. To compute the normal stress at
H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.7182 in. and z = 0.4068 in.:
4 4
2 4 4 4 2
5
3
8
(1.9201 in. )(2.7182 in.) ( 1.6159 in. )( 0.4068 in.)
(1.9201 in. )(3.9640 in. ) ( 1.6159 in. )
4.5619 in.
( 0.9124 in. )
5.0001 in.
y yz
x z z
y z yz
z z
I y I z
M M
I I I
M M
Therefore, based on an allowable bending stress of 24 ksi at H, the maximum magnitude of M
z
is:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3
(0.9124 in. ) 24 ksi
26.3054 kipin.
z
z
M
M (a)
To compute the normal stress at the corner of the angle, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 1.2818 in. and z =
0.7818 in.
4 4
2 4 4 4 2
5
3
8
(1.9201 in. )( 1.2818 in.) ( 1.6159 in. )( 0.7818 in.)
(1.9201 in. )(3.9640 in. ) ( 1.6159 in. )
3.7245 in.
(0.7449 in. )
5.0001 in.
y yz
x z z
y z yz
z z
I y I z
M M
I I I
M M
Therefore, based on the bending stress at the corner of the angle, the maximum magnitude of M
z
is:
3
(0.7449 in. ) 24 ksi
32.2197 kipin.
z
z
M
M (b)
Maximum bending moment M
z
Compare the results in Eqs. (a) and (b) to find that the maximum bending moment that can be applied to
the angle shape is:
26.3 kipin.
z
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.72 The moment acting on the cross section of
the unequalleg angle has a magnitude of M = 20
kipin. and is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.72.
Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to
the +z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the
cross section.
Fig. P8.72
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
Area A
i
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 130,208.3 112.5 2,500 31,640,625.0 31,770,883.3
web 10,666,666.7 0 3,200 0 10,666,666.7
bottom flange 130,208.3 112.5 2,500 31,640,625.0 31,770,883.3
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 74,208,333.3
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
Shape I
C
d = z
i
z Area A
i
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 2,083,333.3 42.0 2,500 4,410,000 6,493,333.3
web 68,266.7 0 3,200 0 68,266.7
bottom flange 2,083,333.3 42.0 2,500 4,410,000 6,493,333.3
Moment of inertia about the y axis (mm
4
) = 13,054,933.3
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape y
c
z
c
Area A
i
y
c
z
c
A
i
I
yz
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 112.5 42.0 2,500 11,812,500 11,812,500
web 0 0 3,200 0 0
bottom flange 112.5 42.0 2,500 11,812,500 11,812,500
Product of inertia (mm
4
) = 23,625,000
Moment components
6
6
(40 kNm)sin15 10.3528 kNm 10.3528 10 Nmm
(40 kNm) cos15 38.6370 kNm 38.6370 10 Nmm
y
z
M
M
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress at H
Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.
2 2
6 4 6 4
4 4 4 2
6
( 38.6370 10 Nmm)(13,054,933.3 mm ) ( 10.3528 10 Nmm)( 23,625,000 mm )
(13,054,933.3 mm )(74,208,333.3 mm ) ( 23,625,000 mm )
( 10.3528 10 N
z y y yz y z z yz
x
y z yz y z yz
M I M I y M I M I z
I I I I I I
y
4 6 4
4 4 4 2
3 3
mm)(74,208,333.3 mm ) ( 38.6370 10 Nmm)( 23,625,000 mm )
(13,054,933.3 mm )(74,208,333.3 mm ) ( 23,625,000 mm )
(0.63271 N/mm ) (0.35197 N/mm )
z
y z
To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 92 mm:
3 3
(0.63271 N/mm )(125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm )( 92 mm)
46.7073 MPa 46.7 MPa (T)
x
Ans.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 92 mm:
3 3
(0.63271 N/mm )( 125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm )(92 mm)
46.7073 MPa 46.7 MPa (C)
x
Ans.
(d) Orientation of neutral axis
Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral axis
from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.
4 4
4 4
tan
( 10.3528 kNm)(74,208,333.3 mm ) ( 38.6370 kNm)( 23,625,000 mm )
( 38.6370 kNm)(13,054,933.3 mm ) ( 10.3528 kNm)( 23,625,000 mm )
0.55629
(i.e., 29.09 CCW f 29.09 rom
y z z yz
z y y yz
M I M I
M I M I
axis) z
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum tension and compression bending stresses
Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To
compute bending stresses at the upper point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 8 mm:
3 3
(0.63271 N/mm )(125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm )(8 mm)
81.9045 MPa Maximum tensi 81.9 MP on bend a (T) ing stress
x
Ans.
To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 125 mm and z = 8 mm:
3 3
(0.63271 N/mm )( 125 mm) (0.35197 N/mm )( 8 mm)
81.9045 MPa Maximum compre 81.9 ssion MPa (C bending stre s ) s
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.73 The moment acting on the cross section of the
unequalleg angle has a magnitude of 14 kNm and
is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.73. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to the
+z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the cross
section.
Fig. P8.73
Solution
Section properties
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
horizontal leg 150 19 2,850 190.50 542,925.0
vertical leg 19 181 3,439 90.50 311,229.5
6,289
854,154.5
3
2
854,154.5 mm
135.82 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
6,289 mm
64.18 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Centroid location in z direction:
Shape Area A
i
z
i
(from right edge) z
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
horizontal leg 2,850 75.0 213,750.0
vertical leg 3,439 9.5 32,670.5
6,289
246,420.5
3
2
246, 420.5 mm
39.18 mm (from right edge of shape to centroid)
6,289 mm
110.82 mm (from left edge of shape to centroid)
i i
i
z A
z
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
horizontal leg 85,737.50 54.68 8,522,088.15 8,607,825.65
vertical leg 9,388,756.58 45.32 7,062,503.99 16,451,260.58
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 25,059,086.23
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
Shape I
C
d = z
i
z dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
horizontal leg 5,343,750.00 35.82 3,656,188.87 8,999,938.87
vertical leg 103,456.58 29.68 3,029,990.78 3,133,447.36
Moment of inertia about the y axis (mm
4
) = 12,133,386.23
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape I
yz
y
c
z
c
Area A
i
y
c
z
c
A
i
I
yz
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
horizontal leg 0 54.68 35.82 2,850 5,582,117.16 5,582,117.16
vertical leg 0 45.32 29.68 3,439 4,625,790.65 4,625,790.65
Product of inertia (mm
4
) = 10,207,907.81
Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.
2 2
6 4
4 4 4 2
6 4
4
(14 10 Nmm)(12,133,386.23 mm )
(12,133,386.23 mm )(25,059,086.23 mm ) (10, 207, 907.81 mm )
(14 10 Nmm)(10, 207, 907.81 mm )
(12,133,386.23 mm )(25
z y y yz y z z yz
x
y z yz y z yz
M I M I y M I M I z
I I I I I I
y
4 4 2
3 3
,059,086.23 mm ) (10, 207, 907.81 mm )
( 0.84997 N/mm ) (0.71509 N/mm )
z
y z
To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 45.18 mm and z = 110.82 mm:
3 3
( 0.84997 N/mm )(45.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm )(110.82 mm)
40.8444 MPa 40.8 MPa (T)
x
Ans.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 64.18 mm and z = 39.18 mm:
3 3
( 0.84997 N/mm )(64.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm )( 39.18 mm)
82.5685 MP 82.6 MPa ( a C)
x
Ans.
(d) Orientation of neutral axis
Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral
axis from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.
4
4
tan
(14 kNm)(10, 207,907.81 mm )
(14 kNm)(12,133,386.23 mm )
0.84
40.0
131
(i.e., 40.07 CW from axis) 7
y z z yz
z y y yz
M I M I
M I M I
z
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum tension and compression bending stresses
Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the angle cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top corner (at K) and on the inside corner of the vertical leg.
To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 135.82 mm and z = 20.18
mm:
3 3
( 0.84997 N/mm )( 135.82 mm) (0.71509 N/mm )( 20.18 mm)
101.0 MPa (T 101.0129 MPa Maximum tension bendi ) ng stress
x
Ans.
The maximum compression bending stress is
3 3
( 0.84997 N/mm )(64.18 mm) (0.71509 N/mm )( 39.18 mm)
82.5685 MPa Maximum compre 82.6 ssion MPa (C) bending stress
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.74 The moment acting on the cross section of
the zee shape has a magnitude of M = 4.75 kipft
and is oriented as shown in Fig. P8.74. Determine:
(a) the bending stress at point H.
(b) the bending stress at point K.
(c) the maximum tension and the maximum
compression bending stresses in the cross section.
(d) the orientation of the neutral axis relative to
the +z axis. Show its location on a sketch of the
cross section.
Fig. P8.74
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
Area A
i
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.0260 2.75 1.25 9.4531 9.4792
web 3.6458 0 1.75 0 3.6458
bottom flange 0.0260 2.75 1.25 9.4531 9.4792
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 22.6042
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
Shape I
C
d = z
i
z Area A
i
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.6510 1.075 1.25 1.4445 2.0956
web 68,266.7 0 1.75 0 0.0179
bottom flange 0.6510 1.075 1.25 1.4445 2.0956
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.
4
) = 4.2091
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape y
c
z
c
Area A
i
y
c
z
c
A
i
I
yz
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 2.75 1.075 1.25 3.6953 3.6953
web 0 0 1.75 0 0
bottom flange 2.75 1.075 1.25 3.6953 3.6953
Product of inertia (in.
4
) = 7.3906
(a) Bending stress at H
Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2 2
4 4
4 4 4 2 4 4
( 4.75 kipft)(12 in./ft)(4.2091 in. ) ( 4.75 kipft)(12 in./ft)(7.3906 in. )
(4.2091 in. )(22.6042 in. ) (7.3906 in. ) (4.2091 in. )(22.6042 in. )
z y y yz y z z yz
x
y z yz y z yz
M I M I y M I M I z
I I I I I I
y
4 2
3 3
(7.3906 in. )
(5.92065 kips/in. ) (10.39584 kips/in. )
z
y z
To compute the normal stress at H, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 2.325 in.:
3 3
(5.92065 kips/in. )(3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in. )(2.325 in.)
6.4084 ksi 6.41 ksi (C)
x
Ans.
(b) Bending stress at K
To compute the normal stress at K, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 2.50 in. and z = 2.325 in.:
3 3
(5.92065 kips/in. )( 2.50 in.) (10.39584 kips/in. )( 2.325 in.)
9.3687 k 9.37 ksi (T) si
x
Ans.
(d) Orientation of neutral axis
Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral axis
from Eq. (8.23) to help identify points of maximum stress.
4
4
tan
( 4.75 kipft)(7.3906 in. )
( 4.75 kipft)(4.2091 in. )
1.7
60.34
559
(i.e., 60.34 CW from axis)
y z z yz
z y y yz
M I M I
M I M I
z
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum tension and compression bending stresses
Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To
compute bending stresses at the upper point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in.:
3 3
(5.92065 kips/in. )(3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in. )( 0.175 in
19.58 ksi (T
.)
19.5812 ksi Maximum tension bending ) stress
x
Ans.
To compute bending stresses at the lower point, use (y, z) coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in.:
3 3
(5.92065 kips/in. )( 3 in.) (10.39584 kips/in. )(0.175 in.)
19.5812 ksi Maximum compre 19.58 ssion bending str ksi e (C) ss
x
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.75 For the cross section shown in Fig. P8.75,
determine the maximum magnitude of the bending
moment M so that the bending stress in the zee
shape does not exceed 24 ksi.
Fig. P8.75
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
Area A
i
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.0260 2.75 1.25 9.4531 9.4792
web 3.6458 0 1.75 0 3.6458
bottom flange 0.0260 2.75 1.25 9.4531 9.4792
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 22.6042
Moment of inertia about the y axis:
Shape I
C
d = z
i
z Area A
i
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.6510 1.075 1.25 1.4445 2.0956
web 68,266.7 0 1.75 0 0.0179
bottom flange 0.6510 1.075 1.25 1.4445 2.0956
Moment of inertia about the y axis (in.
4
) = 4.2091
Product of inertia about the centroidal axes:
Shape y
c
z
c
Area A
i
y
c
z
c
A
i
I
yz
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 2.75 1.075 1.25 3.6953 3.6953
web 0 0 1.75 0 0
bottom flange 2.75 1.075 1.25 3.6953 3.6953
Product of inertia (in.
4
) = 7.3906
Bending stresses in the section
Since the zee shape has no axis of symmetry, Eq. (8.21) or Eq. (8.22) must be used to determine the
bending stresses. Equation (8.21) will be used here. For this problem, M
y
= 0 and from the sketch, M
z
is
observed to be negative. The bending stress in the zee cross section is described by:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2 2
4 4
4 4 4 2 4 4 4 2
4
(4.2091 in. ) (7.3906 in. )
(4.2091 in. )(22.6042 in. ) (7.3906 in. ) (4.2091 in. )(22.6042 in. ) (7.3906 in. )
(0.103871 in. ) (
z y y yz y z z yz
x
y z yz y z yz
z z
z
M I M I y M I M I z
I I I I I I
M M
y z
M y
4
4 4
0.182383 in. )
(0.103871 in. ) (0.182383 in. )
z
z
M z
M y z
Orientation of neutral axis
Since the angle shape has no axis of symmetry, it is helpful to determine the orientation of the neutral
axis from Eq. (8.23) before beginning the stress calculations:
4
4
(7.3906 in. )
tan 1.7559
(4.2091 i
60.
n. )
(i.e., 60.34 CW from axi 3 s) 4
y z z yz
z
z y y yz z
M I M I
M
M I M I M
z
Allowable moments based on maximum tension and compression bending stresses
Sketch the orientation of the neutral axis. By inspection, the points on the zee cross section that are
farthest from the neutral axis are on the top and bottom surfaces at the outside corners of the web. To
compute bending stresses at the upper point, coordinates of y = 3 in. and z = 0.175 in. are used. Set the
bending stress at this point to the 24ksi allowable bending stress and solve for the moment magnitude:
4 4
3
(0.103871 in. )(3 in.) (0.182383 in. )( 0.175 in.) 24 ksi
24 ksi
69.86287 kipin.
0
5.82 kipft
.343530 in.
x z
z
M
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.76 A stainlesssteel spring (shown in Fig.
P8.76) has a thickness of in. and a change in
depth at section B from D = 1.50 in. to d = 1.25
in. The radius of the fillet between the two
sections is r = 0.125 in. If the bending moment
applied to the spring is M = 2,000 lbin.,
determine the maximum normal stress in the
spring.
Fig. P8.76
Solution
From Figure 8.18
0.125 in. 1.50 in.
0.10 1.20 1.69
1.25 in. 1.25 in.
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:
3
4
(0.75 in.)(1.25 in.)
0.122070 in.
12
I
Nominal bending stress at minimum depth section:
nom 4
(2, 000 lbin.)(1.25 in./2)
10.2400 ksi
0.122070 in.
My
I
Maximum bending stress:
max nom
1.69(10.2400 ksi) 17.3056 ksi 17.31 ksi K Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.77 An alloysteel spring (shown in Fig. P8.77)
has a thickness of 25 mm and a change in depth at
section B from D = 75 mm to d = 50 mm. If the
radius of the fillet between the two sections is r =
8 mm, determine the maximum moment that the
spring can resist if the maximum bending stress in
the spring must not exceed 120 MPa.
Fig. P8.77
Solution
From Figure 8.18
8 mm 75 mm
0.16 1.50 1.57
50 mm 50 mm
r D
K
d d
Determine maximum nominal bending stress:
max
nom
120 MPa
76.4331 MPa
1.57 K
Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:
3
4
(25 mm)(50 mm)
260, 416.67 mm
12
I
Maximum bending moment:
2 4
nom
max
(76.4331 N/mm )(260,416.67 mm )
796,178.3 Nmm
50 mm/2
796 Nm
I
M
y
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.78 The notched bar shown in Fig. P8.78 is
subjected to a bending moment of M = 300 Nm.
The major bar width is D = 75 mm, the minor bar
width at the notches is d = 50 mm, and the radius
of each notch is r = 10 mm. If the maximum
bending stress in the bar must not exceed 90 MPa,
determine the minimum required bar thickness b.
Fig. P8.78
Solution
From Figure 8.17
10 mm 75 mm
0.20 1.50 1.76
50 mm 50 mm
r D
K
d d
Determine maximum nominal bending stress:
max
nom
90 MPa
51.1364 MPa
1.76 K
Minimum bar thickness b:
nom 3 2
2 2 2
nom
( /2) 6
/12
6 6(300 Nm)(1,000 mm/m)
(51.1364 N/mm
1
)(50 mm)
4.08 mm
M y M d M
I bd bd
M
b
d
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.79 The machine part shown in Fig. P8.79 is made of
coldrolled 188 stainless steel (see Appendix D for
properties). The major bar width is D = 1.50 in., the
minor bar width at the notches is d = 1.00 in., the radius
of each notch is r = 0.125 in., and the bar thickness is b
= 0.25 in. Determine the maximum safe moment M
that may be applied to the bar if a factor of safety of 2.5
with respect to failure by yield is specified.
Fig. P8.79
Solution
From Figure 8.17
0.125 in. 1.50 in.
0.125 1.50 2.05
1.00 in. 1.00 in.
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum depth section:
3
4
(0.25 in.)(1.00 in.)
0.020833 in.
12
I
Maximum allowable bending moment:
From the specified factor of safety and the yield stress of the material, the allowable bending stress is:
allow
165 ksi
66 ksi
FS 2.5
Y
Thus, the maximum allowable bending moment can be determined from:
allow
4
allow
max
(66 ksi)(0.020833 in. )
1.3415 kipin.
(2.05)(1.00 in./
11
2)
1.8 lbft
My
K
I
I
M
K y
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.80 The shaft shown in Fig. P8.80 is supported
at each end by selfaligning bearings. The major
shaft diameter is D = 2.00 in., the minor shaft
diameter is d = 1.50 in., and the radius of the
fillet between the major and minor diameter
sections is r = 0.125 in. The shaft length is L =
24 in. and the fillets are located at x = 8 in. and x
= 16 in. Determine the maximum load P that
may be applied to the shaft if the maximum
normal stress must be limited to 24,000 psi.
Fig. P8.80
Solution
From Figure 8.20
0.125 in. 2.00 in.
0.083 1.33 1.78
1.50 in. 1.50 in.
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum diameter section:
4 4
(1.50 in.) 0.248505 in.
64
I
Maximum allowable bending moment:
allow
4
allow
max
(24, 000 psi)(0.248505 in. )
4, 467.50 lbin.
(1.78)(1.50 in./2)
My
K
I
I
M
K y
Bending moment at x = 8 in.:
(8 in.) (4 in.)
2 2
P P
M x P
Maximum load P:
(4 in.) 4,467.50 lbin.
1,116.88 lb 1,117 lb
P
P Ans.
Check stress at midspan:
midspan
4 4
midspan 4
(1,116.88 lb)(24 in.)
6, 701.28 lbin.
4 4
(2.00 in.) 0.785398 in.
64
(6, 701.28 lbin.)(2.00 in./2)
8,532 psi 24, 000 psi OK
0.785398 in.
PL
M
I
M y
I
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.81 The C86100 bronze (see Appendix D for
properties) shaft shown in Fig. P8.81 is supported
at each end by selfaligning bearings. The major
shaft diameter is D = 40 mm, the minor shaft
diameter is d = 25 mm, and the radius of the fillet
between the major and minor diameter sections is r
= 5 mm. The shaft length is L = 500 mm and the
fillets are located at x = 150 mm and x = 350 mm.
Determine the maximum load P that may be
applied to the shaft if a factor of safety of 3.0 with
respect to failure by yield is specified.
Fig. P8.81
Solution
From Figure 8.20
5 mm 40 mm
0.20 1.60 1.48
25 mm 25 mm
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum diameter section:
4 4
(25 mm) 19,174.76 mm
64
I
Maximum allowable bending moment:
yield
allow
331 MPa
110.33 MPa
FS 3.0
allow
2 4
allow
max
(110.33 N/mm )(19,174.76 mm )
114,357.58 Nmm
(1.48)(25 mm/2)
My
K
I
I
M
K y
Bending moment at x = 150 mm:
(150 mm) (75 mm)
2 2
P P
M x P
Maximum load P:
(75 mm) 114,357.58 Nmm
1,524.77 N 1,525 N
P
P Ans.
Check stress at midspan:
midspan
4 4
midspan 4
(1,524.77 N)(500 mm)
190,596.25 Nmm
4 4
(40 mm) 125, 663.71 mm
64
(190,596.25 Nmm)(40 mm/2)
30.33 MPa 110.33 MPa OK
125, 663.71 mm
PL
M
I
M y
I
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.82 The machine shaft shown in Fig. P8.82 is
made of 1020 coldrolled steel (see Appendix D
for properties). The major shaft diameter is D =
1.000 in., the minor shaft diameter is d = 0.625 in.,
and the radius of the fillet between the major and
minor diameter sections is r = 0.0625 in. The fillet
is located at x = 4 in. from C. If a load of P = 125
lb is applied at C, determine the factor of safety
with respect to failure by yield in the fillet at B.
Fig. P8.82
Solution
For 1020 coldrolled steel:
62, 000 psi
Y
From Figure 8.20
0.0625 in. 1.000 in.
0.10 1.6 1.74
0.625 in. 0.625 in.
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum diameter section:
4 4
(0.625 in.) 0.0074901 in.
64
I
Bending moment at x = 4 in.:
(125 lb)(4 in.) 500 lbin. M Px
Maximum bending stress:
max 4
(500 lbin.)(0.625 in./2)
(1.74) 36, 297.7 psi
0.0074901 in.
My
K
I
Factor of safety:
max
62, 000 psi
FS
36, 297.7 psi
1.708
Y
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.83 The machine shaft shown in Fig. P8.83 is
made of 1020 coldrolled steel (see Appendix D
for properties). The major shaft diameter is D = 30
mm, the minor shaft diameter is d = 20 mm, and
the radius of the fillet between the major and minor
diameter sections is r = 3 mm. The fillet is located
at x = 90 mm from C. Determine the maximum
load P that can be applied to the shaft at C if a
factor of safety of 1.5 with respect to failure by
yield is specified for the fillet at B.
Fig. P8.83
Solution
From Figure 8.20
3 mm 30 mm
0.10 1.5 1.58
20 mm 20 mm
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum diameter section:
4 4
(20 mm) 7,853.98 mm
64
I
Maximum allowable bending moment:
allow
427 MPa
284.6667 MPa
FS 1.5
Y
allow
2 4
allow
max
(284.6667 N/mm )(7,853.98 mm )
141,504.2261 Nmm
(1.58)(20 mm/2)
My
K
I
I
M
K y
Bending moment at x = 90 mm:
(90 mm) M Px P
Maximum load P:
(90 mm) 141,504.2261 Nmm
1,572.3 N 1,572 N
P
P Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
8.84 The grooved shaft shown in Fig. P8.84 is made
of C86100 bronze (see Appendix D for properties).
The major shaft diameter is D = 50 mm, the minor
shaft diameter at the groove is d = 34 mm, and the
radius of the groove is r = 4 mm. Determine the
maximum allowable moment M that may be applied
to the shaft if a factor of safety of 1.5 with respect to
failure by yield is specified.
Fig. P8.84
Solution
From Figure 8.19
4 mm 50 mm
0.20 1.471 1.96
34 mm 34 mm
r D
K
d d
Moment of inertia at minimum diameter section:
4 4
(34 mm) 65,597.24 mm
64
I
Maximum allowable bending moment:
allow
331 MPa
220.6667 MPa
FS 1.5
Y
allow
2 4
allow
max
(220.6667 N/mm )(65,597.24 mm )
(1.96)(34 mm/2)
434, 427. 43 5 Nm N m m 4 
My
K
I
I
M
K y
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.1 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 20in.long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
M
A
= 24 kipft and M
B
= 28 kipft.
Fig. P9.1a Beam segment Fig. P9.1b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left web 864.000 0.000 0.000 864.000
top flange 12.505 10.250 1,287.016 1,299.521
bottom flange 12.505 10.250 1,287.016 1,299.521
right web 864.000 0.000 0.000 864.000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 4,327.042
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(798.699 psi 565.745 psi)(3.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 8,357. 8.36 kips (C) 227 lb
2
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(931.816 psi 660.036 psi)(3.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 9, 750. 9.75 kips (C) 098 lb
2
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
8,357.227 lb 9, 750.098 lb 1,392.87
1.393 kip
1 b
s
l 0
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and the web elements.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.2 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 12in.long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
M
A
= 700 lbft and M
B
= 400 lbft.
Fig. P9.2a Beam segment Fig. P9.2b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of tee shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 4.5 1.0 4.50 6.50 29.25
stem 1.0 6.0 6.00 3.00 18.00
10.50 47.25
3
2
47.25 in.
4.50 in.
10.50 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.375 2.000 18.000 18.375
stem 18.000 1.500 13.500 31.500
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 49.875
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(421.053 psi 252.632 psi)(4.5 in.)(1 in.) 1,515.792 lb 1,516 lb (
2
C)
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(240.602 psi 144.361 psi)(4.5 in.)(1 in.) 866.167 lb 866 lb (
2
C)
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
1,515.792 lb 866.167 lb 649.625 lb 0
650 lb
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (1)
and the stem.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.3 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 500mmlong beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
M
A
= 5.8 kNm and M
B
= 3.2 kNm.
Fig. P9.3a Beam segment Fig. P9.3b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
top flange 160 30 4,800 285 1,368,000
left stem 20 270 5,400 135 729,000
right stem 20 270 5,400 135 729,000
15,600 2,826,000
3
2
2,826, 000 mm
181.154 mm
15,600 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 360,000 103.846 51,763,160.3 52,123,160.3
left stem 32,805,000 46.154 11,503,035.3 44,308,035.3
right stem 32,805,000 46.154 11,503,035.3 44,308,035.3
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 140,739,231
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(4.898 MPa 3.661 MPa)(160 mm)(30 mm) 20,542 20.5 kN (T) N
2
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(2.702 MPa 2.020 MPa)(160 mm)(30 mm) 11,3 11.33 kN (T) 34 N
2
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
20,542 N 11,334 N 9, 209 N
9.21 kN
0
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and the stems.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.4 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 16in.long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
M
A
= 3,300 lbft and M
B
= 4,700 lbft.
Fig. P9.4a Beam segment Fig. P9.4b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
left flange (1) 1.50 3.50 5.25 10.25 53.8125
right flange (2) 1.50 3.50 5.25 10.25 53.8125
central stem 1.50 12.00 18.00 6.00 108.0000
28.50 215.6250
3
2
215.625 in.
7.5658 in.
28.50 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left flange (1) 5.3594 2.6842 37.8262 43.1856
right flange (2) 5.3594 2.6842 37.8262 43.1856
central stem 216.0000 1.5658 44.1305 260.1305
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 346.5016
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(506.765 psi 106.767 psi)(1.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 1, 610.522 lb 1, 611 lb
2
(T)
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(721.756 psi 152.061 psi)(1.5 in.)(3.5 in.) 2, 293.773 lb 2, 290 lb
2
(T)
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
1, 610.522 lb 2, 293.773 lb 683.252 lb 0
683 lb
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (1)
and the stem.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.5 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 18in.long beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
M
A
= 42 kipin. and M
B
= 36 kipin.
Fig. P9.5a Beam segment Fig. P9.5b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange (1) 6 2 12 11 132
bottom flange (2) 10 2 20 1 20
web 2 8 16 6 96
48 248
3
2
248 in.
5.1667 in.
48 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange (1) 4.0000 5.8333 408.3333 412.3333
bottom flange (2) 6.6667 4.1667 347.2222 353.8889
web 85.3333 0.8333 11.1111 96.4444
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 862.6667
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(332.690 psi 235.317 psi)(6 in.)(2 in.) 3, 408.0 3.41 kips ( 43 ) lb T
2
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(251.546 psi 154.173 psi)(6 in.)(2 in.) 2,921.1 2.92 kips ( 80 ) lb T
2
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
3, 408.043 lb 2,921.180 lb 486.863 lb
0.487 ki s
0
p
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and the web.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.6 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (2) of the beam segment shown in Problem 9.5.
Fig. P9.6a Beam segment Fig. P9.6b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange (1) 6 2 12 11 132
bottom flange (2) 10 2 20 1 20
web 2 8 16 6 96
48 248
3
2
248 in.
5.1667 in.
48 in.
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange (1) 4.0000 5.8333 408.3333 412.3333
bottom flange (2) 6.6667 4.1667 347.2222 353.8889
web 85.3333 0.8333 11.1111 96.4444
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 862.6667
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (2)
On section A, the resultant force on area (2) in the x direction is
1
(251.546 psi 154.173 psi)(10 in.)(2 in.) 4, 057.1 4.06 kips ( 95 ) lb C
2
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is
1
(215.611 psi 132.149 psi)(10 in.)(2 in.) 3, 477.5 3.48 kips ( 95 ) lb C
2
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (2)
4, 057.195 lb 3, 477.595 lb 579.599 l
0.580 p
b
0
ki s
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section B toward section A at the interface between area (2)
and the web.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.7 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Consider area (1) of the 300mmlong beam segment, which is subjected to internal bending moments of
M
A
= 7.5 kNm and M
B
= 8.0 kNm.
Fig. P9.7a Beam segment Fig. P9.7b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left stiff (1) 40 90 3,600 275 990,000
flange (2) 150 40 6,000 300 1,800,000
right stiff (3) 40 90 3,600 275 990,000
stem 40 280 11,200 140 1,568,000
24,400 5,348,000
3
2
5,348, 000 mm
219.180 mm
24,400 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left stiff (1) 2,430,000.00 55.8197 11,217,008.87 13,647,008.87
flange (2) 800,000.00 80.8197 39,190,916.42 39,990,916.42
right stiff (3) 2,430,000.00 55.8197 11,217,008.87 13,647,008.87
stem 73,173,333.33 79.1803 70,218,672.40 143,392,005.73
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 210,676,939.89
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(3.589 MPa 0.385 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,153.755 N 7.15 kN (C
2
)
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(3.828 MPa 0.411 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7, 630.672 N 7.63 kN (C
2
)
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of area (1)
7,153.755 N 7, 630.672 N 476.917 N
0.477 kN
0
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (1)
and area (2).
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.8 For the following problems, a beam segment subjected to internal bending moments at sections A
and B is shown along with a sketch of the crosssectional dimensions. For each problem:
(a) Sketch a side view of the beam segment and plot the distribution of bending stresses acting at
sections A and B. Indicate the magnitude of key bending stresses on the sketch.
(b) Determine the resultant forces acting in the x direction on the specified area at sections A and B and
show these resultant forces on the sketch.
(c) Is the specified area in equilibrium with respect to forces acting in the x direction? If not, determine
the horizontal force required to satisfy equilibrium for the specified area and show the location and
direction of this force on the sketch.
Combine areas (1), (2), and (3) of the beam segment shown in Problem 9.7.
Fig. P9.8a Beam segment Fig. P9.8b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
(a) Centroid location in y direction: (reference axis at bottom of shape)
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left stiff (1) 40 90 3,600 275 990,000
flange (2) 150 40 6,000 300 1,800,000
right stiff (3) 40 90 3,600 275 990,000
stem 40 280 11,200 140 1,568,000
24,400 5,348,000
3
2
5,348, 000 mm
219.180 mm
24,400 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
(measured upward from bottom edge of shape)
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left stiff (1) 2,430,000.00 55.8197 11,217,008.87 13,647,008.87
flange (2) 800,000.00 80.8197 39,190,916.42 39,990,916.42
right stiff (3) 2,430,000.00 55.8197 11,217,008.87 13,647,008.87
stem 73,173,333.33 79.1803 70,218,672.40 143,392,005.73
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 210,676,939.89
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bending stress distribution
(b) Resultant forces acting on area (1)
On section A, the resultant force on area (1) in the x direction is
1
(3.589 MPa 0.385 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7,153.755 N
2
A
F
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (1) is
1
(3.828 MPa 0.411 MPa)(40 mm)(90 mm) 7, 630.672 N
2
B
F
Resultant forces acting on area (3)
The forces acting on area (3) are identical to those acting on area (1).
Resultant forces acting on area (2)
On section A, the resultant force on area (2) in the x direction is
1
(3.589 MPa 2.165 MPa)(150 mm)(40 mm) 17, 262.855 N
2
A
F
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is
1
(3.828 MPa 2.309 MPa)(150 mm)(40 mm) 18, 413.697 N
2
B
F
Resultant forces acting on combined areas (1), (2), and (3)
On section A, the resultant force on combined areas (1), (2), and (3) is
2(7,153.755 N) 17, 262.855 N 31,570.36 31.6 kN (C 3 N )
A
F Ans.
and on section B, the horizontal resultant force on area (2) is
2(7,630.672 N) 18, 413.697 N 33,675.05 33.7 kN (C 4 N )
B
F Ans.
(c) Equilibrium of combined areas (1), (2), and (3)
31,570.363 N 33, 675.054 N 2,104.691 N 0
2.10 kN
x
H
F
F Ans.
The horizontal shear force is directed from section A toward section B at the interface between area (2)
and the stem of the tee.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.9 A 1.6m long cantilever beam supports a concentrated load of 7.2 kN, as shown below. The beam is
made of a rectangular timber having a width of 120 mm and a depth of 280 mm. Calculate the maximum
horizontal shear stresses at points located 35 mm, 70 mm, 105 mm, and 140 mm below the top surface
of the beam. From these results, plot a graph showing the distribution of shear stresses from top to
bottom of the beam.
Fig. P9.9a Cantilever beam Fig. P9.9b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Shear force in cantilever beam:
V = 7.2 kN = 7,200 N
Shear stress formula:
VQ
I t
t =
Section properties:
3
6 4
(120 mm)(280 mm)
219.52 10 mm
12
I = =
t = 120 mm
Distance below top
surface of beam
y Q t
35 mm 105 mm 514,500 mm
3
140.6 kPa
70 mm 70 mm 882,000 mm
3
241 kPa
105 mm 35 mm 1,102,500 mm
3
301 kPa
140 mm 0 mm 1,176,000 mm
3
321 kPa
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.10 A 14ft long simply supported timber beam carries a 6kip concentrated load at midspan, as shown
in Fig. P9.10a. The crosssectional dimensions of the timber are shown in Fig. P9.10b.
(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.
(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.
(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the
14ft span length.
(d) Determine the maximum tension bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the
14ft span length.
Fig. P9.10a Simply supported timber beam
Fig. P9.10b Crosssectional
dimensions
Solution
Section properties:
3
4
(6 in.)(15 in.)
1, 687.5 in. 6 in.
12
I t = = =
(a) Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
(6 in.)(3 in.)(6 in.) 108 in.
(3, 000 lb)(108 in. )
(1, 687.500 in. )(6
32.0 ps
.
i
in )
Q
VQ
I t
t
= =
=
= = Ans.
(b) Shear stress at K:
3
3
4
(6 in.)(1 in.)(7 in.) 42 in.
(3, 000 lb)(42 in. )
(1, 687.500 in. )(6 in.)
12.44 psi
Q
VQ
I t
t
= =
=
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum shear stress at any location:
3
max
3
4
(6 in.)(7.5 in.)(3.75 in.) 168.75 in.
(3, 000 lb)(168.75 in. )
(1, 687.500 in. )(6 in.)
50.0 psi
Q
VQ
I t
t
= =
= = = Ans.
(d) Maximum bending stress at any location:
max
4
21 kipft 21, 000 lbft
(21, 000 lbft)(7.5 in.)(12 in./ft)
1, 687.5
1,120 psi (T) and (C
00 in.
)
x
M
Mc
I
o
= =
= = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.11 A 5m long simply supported timber beam carries a uniformly distributed load of 12 kN/m,
as shown in Fig. P9.11a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.11b.
(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.
(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.
(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location
within the 5m span length.
(d) Determine the maximum compression bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location
within the 5m span length.
Fig. P9.11a Simply supported timber beam Fig. P9.11b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Section properties:
3
6 4
(100 mm)(300 mm)
225 10 mm 100 mm
12
I t = = =
(a) Shear stress magnitude at H:
3
3
6 4
(100 mm)(90 mm)(105 mm)
945, 000 mm
(18, 000 N)(945,000 mm )
(225 10 mm )(100 m
756 kP
m)
a
Q
VQ
I t
t
=
=
=
=
= Ans.
(b) Shear stress magnitude at K:
3
3
6 4
(100 mm)(40 mm)(130 mm)
520, 000 mm
(18, 000 N)(520, 000 mm )
(225 10 mm )(100 m
416 kP
m)
a
Q
VQ
I t
t
=
=
=
=
= Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum shear stress at any location:
3
max
3
6 4
(100 mm)(150 mm)(75 mm) 1,125, 000 mm
(30, 000 N)(1,125, 000 mm )
(225 10 mm )(100 mm)
1,500 kPa
Q
VQ
I t
t
= =
= = =
Ans.
(d) Maximum compression bending stress at any location:
max
6 4
37.5 kNm
(37.5 kNm)(150 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
225 10 mm
25.0 MPa 25.0 MPa (C)
x
M
M y
I
o
=
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.12 A 5m long simply supported timber beam carries two concentrated loads, as shown in Fig. P9.12a.
The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.12b.
(a) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point H.
(b) At section aa, determine the magnitude of the shear stress in the beam at point K.
(c) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress that occurs in the beam at any location within the 5
m span length.
(d) Determine the maximum compression bending stress that occurs in the beam at any location within
the 5m span length.
Fig. P9.12a Simply supported timber beam
Fig. P9.12b Crosssectional
dimensions
Solution
Section properties:
3
6 4
(150 mm)(450 mm)
1,139.1 10 mm 150 mm
12
I t = = =
(a) Shear stress magnitude at H:
3
3
6 4
(150 mm)(150 mm)(150 mm)
3, 375, 000 mm
(39, 200 N)(3,375, 000 mm )
(1,139.1 10 mm )(150 m
7
m)
74 kPa
Q
VQ
I t
t
=
=
=
=
= Ans.
(b) Shear stress magnitude at K:
3
3
6 4
(150 mm)(100 mm)(175 mm)
2, 625, 000 mm
(39, 200 N)(2, 625, 000 mm )
(1,139.1 10 mm )(150 m
6
m)
02 kPa
Q
VQ
I t
t
=
=
=
=
= Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum shear stress at any location:
3
max
3
6 4
(150 mm)(225 mm)(112.5 mm) 3, 796,875 mm
(39, 200 N)(3, 796,875 mm )
(1,139.1 10 mm )(150 m
871 kP
m)
a
Q
VQ
I t
t
= =
= = =
Ans.
(d) Maximum bending stress at any location:
max
6 4
39.2 kNm
(39.2 kNm)(225 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
1,139.1 10 mm
7.74296 MPa 7, 740 kPa (C)
x
M
M y
I
o
=
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.13 A laminated wood beam consists of eight 2 in. 6in. planks glued together to form a section 6 in.
wide by 16 in. deep, as shown in Fig. P9.13a. If the allowable strength of the glue in shear is 160 psi,
determine:
(a) the maximum uniformly distributed load w that can be applied over the full length of the beam if the
beam is simply supported and has a span of 20 ft.
(b) the shear stress in the glue joint at H, which is located 4 in. above the bottom of the beam and 3 ft
from the left support. Assume the beam is subjected to the load w determined in part (a).
(c) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam when the load of part (a) is applied.
Fig. P9.13a Simply supported timber beam
Fig. P9.13b Crosssectional
dimensions
Solution
Section properties:
3
4
(6 in.)(16 in.)
2, 048 in. 6 in.
12
I t = = =
(a) Maximum Q:
3
(6 in.)(8 in.)(4 in.) 192 in. Q = =
Maximum shear force V:
4
3
160 psi
(160 psi)(2,048 in. )(6 in.)
10, 240 lb
192 in.
VQ
I t
V
t = s
s =
Maximum distributed load w:
max
max
10, 240 lb
2
2(10, 240 lb)
20 ft
1, 024 lb/ft
wL
V
w
= s
s = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shear force at x = 3 ft:
10, 240 lb (1, 024 lb/ft)(3 ft) 7,168 lb V = =
3
3
4
(6 in.)(4 in.)(6 in.) 144 in.
(7,168 lb)(144 in. )
(2, 048 in. )(6 in.)
84.0 psi
Q
VQ
I t
t
= =
= = = Ans.
(c) Maximum tension bending stress at any location:
2 2
max
4
(1, 024 lb/ft)(20 ft)
51, 200 lbft
8 8
(51, 200 lbft)( 8 in.)(12 in./ft)
2, 048 in.
2, 400 psi (T)
x
wL
M
M y
I
o
= = =
= = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.14 A 5ft long simply supported wood beam carries a concentrated load P at midspan, as shown in Fig.
P9.14a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.14b. If the allowable shear
strength of the wood is 80 psi, determine the maximum load P that may be applied at midspan. Neglect
the effects of the beams self weight.
Fig. P9.14a Simply supported timber beam Fig. P9.14b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Section properties:
3
4
(6 in.)(10 in.)
500 in. 6 in.
12
I t = = =
Maximum Q:
3
(6 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.) 75 in. Q = =
Maximum shear force V:
4
3
80 psi
(80 psi)(500 in. )(6 in.)
3, 200 lb
75 in.
VQ
I t
V
t = s
s =
Maximum concentrated load P:
max
max
3, 200 lb
2
2(3, 200 lb) 6, 400 lb
P
V
P
= s
s = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.15 A wood beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.15a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam
are shown in Fig. P9.15b. Determine the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the beam.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the beam.
Fig. P9.15a Simply supported timber beam Fig. P9.15b Crosssectional dimensions
Solution
Section properties:
3 3
4
(75 mm)(240 mm) (20 mm)(100 mm)
2 89, 733, 333 mm
12 12
I = + =
(a) Maximum shear force:
V
max
= 9.54 kN = 9,540 N @ support A
Check shear stress at neutral axis:
3
(75 mm)(120 mm)(60 mm)
2(20 mm)(50 mm)(25 mm) 590, 000 mm
Q =
+ =
3
4
(9, 540 N)(590,000 mm )
545 kPa
(89, 733, 333 mm )(115 mm)
VQ
I t
t = = =
Check shear stress at top edge of cover plates:
3
(75 mm)(70 mm)(85 mm) 446, 250 mm Q = =
3
4
(9, 540 N)(446,250 mm )
633 kPa
(89, 733, 333 mm )(75 mm)
VQ
I t
t = = =
Maximum shear stress in beam:
,max
633 kPa
H
t = Ans.
(b) Maximum bending moment:
M
max
= 6.49 kNm (between support A and point B)
Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(6.49 kNm)( 120 mm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)
89, 733,333 mm
8.67905 MPa 8, 680 kPa (T)
x
M y
I
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.16 A 50mmdiameter solid steel shaft
supports loads P
A
= 1.5 kN and P
C
= 3.0 kN,
as shown in Fig. P9.16. Assume L
1
= 150
mm, L
2
= 300 mm, and L
3
= 225 mm. The
bearing at B can be idealized as a roller
support and the bearing at D can be idealized
as a pin support. Determine the magnitude
and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in
the shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in
the shaft.
Fig. P9.16
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
4
3 3
3
(50 mm)
64 64
306, 796.158 mm
(50 mm)
12 12
10, 416.667 mm
I D
D
Q
t t
= =
=
= =
=
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 1.71 kN (between B and C)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 289.29 kNmm (at C)
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(1, 710 N)(10,416.667 mm )
(306, 796.158 mm )(50 mm)
(at neutral axis 1.161 MPa between and )
VQ
I t
B C
t = =
= Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(289.29 kNmm)( 50 mm/2)(1, 000 N/kN)
306, 796.15
23.6 MPa (T)
8 mm
23.574 MPa (on bottom of shaft at )
x
M y
I
C
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.17 A 1.25in.diameter solid steel shaft
supports loads P
A
= 400 lb and P
C
= 900 lb,
as shown in Fig. P9.17. Assume L
1
= 6 in.,
L
2
= 12 in., and L
3
= 8 in. The bearing at B
can be idealized as a roller support and the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin
support. Determine the magnitude and
location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in
the shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in
the shaft.
Fig. P9.17
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
4
3 3
3
(1.25 in.)
64 64
0.119842 in.
(1.25 in.)
12 12
0.162760 in.
I D
D
Q
t t
= =
=
= =
=
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 480 lb (between B and C)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 3,360 lbin. (at C)
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(480 lb)(0.162760 in. )
(0.119842 in. )(1.25 in.)
521.519 psi (at neutral axis b 522 etween and ) psi
VQ
I t
B C
t = =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(3,360 lbin.)( 1.25 in./2)
0.119842 in.
17, 17,520 psi (T 523.022 psi (on bottom of ) shaft at )
x
M y
I
C
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.18 A 1.00in.diameter solid steel shaft supports loads P
A
= 200
lb and P
D
= 240 lb, as shown in Fig. P9.18. Assume L
1
= 2 in.,
L
2
= 5 in., and L
3
= 4 in. The bearing at B can be idealized as a
pin support and the bearing at C can be idealized as a roller
support. Determine the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the shaft.
Fig. P9.18
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
4
3 3
3
(1.00 in.)
64 64
0.049087 in.
(1.00 in.)
12 12
0.083333 in.
I D
D
Q
t t
= =
=
= =
=
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 272 lb (between B and C)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 960 lbin. (at C)
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(272 lb)(0.083333 in. )
(0.049087 in. )(1.00 in.)
461.762 psi (at neutral axis b 462 etween and ) psi
VQ
I t
B C
t = =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(960 lbin.)( 1.00 in./2)
0.049087 in.
9, 7 9, 780 psi (T) 78.480 psi (on bottom of shaft at )
x
M y
I
C
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.19 A 20mmdiameter solid steel shaft supports loads P
A
= 900
N and P
D
= 1,200 N, as shown in Fig. P9.19. Assume L
1
= 50
mm, L
2
= 120 mm, and L
3
= 90 mm. The bearing at B can be
idealized as a pin support and the bearing at C can be idealized as
a roller support. Determine the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the shaft.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress in the shaft.
Fig. P9.19
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
4
3 3
3
(20 mm)
64 64
7,853.982 mm
(20 mm)
12 12
666.667 mm
I D
D
Q
t t
= =
=
= =
=
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 1,275 N (between B and C)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 108,000 Nmm (at C)
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(1, 275 N)(666.667 mm )
(7,853.982 mm )(20 mm)
5.411 MPa (at neutral axi 5.41 M s between and ) Pa
VQ
I t
B C
t = =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
4
(108, 000 Nmm)(20 mm/2)
7,853.982 mm
1 137.5 MPa (C) 37.510 MPa (on top of shaft at )
x
M y
I
C
o = =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.20 A 1.25in.diameter solid steel shaft
supports loads P
A
= 600 lb, P
C
= 1,600 lb, and
P
E
= 400 lb, as shown in Fig. P9.20. Assume
L
1
= 6 in., L
2
= 15 in., L
3
= 8 in., and L
4
= 10
in. The bearing at B can be idealized as a roller
support and the bearing at D can be idealized
as a pin support. Determine the magnitude and
location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the
shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the
shaft.
Fig. P9.20
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
4
3 3
3
(1.25 in.)
64 64
0.119842 in.
(1.25 in.)
12 12
0.162760 in.
I D
D
Q
t t
= =
=
= =
=
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 1,060.9 lb (between C and D)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 4,487 lbin. (at C)
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(1, 060.9 lb)(0.162760 in. )
(0.119842 in. )(1.25 in.)
1,152.632 psi (at neutral axis 1,153 p between an si d )
VQ
I t
C D
t = =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(4, 487 lbin.)( 1.25 in./2)
0.119842 in.
23, 23, 400 psi (T 400.309 psi (on bottom of ) shaft at )
x
M y
I
C
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.21 A 25mmdiameter solid steel shaft
supports loads P
A
= 1,000 N, P
C
= 3,200 N,
and P
E
= 800 N, as shown in Fig. P9.21.
Assume L
1
= 80 mm, L
2
= 200 mm, L
3
= 100
mm, and L
4
= 125 mm. The bearing at B can be
idealized as a roller support and the bearing at
D can be idealized as a pin support. Determine
the magnitude and location of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the
shaft.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the
shaft.
Fig. P9.21
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
4
3 3
3
(25 mm)
64 64
19,174.760 mm
(25 mm)
12 12
1, 302.083 mm
I D
D
Q
t t
= =
=
= =
=
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 2,200 N (between C and D)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 120,000 Nmm (at C)
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(2, 200 N)(1,302.083 mm )
(19,174.760 mm )(25 mm)
(at neutral axis b 5.98 M etween and ) Pa
VQ
I t
C D
t = =
= Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(120, 000 Nmm)( 25 mm/2)
19,174.760 mm
7 78.2 MPa 8.228 MPa (on bottom of shaft at ) ( T)
x
M y
I
C
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.22 A 3in. standard steel pipe (D = 3.500 in.; d = 3.068 in.) supports a concentrated load of P = 900 lb,
as shown in Fig. P9.22a. The span length of the cantilever beam is L = 3 ft. Determine the magnitude of:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the pipe.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the pipe.
Fig. P9.22a Cantilever beam Fig. P9.22b Pipe cross section
Solution
Section properties:
4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3
[ ] [(3.500 in.) (3.068 in.) ] 3.017157 in.
64 64
1 1
[ ] [(3.500 in.) (3.068 in.) ] 1.166422 in.
12 12
I D d
Q D d
t t
= = =
= = =
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 900 lb
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= (900 lb)(3 ft)(12 in./ft) = 32,400 lbin.
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
4
(900 lb)(1.166422 in. )
805.410 psi
(3.017157 in. )(3.500
805 psi
in. 3.068 in.)
VQ
I t
t = = = =
Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
( 32, 400 lbin.)(3.500 in./2)
18, 792.529 psi
3.0
18, 790 psi (T
1715 in
)
7 .
x
M y
I
o
= = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.23 A steel pipe (D = 170 mm; d = 150 mm) supports a concentrated load of P as shown in Fig. P9.23a.
The span length of the cantilever beam is L = 1.2 m.
(a) Compute the value of Q for the pipe.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the pipe shape is 75 MPa, determine the maximum load P than can
be applied to the cantilever beam.
Fig. P9.23a Cantilever beam Fig. P9.23b Pipe cross section
Solution
(a) Section properties:
4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3
[ ] [(170 mm) (150 mm) ] 16,147, 786.239 mm
64 64
1 1
[ ] [(170 mm) (150 mm) ] 128,166.667 mm
12
128,170
12
mm
I D d
Q D d
t t
= = =
= = = = Ans.
(b) Maximum load P:
2 4
max 3
75 MPa
(75 N/mm )(16,147, 786.239 mm )(170 mm 150 mm)
188,986 N
128,166.667 mm
VQ
I t
V
t = s
s =
For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,
max max
189.0 kN P V = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.24 A concentrated load P is applied to the upper end of a 1m long
pipe, as shown in Fig. P9.24. The outside diameter of the pipe is D =
114 mm and the inside diameter is d = 102 mm.
(a) Compute the value of Q for the pipe.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the pipe shape is 75 MPa, determine
the maximum load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.
Fig. P9.24
Solution
(a) Section properties:
4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3
[ ] [(114 mm) (102 mm) ] 2,977, 287 mm
64 64
1 1
[ ] [(114 mm) 35, 028 (102 m m m) ]
12 1
m
2
I D d
Q D d
t t
= = =
= = = Ans.
(b) Maximum load P:
2 4
max 3
75 MPa
(75 N/mm )(2,977, 287 mm )(114 mm 102 mm)
76, 498 N
35,028 mm
VQ
I t
V
t = s
s =
For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,
max max
76.5 kN P V = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.25 A concentrated load of P = 6 kips is applied to the upper end of a
4ft long pipe, as shown in Fig. P9.25. The pipe is an 8 in. standard
steel pipe, which has an outside diameter of D = 8.625 in. and an
inside diameter of d = 7.981 in. Determine the magnitude of:
(a) the maximum vertical shear stress in the pipe.
(b) the maximum tension bending stress in the pipe.
Fig. P9.25
Solution
Section properties:
4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3
[ ] [(8.625 in.) (7.981 in.) ] 72.489241 in.
64 64
1 1
[ ] [(8.625 in.) (7.981 in.) ] 11.104874 in.
12 12
I D d
Q D d
t t
= = =
= = =
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 6 kips = 6,000 lb
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= (6,000 lb)(4 ft)(12 in./ft) = 288,000 lbin.
(a) Maximum vertical shear stress:
3
4
(6,000 lb)(11.104874 in. )
1, 427.268 psi
(72.489241 in. )(8.625 in. 7.981
1, 427 p
in.)
si
VQ
I t
t = = = =
Ans.
(b) Maximum tension bending stress:
4
(288, 000 lbin.)(8.625 in./2)
17,133.578 psi
72.48
17,130 psi
924
T
.
(
1 in
)
x
Mc
I
o = = = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.26 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.26a is subjected to a concentrated load of P = 38 kips. The
crosssectional dimensions of the wideflange shape are shown in Fig. P9.26b. Determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 4 in. below the centroid of the wideflange shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the wideflange shape.
Fig. P9.26a Fig. P9.26b
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape Width b Height h I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
flange 6.75 0.455 0.0530 6.7725 140.8683 140.9213
web 0.285 13.090 53.2700 0.0000 0.0000 53.2700
flange 6.75 0.455 0.0530 6.7725 140.8683 140.9213
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 335.1125
(a) Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
0.455 in.
(6.75 in.)(0.455 in.) 7 in.
2
7 in. 0.455 in. 4 in.
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in. 4 in.) 4 in. 24.6243 in.
2
(38 kips)(24.6243 in. )
9.7974 ksi
(335.1125 in. )(0.285 in.)
9.80 ksi
H
H
Q
t
 
=

\ .
 
+ + =

\ .
= = = Ans.
(b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
max
3
3
max 4
0.455 in.
(6.75 in.)(0.455 in.) 7 in.
2
7 in. 0.455 in.
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in.) 26.9043 in.
2
(38 kips)(26.9043 in. )
10.7046 ksi
(335.1125 in. )(0.28
10.70 k
5 i
s
)
i
n.
Q
t
 
=

\ .
 
+ =

\ .
= = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.27 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.27a is subjected to a concentrated load of P. The cross
sectional dimensions of the wideflange shape are shown in Fig. P9.27b.
(a) Compute the value of Q that is associated with point K, which is located 2 in. above the centroid of
the wideflange shape.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the wideflange shape is 14 ksi, determine the maximum
concentrated load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.
Fig. P9.27a Fig. P9.27b
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape Width b Height h I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
flange 6.75 0.455 0.0530 6.7725 140.8683 140.9213
web 0.285 13.090 53.2700 0.0000 0.0000 53.2700
flange 6.75 0.455 0.0530 6.7725 140.8683 140.9213
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 335.1125
(a) Q associated with point K:
3
0.455 in.
(6.75 in.)(0.455 in.) 7 in.
2
7 in. 0.455 in. 2 in.
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 26.33 in. 2 in.) 2 i 43 in n
2
. .
K
Q
 
=

\ .
 
+ + =

\ .
Ans.
(b) Maximum load P:
max
3
0.455 in.
(6.75 in.)(0.455 in.) 7 in.
2
7 in. 0.455 in.
(0.285 in.)(7 in. 0.455 in.) 26.9043 in.
2
Q
 
=

\ .
 
+ =

\ .
max
max
4
max 3
14 ksi
(14 ksi)(335.1125 in. )(0.285 in.)
49.6983 kips
26.9043 in.
VQ
I t
V
t = s
s =
For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,
max max
49.7 kips P V = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.28 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.28a is subjected to a concentrated load of P. The cross
sectional dimensions of the rectangular tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.28b.
(a) Compute the value of Q that is associated with point H, which is located 90 mm above the centroid
of the rectangular tube shape.
(b) If the allowable shear stress for the rectangular tube shape is 125 MPa, determine the maximum
concentrated load P than can be applied to the cantilever beam.
Fig. P9.28a
Fig. P9.28b
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
outer rectangle 195,312,500 0.000 0.000 195,312,500
inner rectangle 143,077,428 0.000 0.000 143,077,428
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 52,235,072
(a) Q associated with point H:
3
250 mm 8 mm
(150 mm)(8 mm)
2 2
250 mm
8 mm 90 mm
250 mm
2
2(8 mm) 8 mm 90 mm 90 mm
189,912 mm
2 2
H
Q
 
=

\ .
 
  
+ +


\ .

\ .
= Ans.
(b) Maximum load P:
max
3
250 mm 8 mm
(150 mm)(8 mm)
2 2
250 mm
8 mm
250 mm
2
2(8 mm) 8 mm 254, 712 mm
2 2
Q
 
=

\ .
 
  
+ =


\ .

\ .
max
max
2 4
max 3
125 MPa
(125 N/mm )(52, 235, 072 mm )(2 8 mm)
410,150 N 410.15 kN
254, 712 mm
VQ
I t
V
t = s
s = =
For the cantilever beam shown here, V = P; therefore,
max max
410 kN P V = = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.29 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P9.29a is subjected to a concentrated load of P = 175 kN. The
crosssectional dimensions of the rectangular tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.29b. Determine:
(a) the shear stress at point K, which is located 50 mm below the centroid of the rectangular tube shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the rectangular tube shape.
Fig. P9.29a
Fig. P9.29b
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
outer rectangle 195,312,500 0.000 0.000 195,312,500
inner rectangle 143,077,428 0.000 0.000 143,077,428
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 52,235,072
(a) Shear stress at K:
3
250 mm 8 mm
(150 mm)(8 mm)
2 2
250 mm
8 mm 50 mm
250 mm
2
2(8 mm) 8 mm 50 mm 50 mm
2 2
234, 712 mm
K
Q
 
=

\ .
 
  
+ +


\ .

\ .
=
3
4
(175, 000 N)(234,712 mm )
49.1463 MPa
(52, 235, 072 mm )(2 8
49.1
mm
Pa
)
M
K
t = = =
Ans.
(b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
max
3
250 mm 8 mm
(150 mm)(8 mm)
2 2
250 mm
8 mm
250 mm
2
2(8 mm) 8 mm 254, 712 mm
2 2
Q
 
=

\ .
 
  
+ =


\ .

\ .
3
max 4
(175, 000 N)(254,712 mm )
53.3341 MPa
(52, 235, 072 mm )(2 8
53.3 MP
)
a
mm
t = = =
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.30 The internal shear force V at a certain section of an
aluminum beam is 8 kN. If the beam has a cross section
shown in Fig. P9.30, determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 30 mm
above the bottom surface of the tee shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the tee shape.
Fig. P9.30
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
top flange 375.0 72.5 27,187.5
stem 350.0 35.0 12,250.0
725.0 mm
2
39,437.5 mm
3
3
2
39, 437.5 mm
54.397 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
725.0 mm
20.603 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 781.250 18.103 122,900.565 123,681.815
stem 142,916.667 19.397 131,679.177 274,595.843
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 398,277.658
(a) Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
(5 mm)(30 mm)(39.397 mm) 5,909.550 mm
(8, 000 N)(5,909.550 mm )
(398, 277.658 mm )(5 mm
23.7 MP
)
a
H
H
Q
t
= =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(5 mm)(54.397 mm)(27.199 mm) 7,397.720 mm
(8, 000 N)(7,397.720 mm )
(398, 277.658 mm )(5 mm)
29.7 MPa
Q
t
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.31 The internal shear force V at a certain section of a
steel beam is 80 kN. If the beam has a cross section
shown in Fig. P9.31, determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 30 mm
below the centroid of the wideflange shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the wide
flange shape.
Fig. P9.31
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 59,062.5 97.5 29,944,687.5 30,003,750.0
web 4,860,000.0 0.0 0.0 4,860,000.0
bottom flange 59,062.5 97.5 29,944,687.5 30,003,750.0
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 64,867,500.0
(a) Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
(210 mm)(15 mm)(97.5 mm) (10 mm)(60 mm)(60 mm) 343,125 mm
(80, 000 N)(343,125 mm )
(64,867,500 mm )(10 mm)
42.3 MPa
H
H
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(210 mm)(15 mm)(97.5 mm) (10 mm)(90 mm)(45 mm) 347, 625 mm
(80, 000 N)(347, 625 mm )
(64,867,500 mm )(10 mm
4
)
2.9 MPa
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.32 The internal shear force V at a certain section
of a steel beam is 110 kips. If the beam has a cross
section shown in Fig. P9.32, determine:
(a) the value of Q associated with point H, which is
located 2 in. below the top surface of the flanged
shape.
(b) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the
flanged shape.
Fig. P9.32
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 5.0 11.5 57.5
web 10.0 6.0 60.0
bottom flange 8.0 0.5 4.0
23.0 in.
2
121.5 in.
3
3
2
121.5 in.
5.2826 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
23.0 in.
6.7174 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.4167 6.2174 193.2798 193.6964
web 83.3333 0.7174 5.1465 88.4798
bottom flange 0.6667 4.7826 182.9868 183.6534
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 465.8297
(a) Q at point H:
3
(5 in.)(1 in.)(6.2174 in.) (1 in.)(1 in.)(5.2174 36.304 in.) 4 in. Q= + = Ans.
(b) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(5 in.)(1 in.)(6.2174 in.) (1 in.)(5.7174 in.)(2.8587 in.) 47.4313 in.
(110 kips)(47.4313 in. )
(465.8297 in. )(1 in.)
11.20 ksi
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.33 The internal shear force V at a certain section of a
steel beam is 75 kips. If the beam has a cross section
shown in Fig. P9.33, determine:
(a) the shear stress at point H, which is located 2 in.
above the bottom surface of the flanged shape.
(b) the shear stress at point K, which is located 4.5 in.
below the top surface of the flanged shape.
Fig. P9.33
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left flange 62.5000 0.0000 0.0000 62.5000
web 0.0885 0.0000 0.0000 0.0885
right flange 62.5000 0.0000 0.0000 62.5000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 125.0885
(a) Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
2(0.75 in.)(2 in.)(4 in.) 12 in.
(75 kips)(12 in. )
(125.0885 in. )(2 0.75 in.)
4.80 ksi
H
H
Q
t
= =
= =
Ans.
(b) Shear stress at K:
3
3
4
2(0.75 in.)(4.5 in.)(2.75 in.) 18.5625 in.
(75 kips)(18.5625 in. )
(125.0885 in. )(2 0.75 in.)
7.42 ksi
K
K
Q
t
= =
= =
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.34 Consider a 100mmlong segment of a simply
supported beam (Fig. P9.34a). The internal bending
moments on the left and right sides of the segment are
75 kNm and 80 kNm, respectively. The cross
sectional dimensions of the flanged shape are shown in
Fig. P9.34b. Determine the maximum horizontal shear
stress in the beam at this location.
Fig. P9.34b Crosssectional dimensions Fig. P9.34a Beam segment (side view)
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
top flange 9,000 300 2,700,000
web 8,400 165 1,386,000
bottom flange 15,000 30 450,000
32,400 mm
2
4,536,000 mm
3
3
2
4, 536, 000 mm
140 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
32,400 mm
190 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 2,700,000 160 230,400,000 233,100,000
web 30,870,000 25 5,250,000 36,120,000
bottom flange 4,500,000 110 181,500,000 186,000,000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 455,220,000
Shear force in beam:
80 kNm 75 kNm 5 kNm
50 kN
100 mm 0.1 m
M
V
x
A
= = = =
A
Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(250 mm)(60 mm)(110 mm) (40 mm)(80 mm)(40 mm) 1, 778, 000 m
4.88 MP
m
(50, 000 N)(1, 778, 000 mm )
(455, 220, 000 mm )(40 mm)
a
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.35 A simply supported beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.35a. The crosssectional dimensions
of the wideflange shape are shown in Fig. P9.35b.
(a) Determine the maximum shear force in the beam.
(b) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the shear stress in the cross section at point H,
which is located 100 mm below the neutral axis of the wideflange shape.
(c) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the maximum horizontal shear stress in the cross
section.
(d) Determine the magnitude of the maximum bending stress in the beam.
Fig. P9.35a Fig. P9.35b
Solution
(a) Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 175 kN (just to the right of B)
Maximum bending moment magnitude:
M
max
= 156.25 kNm (between B and C)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Section properties:
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top flange 56,250 142.5 60,918,750 60,975,000
web 16,402,500 0 0 16,402,500
bottom flange 56,250 142.5 60,918,750 60,975,000
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 138,352,500
(b) Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
(200 mm)(15 mm)(142.5 mm) (10 mm)(35 mm)(117.5 mm) 468, 625 mm
(175, 000 N)(468, 625 mm )
(138,352,500 mm )(10 mm)
59.3 MPa
H
H
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
(c) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(200 mm)(15 mm)(142.5 mm) (10 mm)(135 mm)(67.5 mm) 518,625 mm
(175, 000 N)(518,625 mm )
(138,352,500 mm )(10 mm
65.6 MP
)
a
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
(d) Maximum tension bending stress:
6
4
(156.25 10 Nmm)(300 mm/2)
138,352,500
169.4 MP
mm
169.40 a a 4 MP
x
Mc
I
o
= =
= = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.36 A simply supported beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.36a. The crosssectional dimensions
of the structural tube shape are shown in Fig. P9.36b.
(a) At section aa, which is located 4 ft to the right of pin support B, determine the bending stress and
the shear stress at point H, which is located 3 in. below the top surface of the tube shape.
(b) Determine the magnitude and the location of the maximum horizontal shear stress in the tube shape
at section aa.
Fig. P9.36a Fig. P9.36b
Solution
Shear force magnitude at aa:
V = 27.60 kips
Bending moment at aa:
M = 60.90 kipft
Section properties:
3 3
4
(12 in.)(16 in.) (11.25 in.)(15.25 in.)
12 12
771.0830 in.
I =
=
(a) Bending stress at H:
4
(60,900 lbft)(5 in.)(12 in./ft)
771.0830 in.
4, 738.79 psi 4, 740 psi (C)
H
M y
I
o =
=
= = Ans.
Shear stress at H:
3
3
4
(12 in.)(0.375 in.)(7.8125 in.) 2(0.375 in.)(2.625 in.)(6.3125 in.) 47.5840 in.
(27, 600 lb)(47.5840 in. )
(771.0830 in. )(2 0.375 in.)
2, 270 psi
H
H
Q
t
= + =
= =
Ans.
(b) Maximum shear force magnitude:
V = 39.60 kips (at pin B)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(12 in.)(0.375 in.)(7.8125 in.) 2(0.375 in.)(7.625 in.)(3.8125 in.) 56.9590 in.
(39, 600 lb)(56.9590 in. )
(771.0830 in. )(2 0.375 in.)
3,900 psi
Q
t
= + =
= =
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.37 A cantilever beam supports the loads shown in Fig. P9.37a. The crosssectional dimensions of the
shape are shown in Fig. P9.37b. Determine:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress.
(c) the maximum tension bending stress.
Fig. P9.37a Fig. P9.37b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 12.0 0.5 6.00 5.75 34.5000
left stem 0.5 5.5 2.75 2.75 7.5625
right stem 0.5 5.5 2.75 2.75 7.5625
11.50
49.6250
3
2
49.6250 in.
4.3152 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
11.50 in.
1.6848 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 0.1250 1.4348 12.3519 12.4769
left stem 6.9323 1.5652 6.7371 13.6694
right stem 6.9323 1.5652 6.7371 13.6694
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 39.8157
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V = 5,800 lb
Maximum positive bending moment:
M
pos
= 8,850 lbft
Maximum negative bending moment:
M
neg
= 9,839 lbft
(a) Maximum shear stress:
max
3
3
max 4
2(0.5 in.)(4.3152 in.)(4.3152 in./2)
9.3105 in.
(5,800 lb)(9.3105 in. )
(39.8157 in. )(2 0.5 in.)
1,356 psi
Q
t
=
=
=
= Ans.
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the top
of the cross section:
pos top
4
(8,850 lbft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
4, 494 psi
39.8157 in.
x
z
M y
I
o = = =
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the bottom of the cross section:
neg bot
4
( 9,839 lbft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)
12, 796 psi
39.8157 in.
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:
comp
12,800 psi (C) o = Ans.
(c) Maximum tension bending stress:
Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the
bottom of the cross section:
pos bot
4
(8,850 lbft)( 4.3152 in.)(12 in./ft)
11,510 psi
39.8157 in.
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the top of the cross section:
neg top
4
( 9,839 lbft)(1.6848 in.)(12 in./ft)
4,996 psi
39.8157 in.
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress is:
tens
11,510 psi (T) o = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.38 A cantilever beam supports the loads shown in Fig.
P9.38a. The crosssectional dimensions of the shape are
shown in Fig. P9.38b. Determine:
(a) the maximum vertical shear stress.
(b) the maximum compression bending stress.
(c) the maximum tension bending stress.
Fig. P9.38a
Fig. P9.38b
Solution
Maximum shear force magnitude:
V
max
= 5 kN
Maximum positive bending moment:
M
pos
= 2.00 kNm
Maximum negative bending moment:
M
neg
= 1.50 kNm
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
flange 100 8 800 96 76,800
stem 6 92 552 46 25,392
1,352 102,192
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3
2
102,192 mm
75.5858 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
1,352 mm
24.4142 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
E
= = =
E
=
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
flange 4,266.67 20.4142 333,391.69 337,658.35
stem 389,344.00 29.5858 483,176.36 872,520.36
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 1,210,178.71
(a) Maximum vertical shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(6 mm)(75.5858 mm)(75.5858 mm/2) 17,139.640 mm
(5, 000 N)(17,139.640 mm )
(1,210,178.71 mm )(6 mm)
11.80 MPa
Q
t
= =
= = Ans.
(b) Maximum compression bending stress:
Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the top
of the cross section:
6
pos top
4
(2.00 10 Nmm)(24.4142 mm)
40.348 MPa
1,210,178.71 mm
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the bottom of the cross section:
6
neg bot
4
( 1.50 10 Nmm)( 75.5858 mm)
93.688 MPa
1,210,178.71 mm
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Therefore, the maximum compression bending stress is:
comp
93.7 MPa (C) o = Ans.
(c) Maximum tension bending stress:
Check two possibilities. First, check the bending stress created by the largest positive moment at the
bottom of the cross section:
6
pos bot
4
(2.00 10 Nmm)( 75.5858 mm)
124.917 MPa
1,210,178.71 mm
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Next, for the largest negative moment, compute the bending stress at the top of the cross section:
6
neg top
4
( 1.50 10 Nmm)(24.4142 mm)
30.261 MPa
1,210,178.71 mm
x
z
M y
I
o
= = =
Therefore, the maximum tension bending stress is:
tens
124.9 MPa (T) o = Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.39 A simply supported beam fabricated from pultruded reinforced plastic supports the loads shown in
Fig. P9.39a. The crosssectional dimensions of the plastic wideflange shape are shown in Fig. P9.39b.
(a) Determine the magnitude of the maximum shear force in the beam.
(b) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the shear stress magnitude in the cross section at
point H, which is located 2 in. above the bottom surface of the wideflange shape.
(c) At the section of maximum shear force, determine the magnitude of the maximum horizontal shear
stress in the cross section.
(d) Determine the magnitude of the maximum compression bending stress in the beam. Where along the
span does this stress occur?
Fig. P9.39a Fig. P9.39b
Solution
Section properties:
3 3
4
(4 in.)(8 in.) (3.625 in.)(7.25 in.)
12 12
55.5493 in.
z
I =
=
(a) Maximum shear force magnitude:
V = 3,664 lb Ans.
(b) Shear stress magnitude at H:
3
3
4
(4 in.)(0.375 in.)(3.8125 in.)
(0.375 in.)(1.625 in.)(2.8125 in.)
7.4326 in.
(3, 664 lb)(7.4326 in. )
(55.5493 in. )(0.375 in.)
1,307 psi
H
H
Q
t
=
+
=
=
= Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(c) Maximum horizontal shear stress magnitude:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
(4 in.)(0.375 in.)(3.8125 in.) (0.375 in.)(3.625 in.)(1.8125 in.) 8.1826 in.
(3, 664 lb)(8.1826 in. )
(55.5493 in. )(0.375 in
1, 439 psi
.)
Q
t
= + =
= = Ans.
(d) Maximum compression bending stress:
4
(7, 719 lbft)(4 in.)(12 in./ft)
6, 669.965 psi
5
6, 670 psi (
5.5493
C)
in.
H
M y
I
o = = = = Ans.
This stress occurs at 5.86 ft to the right of A.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.40 A wooden beam is fabricated from one 2 10 and two 2 4 pieces
of dimension lumber to form the Ibeam cross section shown in Fig.
P9.40. The flanges of the beam are fastened to the web with nails that
can safely transmit a force of 120 lb in direct shear. If the beam is
simply supported and carries a 1,000lb load at the center of a 12ft
span, determine:
(a) the horizontal force transferred from each flange to the web in a 12
in. long segment of the beam.
(b) the maximum spacing s (along the length of the beam) required for
the nails.
(c) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the Ibeam.
Fig. P9.40
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape Width b Height h I
C
d = y
i
y dA I
C
+ dA
(in.) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 4 2 2.667 6.000 288.000 290.667
web 2 10 166.667 0.000 0.000 166.667
bottom flange 4 2 2.667 6.000 288.000 290.667
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 748.000
Maximum shear force
For P = 1,000 lb, V = P/2 = 500 lb
(a) Horizontal force transferred from each flange
(in a 12in. length):
3
3
4
(4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 48 in.
(500 lb)(48 in. )
32.086 lb/in.
748 in.
(32.086 lb/in.)(12 385 l i b n.)
H
Q
VQ
q
I
F Ans.
(b) Maximum nail spacing:
(1 nail)(120 lb/nail)
32.086
3.74 in
lb/ n
.
i .
f f
f f
qs n V
n V
s
q
Ans.
(c) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
max
3
max 4
(4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) (2 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.) 73 in.
(500 lb)(73 in. )
(748 in. )(2 in.)
24.4 psi
Q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.41 A wooden beam is fabricated from one 2 10 and two 2 4 pieces
of dimension lumber to form the Ibeam cross section shown in Fig.
P9.41. The Ibeam will be used as a simply supported beam to carry a
concentrated load P at the center of a 20ft span. The wood has an
allowable bending stress of 1,200 psi and an allowable shear stress of 90
psi. The flanges of the beam are fastened to the web with nails that can
safely transmit a force of 120 lb in direct shear.
(a) If the nails are uniformly spaced at an interval of s = 4.5 in. along the
span, what is the maximum concentrated load P that can be supported by
the beam? Demonstrate that the maximum bending and shear stresses
produced by P are acceptable.
(b) Determine the magnitude of load P that produces the allowable
bending stress in the span (i.e.,
b
= 1,200 psi). What nail spacing s is
required to support this load magnitude? Demonstrate that the
maximum horizontal shear stresses produced by P are acceptable.
Fig. P9.41
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape Width b Height h I
C
d = y
i
y dA I
C
+ dA
(in.) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
top flange 4 2 2.667 6.000 288.000 290.667
web 2 10 166.667 0.000 0.000 166.667
bottom flange 4 2 2.667 6.000 288.000 290.667
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 748.000
(a) Maximum concentrated load P:
3
(4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 48 in.
(1 nail)(120 lb/nail)
26.667 lb/in.
4.5 in.
f f
f f
Q
qs n V
n V
q
s
4
3
max
(26.667 lb/in.)(748 in. )
415.556 lb
831
48 in
lb
.
2
VQ
q
I
q I
V
Q
P
V P Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Check maximum bending and shear stresses:
max 4
3
max
3
max
max 4
(831.1 lb)(240 in.)/4 (7 in.) ( / 4)
466.7 psi 1,200 psi OK
748 in.
(2 in.)(5 in.)(2.5 in.) (4 in.)(2 in.)(6 in.) 73 in.
( / 2) (831.1 lb / 2)(73 in. )
2
(748 in. )(2 in.)
z z
z z
Mc PL c
I I
Q
VQ P Q
I t I t
0.3 psi 90 psi OK
(b) Magnitude of load P that produces the allowable bending stress in the span:
4
max
max
max
2,1
1, 200
40
psi
(1, 200 psi)(748 in. )
128, 228.566 lbin.
7 in.
4
4 4(128, 228.566 lbin.)
2,137.143 lb
(20 ft)(12 in./ft)
lb
x
Mc
I
M
PL
M
M
P
L
Ans.
Required nail spacing s:
max
max
3
4
2,137.143 lb
1, 068.571 lb
2 2
(1, 068.571 lb)(48 in. )
68.571 lb/in.
748 in.
(1 nail)(120
1.7
lb)
68.571
50 in.
lb/in.
f f
f f
P
V
VQ
q
I
qs n V
n V
s
q
Ans.
Check maximum shear stresses:
3
max
max 4
( / 2) (2,137.143 lb / 2)(73 in. )
52.143 psi 90 psi OK
(748 in. )(2 in.)
z z
VQ P Q
I t I t
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.42 A wooden box beam is fabricated from four boards, which are fastened together with nails, as
shown in Fig. P9.42b. The nails are installed at a spacing of s = 125 mm (Fig. P9.42a), and each nail can
provide a resistance of V
f
= 500 N. In service, the box beam will be installed so that bending occurs
about the z axis. Determine the maximum shear force V that can be supported by the box beam based on
the shear capacity of the nailed connections.
Fig. P9.42a Fig. P9.42b
Solution
Moment of inertia I
z
:
3 3
4
(200 mm)(300 mm) (120 mm)(250 mm)
293, 750, 000 mm
12 12
z
I
First moment of area Q:
3
(200 mm)(25 mm)(137.5 mm) 687,500 mm Q
Shear flow q based on nail shear force:
(2 nails)(500 N/nail)
8 N/mm
125 mm
f f
f f
qs n V
n V
q
s
Maximum shear force V:
4
3
(8 N/mm)(293, 750, 000 mm )
3, 418 N
687,500 mm
3.42 kN
z
z
VQ qI
q V
I Q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.43 A wooden box beam is fabricated from four boards, which are fastened together with screws, as
shown in Fig. P9.43b. Each screw can provide a resistance of 800 N. In service, the box beam will be
installed so that bending occurs about the z axis, and the maximum shear force in the beam will be 9 kN.
Determine the maximum permissible spacing interval s for the screws (see Fig. P9.43a).
Fig. P9.43a Fig. P9.43b
Solution
Moment of inertia I
z
:
3 3
4
(190 mm)(250 mm) (140 mm)(150 mm)
208, 020,833 mm
12 12
z
I
First moment of area Q:
3
(140 mm)(50 mm)(100 mm) 700, 000 mm Q
Shear flow q based on beam shear force V:
3
4
(9, 000 N)(750,000 mm )
30.285 N/mm
208, 020,833 mm
z
VQ
q
I
Maximum spacing interval s:
(2 screws)(800 N/screw)
30.28
52.8
5 N/
m
m
m
m
f f
f f
qs n V
n V
s
q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.44 A wooden beam is fabricated by nailing together three pieces of dimension lumber, as shown in
Fig. P9.44a. The crosssectional dimensions of the beam are shown in Fig. P9.44b. The beam must
support an internal shear force of V = 750 lb.
(a) Determine the maximum horizontal shear stress in the cross section for V = 750 lb.
(b) If each nail can provide 100 lb of horizontal resistance, determine the maximum spacing s for the
nails.
(c) If the three boards were connected by glue instead of nails, what minimum shear strength would be
necessary for the glued joints?
Fig. P9.44a Fig. P9.44b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
left board 2 8 16 4 64
flange board 4 2 8 7 56
right board 2 9 16 4 64
40 184
3
2
184 in.
4.6 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
40 in.
3.4 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left board 85.3333 0.60 5.7600 91.0933
flange board 2.6667 2.40 46.0800 48.7467
right board 85.3333 0.60 5.7600 91.0933
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 230.9333
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
2(2 in.)(4.6 in.)(4.6 in./2) 42.32 in.
(750 lb)(42.32 in. )
(230.9333 in. )(4 in.)
34.4 psi
Q
Ans.
(b) Shear flow q based on beam shear force V:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3
3
4
(4 in.)(2 in.)(3.4 in. 1 in.) 19.20 in.
(750 lb)(19.20 in. )
62.356 lb/in.
230.9333 in.
z
Q
VQ
q
I
Maximum spacing interval s:
(2 nails)(100 lb/nail)
62.356
3.21 in
lb/in.
.
f f
f f
qs n V
n V
s
q
Ans.
(c) Glue joint shear stress:
62.356 lb/in.
2(
15.59 psi
2 in.)
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.45 A wooden beam is fabricated by gluing four dimension lumber
boards, each 40mm wide and 90mm deep, to a 32 400 plywood
web, as shown in Fig. P9.45. Determine the maximum allowable
shear force and the maximum allowable bending moment that this
section can carry if the allowable bending stress is 6 MPa, the
allowable shear stress in the plywood is 640 kPa, and the allowable
shear stress in the glued joints is 250 kPa.
Fig. P9.45
Solution
Moment of inertia I
z
:
3 3
4
(112 mm)(400 mm) (80 mm)(220 mm)
526,346, 667 mm
12 12
z
I
Maximum allowable bending moment:
2 4
max
(6 N/mm )(526,346, 667 mm )
15, 790, 4 15.79 kNm 00 Nmm
200 mm
M c
I
I
M
c
Ans.
Maximum allowable shear force:
Consider maximum shear stress, which occurs at the neutral axis:
3
4
3
(32 mm)(200 mm)(100 mm) 2(40 mm)(90 mm)(200 mm 90 mm/2) 1, 756, 000 mm
(0.640 N/mm)(526,346,667 mm )(32 mm)
6,138.7 N 6.14 kN
1, 756, 000 mm
Q
VQ I t
V
I t Q
(a)
Consider shear stress in glue joints:
3
(40 mm)(90 mm)(200 mm 90 mm/2) 558, 000 mm Q
The shear stress in the glue joints can be found from the shear flow across the glue joint divided by the
width of the glue joint; thus,
glue
glue glue
4
glue glue
3
/
(0.250 N/mm)(526,346,667 mm )(90 mm)
21, 224 N 21.2 kN
558, 000 mm
q VQ I
t t
I t
V
Q
(b)
Compare results (a) and (b) to find that the maximum allowable shear force for the section is:
max
6.14 kN V Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.46 A wooden beam is fabricated from one 2 12 and two 2 10
dimension lumber boards to form the doubletee cross section
shown in Fig. P9.46. The beam flange is fastened to the stem with
nails. Each nail can safely transmit a force of 175 lb in direct shear.
The allowable shear stress of the wood is 70 psi.
(a) If the nails are uniformly spaced at an interval of s = 4 in. along
the span, what is the maximum internal shear force V that can be
supported by the doubletee cross section?
(b) What nail spacing s would be necessary to develop the full
strength of the doubletee shape in shear? (Full strength means that
the maximum horizontal shear stress in the doubletee shape equals
the allowable shear stress of the wood.)
Fig. P9.46
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(in.) (in.) (in.
2
) (in.) (in.
3
)
top flange 12 2 24 11 264
left stem 2 10 20 5 100
right stem 2 10 20 5 100
64 464
3
2
464 in.
7.25 in. (from bottom of shape to centroid)
64 in.
4.75 in. (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left board 8.000 3.750 337.500 345.500
flange board 166.667 2.250 101.250 267.917
right board 166.667 2.250 101.250 267.917
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 881.333
(a) Maximum shear force based on capacity of nails at s = 4 in.:
3
4
max 3
(12 in.)(2 in.)(4.75 in. 2 in./2) 90.000 in.
(2 nails)(175 lb/nail)
87.5 lb/in.
4 in.
(87.5 lb/in.)(881.333 in. )
856.852 lb
90.000 in.
Q
q
V Q q I
q V
I Q
Maximum shear force based on full shear strength of double tee shape:
At neutral axis:
3
max
4
max
max max 3
2(2 in.)(7.25 in.)(7.25 in./2) 105.125 in.
(70 psi)(881.333 in. )(2 2 in.)
2,347.428 lb
90.000 in.
Q
V Q I t
V
I t Q
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Comparison of two V
max
values:
The smaller of the two values computed above for V
max
gives the limiting shear force:
max
857 lb V Ans.
(b) Nail spacing necessary to develop the full shear strength of the section:
Consider the nailed portion of the beam (i.e., only the top flange) to establish the minimum required nail
spacing for V
max
= 2,347.428 lb, which is the shear force that produces a maximum horizontal shear
stress of 70 psi:
3
4
max
(2,347.428 lb)(90.000 in. )
239.715 l
1.46
b/in.
881.333 in.
(2 nails)(175 lb/nail)
239.715 lb/i
0 n
n
i .
.
f f
f f
V Q
q
I
q s n V
n V
s
q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.47 A box beam is fabricated from two plywood webs that are
secured to dimension lumber boards at its top and bottom flanges
(Fig. P9.47b). The beam supports a concentrated load of P = 5,000 lb
at the center of a 15ft span (Fig. P9.47a). Bolts (in. diameter)
connect the plywood webs and the lumber flanges at a spacing of s =
12 in. along the span. Supports A and C can be idealized as a pin and
a roller, respectively. Determine:
(a) the maximum horizontal shear stress in the plywood webs.
(b) the average shear stress in the bolts.
(c) the maximum bending stress in the lumber flanges.
Fig. P9.47a Fig. P9.47b
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left web 576 0 0 576
top flange 16 10 1,200 1,216
bottom flange 16 10 1,200 1,216
right web 576 0 0 576
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 3,584
Maximum shear force:
For P = 5,000 lb, V = P/2 = 2,500 lb
Maximum bending moment:
For P = 5,000 lb, M = PL/4 = 18,750 lbft = 225,000 lbin.
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress (in plywood webs):
max
3
3
max 4
(3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.)
2(0.5 in.)(12 in.)(6 in.) 192 in.
(2,500 lb)(192 in. )
(3,584 in. )(2
133.
0.5 in.)
9 psi
Q
VQ
I t
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Bolt shear stress:
Consider the dimension lumber boards that comprise the top flange.
3
flange
3
flange
4
(3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 120 in.
(2,500 lb)(120 in. )
83.7054 lb/in.
3,584 in.
Q
VQ
q
I
Determine the force carried by one bolt:
(83.7054 lb/in.)(12 in.)
1, 004.4643 lb/bolt
1 bolt
f f
f
f
qs n V
qs
V
n
The bolt crosssectional area is:
2 2
bolt
(0.375 in.) 0.110447 in.
4
A
Each bolt acts in double shear; therefore, the shear stress in each bolt is:
bolt 2
1, 004.4643 lb/bolt
4,547.284 psi
2(0.11044
4,550 ps
)
i
7 in.
Ans.
(c) Maximum bending stress in lumber flanges:
4
(225, 000 lbin.)(12 in.)
3,584 in.
753 psi
M c
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.48 A box beam is fabricated from two plywood webs that are secured to
dimension lumber boards at its top and bottom flanges (Fig. P9.48b). The
lumber has an allowable bending stress of 1,500 psi. The plywood has an
allowable shear stress of 300 psi. The in. diameter bolts have an
allowable shear stress of 6,000 psi, and they are spaced at intervals of s = 9
in. The beam span is L = 15 ft (Fig. P9.48a). Support A can be assumed to
be pinned and support C can be idealized as a roller.
(a) Determine the maximum load P that can be applied to the beam at
midspan.
(b) Report the bending stress in the lumber, the shear stress in the
plywood, and the average shear stress in the bolts at the load P determined
in part (a).
Fig. P9.48a Fig. P9.48b
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(in.
4
) (in.) (in.
4
) (in.
4
)
left web 576 0 0 576
top flange 16 10 1,200 1,216
bottom flange 16 10 1,200 1,216
right web 576 0 0 576
Moment of inertia about the z axis (in.
4
) = 3,584
Maximum shear force:
V = P/2
Maximum bending moment:
M = PL/4
(a) Determine maximum load P:
Consider maximum bending stress:
4
1,500 psi
(1,500 psi)(3,584 in. )
448, 000 lbin.
12 in.
M c
I
M
max
448, 000 lbin.
4
4(448, 000 lbin.)
9,956 lb
(15 ft)(12 in./ft)
PL
M
P (a)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider maximum horizontal shear stress (in plywood webs):
3
4
max
3
max
max max
(3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 2(0.5 in.)(12 in.)(6 in.) 192 in.
300 psi
(300 psi)(3,584 in. )(2 0.5 in.)
5, 600 lb
192 in.
2
2 2(5, 600 lb) 11, 200 lb
Q
VQ
I t
V
P
V
P V (b)
Consider bolt shear stress:
The bolt crosssectional area is:
2 2
bolt
(0.375 in.) 0.110447 in.
4
A
Each bolt acts in double shear; therefore, the maximum shear force that can be carried by one bolt is:
2
bolt
2(0.110447 in. )(6, 000 psi) 1,325.364 lb V
Determine the shear flow that can be allowed based on the bolt shear stress:
(1 bolt)(1,325.364 lb/bolt)
147.263 lb/in.
9 in.
f f
f f
qs n V
n V
q
s
Consider the dimension lumber boards that comprise the top flange.
3
flange
flange
4
max
3
flange
max
max max
(3 in.)(4 in.)(10 in.) 120 in.
(147.263 lb/in.)(3,584 in. )
4,398.245 lb
120 in.
2
2 2(4,398.245 lb) 8, 796 lb
Q
VQ
q
I
q I
V
Q
P
V
P V (c)
Compare the three values obtained for P
max
in Eqs. (a), (b), and (c) to find
max
8,796 l 8.80 ip b k s P Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Bending stress in lumber flanges for P
max
:
4
(8, 796 lb)(15 ft)
32,985 lbft
4 4
(32,985 lbft)(12 in.)(12 in./ft)
3,584 in.
1,325 psi
PL
M
M c
I
Ans.
Maximum shear stress in plywood webs:
3
4
8, 796 lb
4,398 lb
2 2
(4,398 lb)(192 in. )
(3,584 in. )(2 0.5
23
in.)
6 psi
P
V
VQ
I t
Ans.
Bolt shear stress:
bolt
6,000 psi Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.49 A wooden beam is fabricated from three boards, which are fastened together with screws, as shown
in Fig. P9.49b. The screws are uniformly spaced along the span of the beam at intervals of 150 mm (see
Fig. P9.49a). In service, the beam will be positioned so that bending occurs about the z axis. The
maximum bending moment in the beam is M
z
= 4.50 kNm, and the maximum shear force in the beam
is V
y
= 2.25 kN. Determine:
(a) the magnitude of the maximum horizontal shear stress in the beam.
(b) the shear force in each screw.
(c) the magnitude of the maximum bending stress in the beam.
Fig. P9.49a Fig. P9.49b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left board 40 180 7,200 90 648,000
bottom board 140 40 5,600 20 112,000
right board 40 180 7,200 90 648,000
20,000 1,408,000
3
2
1, 408, 000 mm
70.4 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
20,000 mm
109.6 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left board 19,440,000.00 19.60 2,765,952.00 22,205,952.00
bottom board 746,666.67 50.40 14,224,896.00 14,971,562.67
right board 19,440,000.00 19.60 2,765,952.00 22,205,952.00
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 59,383,466.67
(a) Maximum horizontal shear stress:
At neutral axis:
3
max
3
max 4
2(40 mm)(109.6 mm)(109.6 mm/2) 480,486.4 mm
(2, 250 N)(480,486.4 mm )
0.2276 MPa
(59,383,466.
228 kP
67 mm )(2 0 m )
a
4 m
Q
V Q
I t
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shear force in each screw
Consider bottom board, which is held in place by two screws:
3
3
4
(140 mm)(40 mm)(70.4 mm 40 mm/2) 282, 240 mm
(2, 250 N)(282, 240 mm )
10.6939 N/mm
59,383,466.67 mm
(10.6939 N/mm)(150 mm)
2 screw
802 N per e
s
scr w
f f
f
f
Q
V Q
q
I
qs n V
q s
V
n
Ans.
(c) Maximum bending stress:
6
4
( 4.50 10 Nmm)(109.6 mm)
59,383,466.67
8.31 MPa (T)
mm
z
x
z
M y
I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.50 A wooden beam is fabricated by bolting together three
members, as shown in Fig. P9.50a. The crosssectional
dimensions are shown in Fig. P9.50b. The 8mmdiameter
bolts are spaced at intervals of s = 200 mm along the x axis
of the beam. If the internal shear force in the beam is V = 7
kN, determine the shear stress in each bolt.
Fig. P9.50a Fig. P9.50b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left board 40 90 3,600 255 918,000
center board 40 300 12,000 150 1,800,000
right board 40 90 3,600 255 918,000
19,200 3,636,000
3
2
3, 636, 000 mm
189.375 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
19,200 mm
110.625 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left board 2,430,000 65.625 15,503,906.25 17,933,906.25
center board 90,000,000 39.375 18,604,687.50 108,604,687.50
right board 2,430,000 65.625 15,503,906.25 17,933,906.25
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 144,472,500.00
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Shear force in each bolt
Consider left board, which is held in place by the bolt:
3
3
4
(40 mm)(90 mm)(110.625 mm 90 mm/2) 236, 250 mm
(7, 000 N)(236, 250 mm )
11.4468 N/mm
144,472,500 mm
Q
V Q
q
I
Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted by one surface of the bolt cross
section. The crosssectional area of the bolt is:
2 2
bolt
(8 mm) 50.2655 mm
4
A
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
2
(11.4468 N/mm)(200 mm)
(1 bolt surface)(50.
45.5 M
2655 mm
Pa
)
f f f
f
f f
qs n A
qs
n A
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.51 A wooden beam is fabricated by bolting together three
members, as shown in Fig. P9.51a. The crosssectional
dimensions are shown in Fig. P9.51b. The allowable shear stress
of the wood is 850 kPa, and the allowable shear stress of the 10
mmdiameter bolts is 40 MPa. Determine:
(a) the maximum internal shear force V that the cross section can
withstand based on the allowable shear stress in the wood.
(b) the maximum bolt spacing s required to develop the internal
shear force computed in part (a).
Fig. P9.51a Fig. P9.51b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left board 40 90 3,600 255 918,000
center board 40 300 12,000 150 1,800,000
right board 40 90 3,600 255 918,000
19,200 3,636,000
3
2
3, 636, 000 mm
189.375 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
19,200 mm
110.625 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
left board 2,430,000 65.625 15,503,906.25 17,933,906.25
center board 90,000,000 39.375 18,604,687.50 108,604,687.50
right board 2,430,000 65.625 15,503,906.25 17,933,906.25
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 144,472,500.00
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider maximum horizontal shear stress:
3
2 4
max 3
(40 mm)(189.375 mm)(189.375 mm/2) 717, 257.813 mm
850 kPa 0.850 MPa
(0.850 N/mm )(144,472,500 mm )(40 mm)
6,848.4 N
717, 2
6.85 k
57.8 3 mm
N
1
Q
VQ
I t
V Ans.
Maximum bolt spacing
Consider left board, which is held in place by the bolt:
3
3
4
(40 mm)(90 mm)(110.625 mm 90 mm/2) 236, 250 mm
(6,848.4 N)(236, 250 mm )
11.1989 N/mm
144,472,500 mm
Q
V Q
q
I
Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted by one surface of the bolt cross
section. The crosssectional area of the bolt is:
2 2
bolt
(10 mm) 78.5398 mm
4
A
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
2 2
(1 bolt surface)(40 N/mm )(78.5398 mm )
11.1989 N/
28
m
1 mm
m
f f f
f f f
qs n A
n A
s
q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.52 A cantilever flexural member is fabricated by bolting two identical cold
rolled steel channels backtoback, as shown in Fig. P9.52a. The cantilever
beam has a span of L = 1,600 mm and supports a concentrated load of P = 600
N. The crosssectional dimensions of the builtup shape are shown in Fig.
P9.52b. The effect of the rounded corners can be neglected in determining the
section properties for the builtup shape.
(a) If 4mmdiameter bolts are installed at intervals of s = 75 mm, determine the
shear stress produced in the bolts.
(b) If the allowable average shear stress in the bolts is 96 MPa, determine the
minimum bolt diameter required if a spacing of s = 400 mm is used.
Fig. P9.52a
Fig. P9.52b
Solution
Centroid location in y direction for the upper channel shown in Figure 9.52b:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from z axis) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
left element 3 40 120 20 2400
center element 59 3 177 1.5 265.5
right element 3 40 120 20 2400
417 5065.5
3
2
5, 065.5 mm
12.1475 mm
417 mm
i i
i
y A
y
A
Note: y is measured from the z axis to the centroid of the upper channel shown in Figure 9.52b.
Moment of inertia (both channels):
3 3
4
(3 mm)(40 mm) (65 mm 2(3 mm))(3 mm)
2 2 257, 062 mm
3 3
I
Shear flow:
2 3
3
4
(12.1475 mm)(417 mm ) 5, 065.51 mm
(600 N)(5, 065.51 mm )
11.8232 N/mm
257,062 mm
Q
VQ
q
I
Bolt area:
2 2
bolt
(4 mm) 12.5664 mm
4
A
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Bolt shear stress:
2
(11.8232 N/mm)(75 mm)
(1 bolt surface)(12.
70.6 M
5664 mm
Pa
)
f f f
f
f f
qs n A
qs
n A
Ans.
(b) Minimum bolt diameter for s = 400 mm:
2
2
2 2
bolt
2
bolt
(11.8232 N/mm)(400 mm)
49.2633 mm
(1 bolt surface)(96 N/mm )
49.2633 mm
4
4(49.2633 m
7.92 m
m
m
)
f f f
f
f f
qs n A
q s
A
n
A D
D Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.53 A W310 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) in an existing
structure is to be strengthened by adding a 250 mm wide by 16
mm thick cover plate to its lower flange, as shown in Fig.
P9.53. The cover plate is attached to the lower flange by pairs
of 24mmdiameter bolts spaced at intervals of s along the
beam span. Bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.
(a) If the allowable bolt shear stress is 96 MPa, determine the
maximum bolt spacing interval s required to support an internal
shear force in the beam of V = 50 kN.
(b) If the allowable bending stress is 150 MPa, determine the
allowable bending moment for the existing W310 60 shape,
the allowable bending moment for the W310 60 with the
added cover plate, and the percentage increase in moment
capacity that is gained by adding the cover plate.
Fig. P9.53
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Width b Height h Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm) (mm) (mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
W310 60   7,550 167 1,260,850
cover plate 250 16 4,000 8 32,000
11,550 1,292,850
3
2
1, 292,850 mm
111.935 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
11,550 mm
206.065 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
W310 60 128,000,000 55.065 22,892,764 150,892,764
cover plate 85,333.33 103.935 43,209,937 43,295,270
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 194,188,035
(a) Maximum bolt spacing
Consider the cover plate, which is connected to the W310 60 shape with two bolts:
3
3
4
(250 mm)(16 mm)(111.935 mm 16 mm/2) 415, 740 mm
(50, 000 N)(415, 740 mm )
107.0457 N/mm
194,188,035 mm
Q
V Q
q
I
The crosssectional area of a 24mmdiameter bolt is:
2 2
bolt
(24 mm) 452.389 mm
4
A
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
2 2
(2 bolts)(96 N/mm )(452.389 mm )
107.0457 N/mm
811 mm
f f f
f f f
qs n A
n A
s
q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Allowable bending moment for W310 60 shape (without cover plate):
2 4
allow
150 MPa
(150 N/mm )(128,000,000 mm )
127,152, 127 318 Nmm
(3
.2 kNm
02 mm/2)
Mc
I
M Ans.
Allowable bending moment for W310 60 shape (with cover plate):
2 4
allow
150 MPa
(150 N/mm )(194,188,035 mm )
141,35 141.4 4, 452 Nmm
(206.065 m

m)
kN m
Mc
I
M Ans.
Percentage increase in moment capacity:
141,354, 452 Nmm 127,152,318 Nmm
% increase (100%)
127,152,318 Nmm
11.17% Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.54 A W410 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) is simply supported at its ends and carries a
concentrated load P at the center of a 7m span. The W410 60 shape will be strengthened by adding
two 250 mm wide by 16 mm thick cover plate to its flanges, as shown in Fig. P9.54. Each cover plate is
attached to its flange by pairs of 20mmdiameter bolts spaced at intervals of s along the beam span. The
allowable bending stress is 150 MPa, the allowable average shear stress in the bolts is 96 MPa, and
bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.
(a) Based on the 150 MPa allowable bending stress, determine the
maximum concentrated load P that may be applied at the center of
a 7m span for a W410 60 steel beam with two cover plates.
(b) For the internal shear force V associated with the concentrated
load P determined in part (a), compute the maximum spacing
interval s required for the bolts that attach the cover plates to the
flanges.
Fig. P9.54
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis (with cover plates):
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top cover plate 85,333.33 211 178,084,000 178,169,333
W410 60 216,000,000 0 0 216,000,000
bottom cover plate 85,333.33 211 178,084,000 178,169,333
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 572,338,666
Maximum shear force:
V = P/2
Maximum bending moment:
M = PL/4
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider W410 60 with two cover plates:
150 MPa
Mc
I
2 3
allow
(150 N/mm )(572,338, 666 mm )
392, 012, 785 Nmm 392.013 kNm
(438 mm/2)
M
max
392.013 kNm
4
4(392.013 kNm)
224.007 kN
7 m
224 kN
PL
M
P Ans.
(b) Maximum bolt spacing
Consider top cover plate, which is held in place by two bolts:
3
3
4
(250 mm)(16 mm)(406 mm/2 16 mm/2) 844, 000 mm
(223, 418 N/2)(844, 000 mm )
165.166 N/mm
572,338,666 mm
Q
V Q
q
I
Note that this value of q is the shear flow that must be transmitted across two bolt surfaces. The cross
sectional area of the bolt is:
2 2
bolt
(20 mm) 314.159 mm
4
A
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear stress with Eq. (9.14):
2 2
(2 bolt surfaces)(96 N/mm )(314.159 mm )
165.166 N
365 m
m
m
/m
f f f
f f f
qs n A
n A
s
q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.55 A W410 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) is simply
supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of P = 420 kN
at the center of a 7m span. The W410 60 shape will be
strengthened by adding two 250 mm wide by 16 mm thick cover
plate to its flanges, as shown in Fig. P9.55. Each cover plate is
attached to its flange by pairs of bolts spaced at intervals of s = 250
mm along the beam span. The allowable average shear stress in the
bolts is 96 MPa, and bending occurs about the z centroidal axis.
Determine the minimum required diameter for the bolts.
Fig. P9.55
Solution
Moment of inertia about the z axis (with cover plates):
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
top cover plate 85,333.33 211 178,084,000 178,169,333
W410 60 216,000,000 0 0 216,000,000
bottom cover plate 85,333.33 211 178,084,000 178,169,333
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 565,618,666
Maximum shear force:
V = P/2 = 420 kN/2 = 210 kN
Minimum bolt diameter
Consider top cover plate, which is held in place by two bolts:
3
3
4
(250 mm)(16 mm)(406 mm/2 16 mm/2) 844, 000 mm
(210, 000 N)(844, 000 mm )
309.677 N/mm
572,338,666 mm
Q
V Q
q
I
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Relate the shear flow and the required bolt area with Eq. (9.14). Note that the shear flow will be
transmitted by means of two fasteners.
2
2
(309.677 N/mm)(250 mm)
403.225 mm
2(96 N/mm )
f f f
f
f f
qs n A
qs
A
n
Use the minimum required crosssectional area of the bolt to calculate the minimum bolt diameter:
2 2
bolt
min
403.225 m
22.7 mm
m
4
22.658 mm
A D
D Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.56 A W310 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) has a C250 45
channel bolted to the top flange, as shown in Fig. P9.56. The beam is
simply supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of 100 kN at
the center of a 6m span. Pairs of 24mmdiameter bolts are spaced at
intervals of s along the beam. If the allowable average shear stress in the
bolts must be limited to 125 MPa, determine the maximum spacing
interval s for the bolts.
Fig. P9.56
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
W310 60 7,550 151 1,140,050
C250 45 5,680 302 + 17.1 16.5 = 302.6 1,718,768
13,230 2,858,818
3
2
2,858,818 mm
216.086 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
13,230 mm
103.014 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
W310 60 128,000,000 65.086 31,983,215 159,983,315
C250 45 1,640,000 86.5140 42,512,938 44,152,938
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 204,136,153
Maximum shear force:
V = P/2 = 100 kN/2 = 50 kN
Shear flow through the bolts
Consider the C250 45 shape, which is connected to the
W310 60 shape with two bolts:
2
3
3
4
(5, 680 mm )(302.6 mm 216.086 mm)
491,399.5 mm
(50, 000 N)(491,399.5 mm )
204,136,153 mm
120.361 N/mm
Q
V Q
q
I
The crosssectional area of a single 24mmdiameter bolt is:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2 2
bolt
(24 mm) 452.389 mm
4
A
Use Eq. (9.13) to determine the maximum spacing s:
2 2
(2 bolts)(125 N/mm )(452.389 mm )
939.653 mm
120.361 N/m
940 mm
m
f f f
f f f
qs n A
n A
s
q
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
9.57 A W310 60 steel beam (see Appendix B) has a C250 45
channel bolted to the top flange, as shown in Fig. P9.57. The beam is
simply supported at its ends and carries a concentrated load of 90 kN at
the center of an 8m span. If pairs of bolts are spaced at 600mm
intervals along the beam, determine:
(a) the shear force carried by each of the bolts.
(b) the bolt diameter required if the average shear stress in the bolts must
be limited to 75 MPa.
Fig. P9.57
Solution
Centroid location in y direction:
Shape Area A
i
y
i
(from bottom) y
i
A
i
(mm
2
) (mm) (mm
3
)
W310 60 7,550 151 1,140,050
C250 45 5,680 302 + 17.1 16.5 = 302.6 1,718,768
13,230 2,858,818
3
2
2,858,818 mm
216.086 mm (from bottom of shape to centroid)
13,230 mm
103.014 mm (from top of shape to centroid)
i i
i
y A
y
A
Moment of inertia about the z axis:
Shape I
C
d = y
i
y
dA I
C
+ dA
(mm
4
) (mm) (mm
4
) (mm
4
)
W310 60 128,000,000 65.086 31,983,215 159,983,315
C250 45 1,640,000 86.5140 42,512,938 44,152,938
Moment of inertia about the z axis (mm
4
) = 204,136,153
Maximum shear force:
V = P/2 = 90 kN/2 = 45 kN
(a) Shear force in each bolt
Consider the C250 45 shape, which is connected to the
W310 60 shape with two bolts:
2
3
3
4
(5, 680 mm )(302.6 mm 216.086 mm)
491,399.5 mm
(45, 000 N)(491,399.5 mm )
204,136,153 mm
108.325 N/mm
Q
V Q
q
I
Relate the shear flow and the bolt shear force with Eq. (9.13):
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(108.325 N/mm)(600 mm)
32, 497 N
2 bolts
32.5 kN per bolt
f f
f
f
qs n V
qs
V
n
Ans.
(b) Required bolt diameter
2 bolt bolt
bolt 2
bolt allow
2 2
bolt bolt
2
bolt
32, 497 N
433.299 mm
75 N/mm
433.299
23.5
mm
4
4(433.299
m
m )
m
m
V V
A
A
A D
D Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.1 For the loading shown, use the double
integration method to determine (a) the
equation of the elastic curve for the
cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at the free
end, and (c) the slope at the free end.
Assume that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.1
Solution
Integration of moment equation:
2
0
2
( )
d v
EI M x M
dx
0 1
dv
EI M x C
dx
(a)
2
0
1 2
2
M x
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 0
dv
x
dx
v x
Evaluate constants:
From Eq. (a), C
1
= 0. From Eq. (b), C
2
= 0
(a) Elastic curve equation:
0
2
0
2
2 2
M x
EI v v
M x
EI
Ans.
(b) Deflection at the free end:
2
0
2
0
( )
2 2
B
M L
v
E
M L
E I I
Ans.
(c) Slope at the free end:
0 0
( )
B
B
dv M L
dx EI
M L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.2 For the loading shown, use the double
integration method to determine (a) the
equation of the elastic curve for the
cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at the free
end, and (c) the slope at the free end.
Assume that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.2
Solution
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
( )
2
d v wx
EI M x
dx
3
1
6
dv wx
EI C
dx
(a)
4
1 2
24
wx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at
0 at
dv
x L
dx
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C
1
:
3 3
1 1
( )
(0)
6 6
w L wL
EI C C
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
4 4 4 4
1 2 2 2
( )
(0) ( )
24 24 6 8
w L wL wL wL
EI C L C C C
(a) Elastic curve equation:
4 3
4 3 4
4
2
4 3
2 4 6 8 4
wx wL x wL
EI v v
w
x L x L
EI
Ans.
(b) Deflection at the free end:
4
4 3 4
4
3
(0) 4 (0) 3
24 24 8
A
w wL
v
w
L L
EI E
L
EI I
Ans.
(c) Slope at the free end:
3 3 3
(0
6 6
)
6
A
A
dv w wL
dx EI EI
wL
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.3 For the loading shown, use the double
integration method to determine (a) the
equation of the elastic curve for the cantilever
beam, (b) the deflection at the free end, and
(c) the slope at the free end. Assume that EI is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.3
Solution
Integration of moment equation:
2 3
0
2
( )
6
d v w x
EI M x
dx L
4
0
1
24
dv w x
EI C
dx L
(a)
5
0
1 2
120
w x
EI v C x C
L
(b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at
0 at
dv
x L
dx
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C
1
:
4 3
0 0
1 1
( )
(0)
24 24
w L w L
EI C C
L
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
5 5 3
0 0 0
1 2 2
4 4 4
0 0 0
2
( )
(0) ( ) ( )
120 120 24
120 24 30
w L w L w L
EI C L C L C
L L
w L w L w L
C
(a) Elastic curve equation:
5 3
0 5 0
4
0 0 4 5
120 24 30
5 4
120
w
x L x L
LE
w x w L w L
EI v
L I
x v Ans.
(b) Deflection at the free end:
5 4 5 0
4
0
(0) 5 (0) 4
12 3 0 0
A
w L
E
w
v L L
LE I I
Ans.
(c) Slope at the free end:
3 4 3
0 0 0
(0)
24 24 24
A
A
dv w w L
dx LE
w L
EI I I E
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.4 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.4, use the doubleintegration
method to determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for segment AB of the
beam, (b) the deflection at B, and (c) the
slope at A. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.
Fig. P10.4
Solution
Integration of moment equation:
2
2
( )
2
d v P
EI M x x
dx
2
1
4
dv Px
EI C
dx
(a)
3
1 2
12
Px
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
2
v x
dv L
x
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L/2 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C
1
:
2 2
1 1
( / 2)
(0)
4 16
P L PL
EI C C
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
3 2
2 2
(0) (0)
(0) 0
12 16
P PL
EI C C
(a) Elastic curve equation:
3
2
2
2
3 4
4
(0 )
2 8 12 16
P Px
L x
x PL x L
EI
EI v v x Ans.
(b) Deflection at B:
2
2
3
( / 2)
3 4
48 2 48
B
P L L
I
P
L
L
v
E EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at A:
2 2 2
(0)
4 1 6 6 1
A
A
dv P PL
dx E
PL
E I I I E
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.5 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.5, use the doubleintegration
method to determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for the beam, (b) the
slope at A, (c) the slope at B, and (d) the
deflection at midspan. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.5
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0 0
0
0
and
y y y
y y
A y
y y
F A B
A B
M B L M
M M
B A
L L
Moment equation:
0
0 0
0
0
( ) ( ) 0
( )
a a y
M
M M x A x M M x x M
L
M x
M x M
L
Integration of moment equation:
2
0
0
2
( )
d v M x
EI M x M
dx L
2
0
0 1
2
dv M x
EI M x C
dx L
(a)
2 3
0 0
1 2
2 6
M x M x
EI v C x C
L
(b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
v x
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
2 3
0 0
1 2 2
(0) (0)
(0) (0) 0
2 6
M M
EI C C C
L
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2 3
0 0
1
0 0 0
1
( ) ( )
(0) ( )
2 6
6 2 3
M L M L
EI C L
L
M L M L M L
C
(a) Elastic curve equation:
0 2
3
2 0
2
0 0
2
3 2
6 6 3
M x M x M Lx
EI v v
L
M x
x Lx L
LEI
Ans.
(b) Slope at A:
2
0 0 0
0
(0)
(0)
2 3 3
A
A
dv M M L
M
dx LEI E
M L
E I I
Ans.
(c) Slope at B:
2
0 0 0 0 0
( ) ( )
6 3 2
2 3 6 6
B
B
dv M L M L M L M
L L L
dx EI LEI
M L
EI EI EI
Ans.
(d) Deflection at midspan:
2 0 0
2
/ 2
2
( / 2
1
)
3 2
6 2 6 2
x L
M L L L
v L
M L
E
L
L I I E
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.6 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.6, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the beam, (b) the maximum deflection, and (c) the
slope at A. Assume that EI is constant for the
beam.
Fig. P10.6
Solution
Moment equation:
2
2
( ) 0
2 2
( )
2 2
a a
wLx wx
M M x
wx wLx
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
( )
2 2
d v wx wLx
EI M x
dx
3 2
1
6 4
dv wx wLx
EI C
dx
(a)
4 3
1 2
24 12
wx wLx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
v x
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
4 3
1 2 2
(0) (0)
(0) (0) 0
24 12
w wL
EI C C C
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
4 3 4 4 3
1 1
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
(0) ( )
24 12 24 12 24
w L wL L w L w L wL
EI C L C
L L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
4 3
3 2
3
3
2
2 4 2 2 4 2 1 4
wx wLx wL wx x
EI v v x Lx L
EI
Ans.
(b) Maximum deflection: At x = L/2:
3 2
3 3
2 2
4
max
( / 2)
2
5
38 24 2 2 48 2 4 8
w L L L wL L L
v L L L
EI EI
wL
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at A:
3 3 2 3
(0) (0)
6 4 2 2 4 4
A
A
dv w wL wL
dx EI EI
wL
E EI I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.7 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.7, use the doubleintegration
method to determine (a) the equation of
the elastic curve for segment AB of the
beam, (b) the deflection midway between
the two supports, (c) the slope at A, and
(d) the slope at B. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.7
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
3
0
2
3
and
2 2
y y y
A y
y y
F A B P
L
M B L P
P P
B A
Moment equation:
( ) 0 ( )
2 2
a a
P Px
M M x x M x
Integration of moment equation:
2
2
( )
2
d v Px
EI M x
dx
2
1
4
dv Px
EI C
dx
(a)
3
1 2
12
Px
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
v x
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
3
1 2 2
(0)
(0) (0) 0
12
P
EI C C C
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
3 2
1 1
( )
(0) ( )
12 12
P L PL
EI C L C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Elastic curve equation for segment AB of the beam:
3
2
2
2
12 1 2 2 1
Px PL x Px
I
I v L x E v
E
Ans.
(b) Deflection at midspan:
2
2
2
3
/
3
( / 2) 3
12 2 24 4 2
x L
P PL
E
L L PL L
v L
I EI I E
Ans.
(c) Slope at A:
2 2 2
12
(0)
4 12
A
A
dv P PL
dx EI
PL
EI EI
Ans.
(d) Slope at B:
2 2 2
(
1 6
)
4 2
B
B
dv P L PL
dx EI
P
EI EI
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.8 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.8, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for segment BC of the beam, (b) the
deflection midway between B and C, and (c)
the slope at C. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.
Fig. P10.8
Solution
Beam FBD:
(4 ) (5 ) 0
2 0
B y
y
y y y
y
M PL C L P L
C P
F B C P
B P
Moment equation:
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0
( )
a a y
M M x B x P L x M x Px P L x
M x PL
Integration of moment equation:
2
2
( )
d v
EI M x PL
dx
1
dv
EI PLx C
dx
(a)
2
1 2
2
PLx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 4
v x
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
2
1 2 2
(0)
(0) (0) 0
2
PL
EI C C C
Substitute x = 4L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
2
2
1 1
(4 )
(0) (4 ) 2
2
PL L
EI C L C PL
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Elastic curve equation for segment BC of the beam:
2
2
2 4
2 2
PLx
EI v PL x
P
x v
Lx
L
EI
Ans.
(b) Deflection at midspan:
3
2
(2 )
4 ( )
2
2
2
x L
PL L
v L L
EI
PL
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at C:
2 2
(4 ) 2 2
C
C
dv PL L PL
dx E
P
I EI EI
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.9 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.9, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
segment AB of the beam, (b) the deflection
midway between A and B, and (c) the slope at B.
Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.9
Solution
Beam FBD:
2
5
0
2 4
5
2 4
0
2 4
A y
y
y y y
y
wL L
M P B L
wL P
B
F A B wL P
wL P
A
Moment equation:
2 2
2
( ) ( ) 0
2 2 2 4
( )
2 2 4
a a y
wx wx wLx Px
M M x A x M x
wx wLx Px
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
( )
2 2 4
d v wx wLx Px
EI M x
dx
3 2 2
1
6 4 8
dv wx wLx Px
EI C
dx
(a)
4 3 3
1 2
24 12 24
wx wLx Px
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
v x
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
4 3 3
1 2 2
(0) (0) (0)
(0) (0) 0
24 12 24
w wL P
EI C C C
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
4 3 3 3 2
1 1
( ) ( ) ( )
(0) ( )
24 12 24 24 24
w L wL L P L wL PL
EI C L C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Elastic curve equation for segment AB of the beam:
4 3 3
3 3 2
2
2
3
2
24 12 24 24
2
24 24
24
wx wLx Px wL x PL x
EI v
v
wx Px
x Lx L x L
EI EI
Ans.
(b) Deflection at midspan:
4
3 2 2
3 2
/ 2
3
( / 2) ( / 2)
2
24 2 2
5
38 6
24 2
4 4
x L
w L L L P L L
v L L L
EI E
wL PL
EI E
I
I
Ans.
(c) Slope at B:
3 2 2 3 2 3 2
( ) ( ) ( )
6 4 8 24 24 12 24
B
B
dv w L wL L P L wL PL
dx EI EI EI E
wL PL
EI E EI I I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.10 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.10, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
segment AC of the beam, (b) the deflection at B,
and (c) the slope at A. Assume that EI is constant
for the beam.
Fig. P10.10
Solution
Beam FBD:
3
(3 ) (2 ) 0
2
9
4
(3 ) 0
9 3
3
4 4
A y
y
y y y
y
L
M w L C L
wL
C
F A C w L
wL wL
A wL
Moment equation:
2
3
( ) ( ) 0
2 4 2
3
( )
2 4
a a y
x wL x
M M x A x wx M x x wx
wx wLx
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
3
( )
2 4
d v wx wLx
EI M x
dx
3 2
1
3
6 8
dv wx wLx
EI C
dx
(a)
4 3
1 2
3
24 24
wx wLx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 2
v x
v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
4 3
1 2 2
(0) 3 (0)
(0) (0) 0
24 24
w wL
EI C C C
Substitute x = 2L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
4 3
1
3 3 3
1
(2 ) 3 (2 )
(0) (2 )
24 24
8 12
24 24 6
w L wL L
EI C L
wL wL wL
C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Elastic curve equation for segment AC of the beam:
4 3 3
3 2 3
3 2 3
3
3 4
24 24 6 24
3 4
24
wx wLx wL x wx
EI v x Lx
wx
x Lx L
EI
L
v Ans.
(b) Deflection at B:
3 2 3
4
( )
( ) ) 4
4 12
3 (
2
B
w L
v L L L
w
L
EI
L
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at A:
3 3 2 3
(0) 3 (0)
6 8 6 6
A
A
dv w wL wL
dx EI EI
wL
EI EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.11 For the simply supported steel beam [E =
200 GPa; I = 129 10
6
mm
4
] shown in Fig.
P10.11, use the doubleintegration method to
determine the deflection at B. Assume L = 4 m, P
= 60 kN, and w = 40 kN/m.
Fig. P10.11
Solution
Beam FBD:
( ) 0
2 2
2 2
( ) 0
2 2
A y
y
y y y
y
L L
M wL P C L
wL P
C
F A C w L P
wL P
A
Moment equation:
2 2
2
( ) ( ) 0
2 2 2 2
( )
2 2 2
a a y
wx wx wLx Px
M M x A x M x
wx wLx Px
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
( )
2 2 2
d v wx wLx Px
EI M x
dx
3 2 2
1
6 4 4
dv wx wLx Px
EI C
dx
(a)
4 3 3
1 2
24 12 12
wx wLx Px
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
2
v x
dv L
x
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0. Next, substitute x = L/2 and dv/dx = 0 into
Eq. (b) to determine C
1
:
3 2 2
1
3 3 2 3 2
1
( / 2) ( / 2) ( / 2)
(0)
6 4 4
48 16 16 24 16
w L wL L P L
EI C
wL wL PL wL PL
C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Elastic curve equation:
4 3 3 3 2
3 2 3 2 2
24 12 12 24 16
2 3 4
24 48
wx wLx Px wL x PL x
EI v
wx Px
v x Lx L L x
EI EI
Deflection at B: At x = L/2:
4 3
5
384 48
B
wL PL
v
EI EI
Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 10
6
mm
4
, w = 40 kN/m, P = 60 kN, and L = 4 m.
4 3
2 6 4 2 6 4
5(40 N/mm)(4,000 mm) (60, 000 N)(4,000 mm)
384(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm ) 48(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm )
5.1680 mm 3.1008 mm
8.27 mm
B
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.12 For the cantilever steel beam [E = 200 GPa;
I = 129 10
6
mm
4
] shown in Fig. P10.12, use the
doubleintegration method to determine the
deflection at A. Assume L = 2.5 m, P = 50 kN, and
w = 30 kN/m.
Fig. P10.12
Solution
Moment equation:
2 2
( ) 0 ( )
2 2
a a
wx wx
M M x Px M x Px
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
( )
2
d v wx
EI M x Px
dx
3 2
1
6 2
dv wx Px
EI C
dx
(a)
4 3
1 2
24 6
wx Px
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at
0 at
v x L
dv
x L
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C
1
:
3 2 3 2
1 1
( ) ( )
(0)
6 2 6 2
w L P L wL PL
EI C C
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
4 3 3 2 4 4 3 3
2 2
4 3
2
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
24 6 6 2 24 6 6 2
8 3
w L P L wL PL wL wL PL PL
EI L L C C
wL PL
C
Elastic curve equation:
4 3 4 3 2 3
4 3 4 3 2 3
24 6 8 6 2 3
4 3 3 2
24 6
wx wL x wL Px PL x PL
EI v
w P
v x L x L x L x L
EI EI
Deflection at A:
4 3
4 3 4 3 2 3
3
(0) 4 (0) 3 (0) 3 (0) 2
24 6 24 3
A
w P wL PL
v L L L L
EI EI EI EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 10
6
mm
4
, w = 30 kN/m, P = 50 kN, and L = 2.5 m.
4 3
2 6 4 2 6 4
3(30 N/mm)(2,500 mm) (50, 000 N)(2,500 mm)
24(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm ) 3(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm )
5.6777 mm 10.0937 mm
= 15.77 mm
A
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.13 For the cantilever steel beam [E = 200 GPa;
I = 129 10
6
mm
4
] shown in Fig. P10.13, use the
doubleintegration method to determine the
deflection at B. Assume L = 3 m, M
0
= 70 kNm,
and w = 15 kN/m.
Fig. P10.13
Solution
Moment equation:
2
0
2
0
( )
( ) 0
2
( )
( )
2
a a
w L x
M M x M
w L x
M x M
Integration of moment equation:
2 2 2 2
2 2
0 0 0
2
( )
( ) 2
2 2 2 2
d v w L x w wL wx
EI M x M L Lx x M wLx M
dx
2 2 3
0 1
2 2 6
dv wL x wLx wx
EI M x C
dx
(a)
2 2 3 4 2
0
1 2
4 6 24 2
wL x wLx wx M x
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 0
v x
dv
x
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C
1
= 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C
2
= 0.
Elastic curve equation:
2 2 3 4 2
0
2
4 3 2 2 0
4 6 24 2
4 6
24 2
wL x wLx wx M x
EI v
w M x
v x Lx L x
EI EI
Deflection at B:
2 4 2
4 3 2 2 0 0
( )
( ) 4 ( ) 6 ( )
24 2 8 2
B
w M L wL M L
v L L L L L
EI EI EI EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 10
6
mm
4
, w = 15 kN/m, M
0
= 70 kNm, and L = 3 m.
4 2
2 6 4 2 6 4
(15 N/mm)(3,000 mm) (70 kNm)(1,000 N/kN)(1,000 mm/m)(3,000 mm)
8(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm ) 2(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm )
5.8866 mm 12.2093 mm
= 18.10 mm
B
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.14 For the cantilever steel beam [E = 200 GPa;
I = 129 10
6
mm
4
] shown in Fig. P10.14, use the
doubleintegration method to determine the
deflection at A. Assume L = 2.5 m, P = 50 kNm,
and w
0
= 90 kN/m.
Fig. P10.14
Solution
Moment equation:
0
3
0
( ) ( ) 0
2 3
( )
6
a a
w x x
M M x x Px
L
w x
M x Px
L
Integration of moment equation:
2 3
0
2
( )
6
d v w x
EI M x Px
dx L
4 2
0
1
24 2
dv w x Px
EI C
dx L
(a)
5 3
0
1 2
120 6
w x Px
EI v C x C
L
(b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at
0 at
v x L
dv
x L
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and dv/dx = 0 into Eq. (a) to determine C
1
:
4 2 3 2
0 0
1 1
( ) ( )
(0)
24 2 24 2
w L P L w L PL
EI C C
L
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
:
5 3 3 2 4 4 3 3
0 0 0 0
2 2
4 3
0
2
( ) ( )
(0) ( ) ( )
120 6 24 2 120 24 6 2
30 3
w L P L w L PL w L w L PL PL
EI L L C C
L
w L PL
C
Elastic curve equation:
5 3 3 2 4 3
0 0 0
5 4 5 3 2 3 0
120 6 24 2 30 3
5 4 3 2
120 6
w x Px w L PL w L PL
EI v x x
L
w P
v x L x L x L x L
LEI EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Deflection at A:
Let E = 200 GPa, I = 129 10
6
mm
4
, w
0
= 90 kN/m, P = 50 kN, and L = 2.5 m.
5 4 5 3 2 3 0
4 3
0
4 3
2 6 4 2 6 4
(0) 5 (0) 4 (0) 3 (0) 2
120 6
30 3
(90 N/mm)(2,500 mm) (50, 000 N)(2,500 mm)
30(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm ) 3(200, 000 N/mm )(129 10 mm )
4.5422 mm 10.0937
1
mm
=
A
w P
v L L L L
LEI EI
w L PL
EI EI
4.64 mm Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.15 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.15, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the
free end, and (c) the slope at the free end. Assume
that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.15
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
2
0
0
0
2
0
2 3
3
0
2
2
A A
A
y y
y
w L L
M M
w L
M
w L
F A
w L
A
Moment equation:
0
2
0 0 0
3 2
0 0 0
( ) ( )
2 3
( ) ( ) ( ) 0
3 2 3 2
( )
6 2 3
a a A y
w x x
M M x M x A x
L
w L w x x w L
M x x x
L
w x w Lx w L
M x
L
Integration of moment equation:
2 3 2
0 0 0
2
( )
6 2 3
d v w x w Lx w L
EI M x
dx L
4 2 2
0 0 0
1
24 4 3
dv w x w Lx w L x
EI C
dx L
(a)
5 3 2 2
0 0 0
1 2
120 12 6
w x w Lx w L x
EI v C x C
L
(b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 0
v x
dv
x
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C
1
= 0.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Elastic curve equation:
5 3 2 2
3 0
0
3
0
2
2
0
120 1
10 20
12
2 6
0
w x w Lx w L x
EI v
L
v
w x
x L x L
LEI
Ans.
(b) Deflection at the free end:
5 2 3
4
0 3 2 0
( ) 10 ( ) 20 (
11
12
)
120 0
B
w
v L L L L L
LEI
w L
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at the free end:
4 2 2 3 3 3
0 0 0 0 0 0
3
0
( ) ( ) ( ) 6 8
24 4 3 2 4 8 4 2 24
B
B
dv w L w L w L
EI
L w L L w L w L w L
dx L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.16 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.16, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the cantilever beam AB, (b) the deflection at the
free end, and (c) the slope at the free end. Assume
that EI is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.16
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
2
0
0
0
0
2 3
6
0
2
2
A A
A
y y
y
w L L
M M
w L
M
w L
F A
w L
A
Moment equation:
3
0
( )
( ) 0
2 3
a a
w L x
M M x
L
3 0
3 2 2 3 0
2 2 3
0 0 0 0
( ) ( )
6
( 3 3 )
6
6 2 2 6
w
M x L x
L
w
L L x Lx x
L
w L w Lx w x w x
L
Integration of moment equation:
2 3 2 2
0 0 0 0
2
( )
6 2 2 6
d v w x w x w Lx w L
EI M x
dx L
4 3 2 2
0 0 0 0
1
24 6 4 6
dv w x w x w Lx w L x
EI C
dx L
(a)
5 4 3 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 2
120 24 12 12
w x w x w Lx w L x
EI v C x C
L
(b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 0
v x
dv
x
dx
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C
1
= 0.
(a) Elastic curve equation:
5 4 3 2 2
2
3 2 2 3
0 0 0
0
0
120 24 12
5 10 10
1
2
2
1
0
w
w x
x Lx L x L
L
x w x w Lx
E
w L
I v
I
x
E
L
v Ans.
(b) Deflection at the free end:
5
5 4 2 3 3 2 0 0
4
0
4
( ) 5 ( ) 10 ( ) 10 ( )
120 3 120 0
B
w w L
v L L L L L L L
LE
w
I EI E I
L
L
Ans.
(c) Slope at the free end:
4 3 2 2
0 0 0 0
3
0
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
24 6 24 4 6
B
B
dv w L w L w L L w L L
dx LEI EI EI EI
w L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.17 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.17, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the cantilever beam, (b) the deflection at B, (c) the
deflection at the free end, and (d) the slope at the
free end. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.17
Solution
Beam FBD:
2
0
2 2 4
3
8
0
2
2
A A
A
y y
y
wL L L
M M
wL
M
wL
F A
wL
A
Consider beam segment AB (0 x L/2)
Moment equation:
2
2
3
( ) ( ) 0
8 2
3
( )
8 2
a a A y
wL wL
M M x M A x M x x
wL wLx
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
3
( )
8 2
d v wL wLx
EI M x
dx
2 2
1
3
8 4
dv wL x wLx
EI C
dx
(a)
2 2 3
1 2
3
16 12
wL x wLx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at 0
v x
dv
x
dx
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0. Next, substitute x = 0 and dv/dx = 0 into Eq.
(b) to determine C
1
= 0.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:
2 2 3
2
3
16 12
9 4 (0 / 2)
48
wL x wLx
EI v
wLx
v L x x L
EI
Slope at B: Let x = L/2
2 2 3
3 ( / 2) ( / 2)
8 4 8
B
B
dv wL L wL L wL
dx EI EI EI
Deflection at B: Let x = L/2
2 4
( / 2) 7
9 4
48 2 192
B
wL L L wL
v L
EI EI
Consider beam segment BC (L/2 x L)
Moment equation:
2
2
2
( )
2 2
3
( ) 0
8 2 2 2
b b A y
w L
M M x M A x x
wL wL w L
M x x x
2
2
2 2
3
( )
2 2 2 8
2 2
w L wL wL
M x x x
wx wL
wLx
Integration of moment equation:
2 2 2
2
( )
2 2
d v wx wL
EI M x wLx
dx
3 2 2
3
6 2 2
dv wx wLx wL x
EI C
dx
(c)
4 3 2 2
3 4
24 6 4
wx wLx wL x
EI v C x C (d)
Continuity conditions:
4
3
7
at
192 2
at
8 2
wL L
v x
EI
dv wL L
x
dx EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants:
Substitute the slope continuity condition into Eq. (c) for x = L/2 and solve for C
3
:
3 2 2 3
3
3
3
( / 2) ( / 2) ( / 2)
6 2 2 8
48
dv w L wL L wL L wL
EI C
dx
wL
C
Next, substitute the deflection continuity condition into Eq. (d) for x = L/2 and solve for C
4
4 3 2 2 3 4
4
4
4
( / 2) ( / 2) ( / 2) 7
( / 2)
24 6 4 48 192
384
w L wL L wL L wL wL
EI v L C
wL
C
Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:
4 3 2 2 3 4
4 3 2 2 3 4
24 6 4 48 384
16 64 96 8 ( / 2 )
384
wx wLx wL x wL x wL
EI v
w
v x Lx L x L x L L x L
EI
(a) Elastic curve equations for entire beam:
2
9 4 (0 / 2)
48
wLx
L x x v L
EI
Ans.
4 3 2 2 3 4
16 64 96 8 ( / 2 )
384
w
x Lx L x L x L L x L
EI
v Ans.
(b) Deflection at B:
4
7
192
B
wL
v
EI
Ans.
(c) Deflection at free end of cantilever:
4 3 2 2 3 4
4
16( ) 64 ( ) 96 ( ) 8 ( )
3
4
3 84
1
84
C
w
v L L L L L L L L
E
L
I
w
EI
Ans.
(d) Slope at free end of cantilever:
2
3
3 2 3 3
8 ( ) 24 ( ) 24 ( ) 7
48 48 48 48 48
7
48
C
C
dv w L wL L wL L wL wL
EI
dx
dv
EI dx
wL
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.18 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.18, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the beam, and (b) the deflection at B. Assume that
EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.18
Solution
Beam FBD:
( ) 0
2 4
8
0
2
3
8
A y
y
y y y
y
wL L
M C L
wL
C
wL
F A C
wL
A
Consider beam segment AB (0 x L/2)
Moment equation:
2 2
2
3
( ) ( ) 0
2 2 8
3
( )
2 8
a a y
wx wx wL
M M x A x M x x
wx wLx
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
3
( )
2 8
d v wx wLx
EI M x
dx
3 2
1
3
6 16
dv wx wLx
EI C
dx
(a)
4 3
1 2
24 16
wx wLx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0 v x
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0.
Slope at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (a).
3 2 3 3 3
1 1 1
( / 2) 3 ( / 2) 3 5
6 16 48 64 192
B
B
dv w L wL L wL wL wL
EI EI C C C
dx
(c)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Deflection at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (b).
4 3 4 4 4
1 1
1
( / 2) ( / 2)
( / 2)
24 16 384 128 2 192 2
B
w L wL L wL wL C L wL C L
EI v C L (d)
Consider beam segment BC (L/2 x L)
Moment equation:
2
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0
8
( ) ( )
8 8 8
b b y
wL
M M x C L x M x L x
wL wL wLx
M x L x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
( )
8 8
d v wLx wL
EI M x
dx
2 2
3
16 8
dv wLx wL x
EI C
dx
(e)
3 2 2
3 4
48 16
wLx wL x
EI v C x C (f)
Boundary conditions:
0 at v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (f) to find
3 2 2
3 4
4
3 4
( ) ( )
(0) ( )
48 16
24
wL L wL L
EI C L C
wL
C L C (g)
Slope at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (e).
2 2 3 3 3
3 3 3
( / 2) ( / 2) 3
16 8 64 16 64
B
B
dv wL L wL L wL wL wL
EI EI C C C
dx
(h)
Deflection at B: Let x = L/2 in Eq. (f).
3 2 2 4
3
3 4 4
( / 2) ( / 2) 5
( / 2)
48 16 384 2
B
wL L wL L wL C L
EI v C L C C (i)
Continuity conditions:
Since the slope at B must be the same for both beam segments, equate Eqs. (c) and (h):
3 3
1 3
5 3
192 64
wL wL
C C (j)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Further, the deflection at B must be the same for both segments; therefore, equate Eqs. (d) and (i):
4 4
1 3
4
5
192 2 384 2
wL C L wL C L
C (k)
Evaluate constants: Solve Eqs. (g), (j), and (k) simultaneously to determine the values of constants C
1
,
C
3
, and C
4
:
3 3 4
1 3 4
9 17
384 384 384
wL wL wL
C C C
(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:
3
3
4 3
3 2
16 24 9 (0 / 2)
3
9
24 16 3
8
84
4
wx wLx wL x
EI v
v
wx
x Lx L x L
EI
Ans.
(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:
3 2 2 3
3 2 2 3 4
17
48 16 38
8 24 17 ( /
4 384
2 )
384
wLx wL x wL x wL
wL
x Lx L x L L x L
I
E
E
I v
v Ans.
(b) Deflection at B:
4 4 4 4
9 5
192 76
5
768 8 768
B B
wL wL wL
EI v
L
EI
v
w
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.19 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.19, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the entire beam, (b) the deflection at C, and (c) the
slope at B. Assume that EI is constant for the
beam.
Fig. P10.19
Solution
Beam FBD:
(3 ) 3 0
2
7
6
0
6
A y
y
y y y
y
L
M B L wL L
wL
B
F A B wL
wL
A
Consider beam segment AB (0 x 3L)
Moment equation:
( ) ( ) 0
6
( )
6
a a y
wL
M M x A x M x x
wLx
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2
2
( )
6
d v wLx
EI M x
dx
2
1
12
dv wLx
EI C
dx
(a)
3
1 2
36
wLx
EI v C x C (b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0 and 0 at 3 v x v x L
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0. Next, substitute x = 3L and v = 0 into Eq. (b)
and solve for C
1
:
3 3 3
1 1
(3 ) 9
(0) (3 )
36 36 4
wL L wL wL
EI C L C
Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (a).
2 3 3
(3 )
12 4 2
B
B
dv wL L wL wL
EI EI
dx
(c)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider beam segment BC (3L x 4L)
Moment equation:
2
( ) (4 ) 0
2
b b
w
M M x L x
2
(4 )
( )
2
w L x
M x
Integration of moment equation:
2 2
2
(4 )
( )
2
d v w L x
EI M x
dx
3
3
(4 )
6
dv w L x
EI C
dx
(e)
4
3 4
(4 )
24
w L x
EI v C x C (f)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 3 v x L
Substitute x = 3L and v = 0 into Eq. (f) to find
4 4
3 4 3 4
4
4 3
(4 3 )
(0) (3 ) (3 )
24 24
(3 )
24
w L L wL
EI C L C C L C
wL
C L C (g)
Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (e).
3 3
3 3
(4 3 )
6 6
B
B
dv w L L wL
EI EI C C
dx
(h)
Continuity conditions:
Since the slope at B must be the same for both beam segments, equate Eqs. (c) and (h):
3 3 3
3 3
2
2 6 3
wL wL wL
C C (i)
Backsubstitute this result into Eq. (g) to determine C
4
:
4 4 3 4
4 3
2 49
(3 ) (3 )
24 24 3 24
wL wL wL wL
C L C L
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:
3
2
3
2
9
3
9 (0 3 )
36
6 36
wL
wL
x
x L x L
x wL x
EI v
EI
v Ans.
Elastic curve equation for beam segment BC:
4 3
4 3 4
4
(4 ) 16 49 (3 4 )
2
(4 ) 2 49
2
4
4 3 24
w L x
w
L x L x
w
L L x L
EI
L x wL
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Deflection at C:
4
4 3 4 4 4
4
15
(4 4 ) 16 (4 ) 49 64 49
24 24 2
5
8
4
C
C
w w wL
v L L L L L L L
EI EI EI
w
v
L
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at B: Let x = 3L in Eq. (a).
3 3
2 2
B B
B B
dv wL dv
EI EI
dx dx
wL
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.20 For the beam and loading shown in Fig.
P10.20, use the doubleintegration method to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve for
the beam, (b) the location of the maximum
deflection, and (c) the maximum beam deflection.
Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.20
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0
0
0
2
0
2 3
3
0
2
6
A y
y
y y y
y
w L L
M B L
w L
B
w L
F A B
w L
A
Moment equation:
2
0
2
0 0
( )
2 3
( ) 0
2 3 6
a a y
w x x
M M x A x
L
w x x w Lx
M x
L
3
0 0
( )
6 6
w x w Lx
M x
L
Integration of moment equation:
2 3
0 0
2
( )
6 6
d v w x w Lx
EI M x
dx L
4 2
0 0
1
24 12
dv w x w Lx
EI C
dx L
(a)
5 3
0 0
1 2
120 36
w x w Lx
EI v C x C
L
(b)
Boundary conditions:
0 at 0
0 at
v x
v x L
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants:
Substitute x = 0 and v = 0 into Eq. (b) to determine C
2
= 0. Next, substitute x = L and v = 0 into Eq. (b)
and solve for C
1
:
5 3 3
0 0 0
1 1
( ) ( ) 7
(0) ( )
120 36 360
w L w L L w L
EI C L C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
5 3 3
4 2 2 4 0 0 0 0
7
120 36 3
3 10 7
6 360 0
w w x w Lx w x
x L x L
LEI
L x
EI v v
L
Ans.
(b) Location of maximum deflection: The maximum deflection occurs where the beam slope is zero.
Therefore, set the beam slope equation [Eq. (a)] equal to zero:
4 2 3
0 0 0
7
0
24 12 360
dv w x w Lx w L
EI
dx L
Multiply by 360L/w
0
to obtain:
4 2 2 4
15 30 7 0 x L x L
Solve this equation numerically to obtain:
= 0.51932962 0.5 23 193 6 3 x L L Ans.
(c) Maximum beam deflection:
4 2 2 4
4
0
max
4
4 0 0 0
(0.51933 )
3(0.51933 ) 10 (0.51933 ) 7
360
(0.51933) (0.0065222)
4.52118
36
0
0
.00652
w L
v L L L L
LEI
w w L
L
EI EI
w L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.21 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.21, integrate the load distribution to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for the beam, and (b) the maximum
deflection for the beam. Assume that EI is
constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.21
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
d v w x
EI
dx L
3 2
0
1
3
2
d v w x
EI C
dx L
2 3
0
1 2
2
6
d v w x
EI C x C
dx L
4 2
0 1
2 3
24 2
dv w x C x
EI C x C
dx L
5 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
120 6 2
w x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
1
3
at 0, 0 0
d v
x V EI C
dx
2
2
2
at 0, 0 0
d v
x M EI C
dx
4 3
0 0
3 3
( )
at , 0 0
24 24
dv w L w L
x L C C
dx L
5 3 4
0 0 0
4 4
( ) ( )
at , 0 0
120 24 30
w L w L L w L
x L v C C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
5 3
0 5 0
4
0 0 4 5
120 24 30
5 4
120
w
x L x L
LE
w x w L x w L
E v
L I
I v Ans.
(b) Maximum deflection:
5 4 5 0
max
4
0
(0) 5 (
1 30
0) 4
20
w
v L L
LEI
w L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.22 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.22, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for the beam, and (b) the deflection
midway between the supports. Assume
that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.22
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
d v w x
EI
dx L
3 2
0
1
3
2
d v w x
EI C
dx L
2 3
0
1 2
2
6
d v w x
EI C x C
dx L
4 2
0 1
2 3
24 2
dv w x C x
EI C x C
dx L
5 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
120 6 2
w x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
2
2
at 0, 0 0
d v
x M EI C
dx
2 3
0 0
1 1
2
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
6 6
d v w L w L
x L M EI C L C
dx L
4
at 0, 0 0 x v C
5 3 3
0 0 0
3 3
( ) 7
at , 0 0
120 36 360
w L w Lx w L
x L v C x C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
5 3 3
5 2 3 4 0 0 0 0
7
120 36 3
3 10 7
360 60
w
x L x L x
L
w x w Lx w L x
EI v v
L EI
Ans.
(b) Deflection midway between the supports:
5 2 3 4 0
/ 2
4
0
3( / 2) 10 ( / 2) 7 ( / 2)
360
5
768
x L
w
v L L L L L
LEI
w L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.23 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.23, integrate the load distribution to
determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the
beam, and (c) the support reactions B
y
and
M
B
. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.23
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4 3
0
4 3
d v w x
EI
dx L
3 4
0
1
3 3
4
d v w x
EI C
dx L
2 5
0
1 2
2 3
20
d v w x
EI C x C
dx L
6 2
0 1
2 3
3
120 2
dv w x C x
EI C x C
dx L
7 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
3
840 6 2
w x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
1
3
at 0, 0 0
d v
x V EI C
dx
2
2
2
at 0, 0 0
d v
x M EI C
dx
6 3
0 0
3 3
3
( )
at , 0 0
120 120
dv w L w L
x L C C
dx L
7 3 4
0 0 0
4 4
3
( ) ( ) 6
at , 0 0
840 120 840
w L w L L w L
x L v C C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
7 3 4
7 6 7 0
3
0 0 0
3
7 6
840 840 8
7 6
840 40
w
x L x
w x w L x w L
EI v
L L
L
EI
v Ans.
(b) Deflection at left end of beam:
7
7 6 7 0 0
max 3
4
0
3
6
(0) 7 (0) 6
840 840 140
w w w L
v L L
L
L
EI EI L EI
Ans.
(c) Support reactions B
y
and M
B
:
3
0
3 4
0 0
3
( )
4 4 4
B y
x L
d v w L w L
V EI B
w
dx L
L
Ans.
2 5 2
0 0
2 3
2
0
( )
20 2
0
(cw)
20
B B
x L
d v w L w L
M EI M
dx L
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.24 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.24, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection midway between
the supports, and (c) the support reactions
A
y
and B
y
. Assume that EI is constant for
the beam.
Fig. P10.24
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4 3
0
4 3
d v w x
EI
dx L
3 4
0
1
3 3
4
d v w x
EI C
dx L
2 5
0
1 2
2 3
20
d v w x
EI C x C
dx L
6 2
0 1
2 3
3
120 2
dv w x C x
EI C x C
dx L
7 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
3
840 6 2
w x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
2
2
at 0, 0 0
d v
x M EI C
dx
2 5
0 0
1 1
2 3
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
20 20
d v w L w L
x L M EI C L C
dx L
4
at 0, 0 0 x v C
7 3 3
0 0 0
3 3
3
( ) ( ) 6
at , 0 ( ) 0
840 120 840
w L w L L w L
x L v C L C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
7 4 3 6 0
7 3 3
0 0
3
0
3
6
840 120 84
7 6
8 0 0 4
w
x L x L x
L
w
E
x w Lx w L x
EI
I
v v
L
Ans.
(b) Deflection midway between the supports:
7 3
4 6 0
/ 2 3
4
0
7 6
840 2 2 2
13
5120
x L
w L
EI
w L L L
v L L
L EI
Ans.
(c) Support reactions A
y
and B
y
:
3 4
0 0 0
3 3
0
0
(0)
4 20 0 0 2 2
A y
x
d v w w L w L
V EI A
dx L
w L
Ans.
3 4
0 0 0
3 3
0
( ) 4
4 20 2 5 0
B y
x L
d v w L w L w L
V EI B
dx L
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.25 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.25, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the
beam, and (c) the support reactions B
y
and
M
B
. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.25
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
cos
2
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
2
sin
2
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
4
cos
2
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
8
sin
2 2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
16
cos
2 6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
1
3
at 0, 0 0
d v
x V EI C
dx
2 2 2
0 0
2 2
2 2 2
4 (0) 4
at 0, 0 cos 0
2
d v w L w L
x M EI C C
dx L
3 2 3
0 0 0
3 3
3 2 3
8 ( ) 4 ( ) 4
at , 0 sin 0 (2 )
2
dv w L L w L L w L
x L C C
dx L
4 2 2 3
0 0 0
4
4 2 3
4
0
4
3
16 ( ) 4 ( ) 4 ( )
at , 0 cos (2 ) 0
2 2
2
(4 )
w L L w L L w L L
x L v C
L
w L
C
(a) Elastic curve equation:
4 2 2 3 4
0 0 0
4 2 2 2 3 4 0
0
4 2
4
3 3
16 4 4 2
cos (2 ) (4 )
2
32 cos 4 8 (2 ) 4 (4 )
2 2
2
w x
L L x L x L
w L x w L x w L w L
EI v
L
v
EI L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Deflection at left end of beam:
4 2 2 2 3 4 0
4
4
4 4
0
0
4
0
4 4
(0)
32 cos 4 (0) 8 (0)(2 ) 4 (4 )
2 2
32 4 (4 ) 32 4 (4
0.1089
)
2 2
A
w
v L L L L
EI L
w w L
L
w L
EI
L
EI EI
Ans.
(c) Support reactions B
y
and M
B
:
3
0 0 0
3
2 ( ) 2
sin
2
2
B y
x L
d v w L L w L
V EI B
dx L
w L
Ans.
2
0
2
2 2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2 2 2
4 ( ) 4
(cw)
4 4
cos
2
B B
x L
d v w L L w w L w L
M EI M
dx L
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.26 For the beam and loading shown
in Fig. P10.26, integrate the load
distribution to determine (a) the equation
of the elastic curve, (b) the deflection
midway between the supports, (c) the
slope at the left end of the beam, and (d)
the support reactions A
y
and B
y
. Assume
that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.26
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
sin
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
cos
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
sin
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
cos
2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
sin
6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
2
2
at 0, 0 0
d v
x M EI C
dx
2 2
0
1 1
2 2
( )
at , 0 sin ( ) 0 0
d v w L L
x L M EI C L C
dx L
4
at 0, 0 0 x v C
4
0
3 3
4
( )
at , 0 sin ( ) 0 0
w L L
x L v C L C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
0
4
4 4
0
4
s sin in
w L x
EI v v
L
w L x
EI L
Ans.
(b) Deflection midway between the supports:
4
0
/ 2
0
4 4
4
( / 2)
sin
x L
w L L
v
EI L
w L
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at the left end of the beam:
3 3
0 0
3 3
3
0
3
(0)
cos
A A
A
dv w L w L
EI EI
dx L
w L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(d) Support reactions A
y
and B
y
:
3
0 0 0
3
0
(0)
cos
A y
x
d v w L w L
V EI A
dx L
w L
Ans.
3
0 0 0
3
( )
cos
B y
x L
d v w L L w L
V EI B
dx L
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.27 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.27, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection midway between
the supports, (c) the slope at the left end of
the beam, and (d) the support reactions A
y
and B
y
. Assume that EI is constant for the
beam.
Fig. P10.27
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
sin
2
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
2
cos
2
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
4
sin
2
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
8
cos
2 2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
16
sin
2 6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
2
2
at 0, 0 0
d v
x M EI C
dx
2 2
0 0
1 1
2 2 2
4 ( ) 4
at , 0 sin ( ) 0
2
d v w L L w L
x L M EI C L C
dx L
4
at 0, 0 0 x v C
4 3 3
2 0 0 0
3 3
4 2 4
16 ( ) 4 ( ) 2
at , 0 sin ( ) 0 (24 )
2 6 3
w L L w L L w L
x L v C L C
L
(a) Elastic curve equation:
4
4 2 3 2 3 0
3 3
2 0 0 0
4 2
4
4
16 4 2
sin (24 )
2
24
2 6 3
sin (24 )
3 2
w L x w Lx w L x
EI v
w x
L Lx L
EI
L
v x
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Deflection midway between the supports:
3
4 2 2 3 0
/ 2 4
4 2 2
0
4
4
0
4
4
0
4
0
2 ( / 2)
24 sin (24 )
3 2 2 2
2 (24 )
24sin
3 4 8 2
2
(1.2694611)
3
0.008688 0.00 2 869
x L
w L L L
v L L L
EI L
w L
EI
w L
EI
w L
EI
w L
EI
Ans.
(c) Slope at the left end of the beam:
3 2 3
2 0 0 0
3 2 4
3 3
2 3 3 0 0
0 0 3 4 3 4
3
0
2
8 (0) 2 (0) 2
cos (24 )
2 3
8 2 8 16 2
(24 ) 0.0262
0.0262
09
3 3
A
A
A
dv w L w L w L
EI EI
dx L
w L w L
w L
w L
E
w L
I
Ans.
(d) Support reactions A
y
and B
y
:
3
0 0 0
3 2 2
0
0
2
2 (0) 4 2
cos ( 2)
2
2
( 2)
A
x
y
d v w L w L w L
V EI
dx
w
A
L
L
Ans.
3
0 0 0
3 2
0
2
2
2 ( ) 4 4
cos
2
4
B
x L
y
d v w L L w L w L
V EI
dx
L
L
B
w
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.28 For the beam and loading shown in
Fig. P10.28, integrate the load distribution
to determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the left end of the
beam, and (c) the support reactions B
y
and
M
B
. Assume that EI is constant for the beam.
Fig. P10.28
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
sin
2
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
2
cos
2
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
4
sin
2
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
8
cos
2 2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
16
sin
2 6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
0 0
1 1
3
2 (0) 2
at 0, 0 cos 0
2
d v w L w L
x V EI C C
dx L
2 2
0 0
2 2
2 2
4 (0) 2 (0)
at 0, 0 sin 0 0
2
d v w L w L
x M EI C C
dx L
3 2 3
0 0 0
3 3 3
8 2 ( ) ( )
at , 0 cos 0
2 2
w L w L L w L dv L
x L C C
dx L
4 3 3
0 0 0
4 4
4
3 0
4 4
16 2 ( ) ( ) ( )
at , 0 sin 0
2 6
2
(24 )
3
w L w L L w L L L
x L v C
L
w L
C
(a) Elastic curve equation:
4 3 3 4
3 0 0 0 0
4
4 3 3 3 3 3 4 0
4
4
16 2 2
sin (
48 sin 3 2(24
24 )
2 6
)
3 2
3
w L w Lx w L x w L x
EI v
L
v
w x
L Lx L x L
EI L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Deflection at left end of beam:
4 3 3 3 3 3 4 0
4
4
3 4 0 0
4
4
0
(0)
48 sin (0) 3 (0) 2(24 )
3 2
2(24 ) 0
0.04
.047
7
9509
3
95
A
w
v L L
w L
E
L L
EI L
w w L
L
E
I
I EI
Ans.
(c) Support reactions B
y
and M
B
:
3
0
3
0 0 0
2 ( ) 2 2
cos
2
2
B y
x L
d v w L L w w L L w L
V EI B
dx L
Ans.
2
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
2
0
2
2 2
2
0
2
4 ( ) 2 ( )
2
( 2)
4 2
sin
2
2
( (cw) 2)
B
x L
B
d v w L L w L L w L w L
M EI
dx L
L w
M
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.29 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute the deflection
of the beam at D. Assume a constant value of EI =
1,750 kipft
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.29
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(5 kips)(4 ft) (3 kips)(13 ft) (10 ft) 0
5.90 kips
5 kips 3 kips 0
2.10 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
M C
C
F A C
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 1 1
( ) 2.10 kips 0 ft 5 kips 4 ft 5.90 kips 10 ft 3 kips 13 ft w x x x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 0 0
( ) 2.10 kips 0 ft 5 kips 4 ft 5.90 kips 10 ft 3 kips 13 ft V x x x x x
1 1 1 1
( ) 2.10 kips 0 ft 5 kips 4 ft 5.90 kips 10 ft 3 kips 13 ft M x x x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 1 1 1
2
( ) 2.10 kips 0 ft 5 kips 4 ft 5.90 kips 10 ft 3 kips 13 ft
d v
EI M x x x x x
dx
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 2
2 2
1
2.10 kips 5 kips
0 ft 4 ft
2 2
5.90 kips 3 kips
10 ft 13 ft
2 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 3
3 3
1 2
2.10 kips 5 kips
0 ft 4 ft
6 6
5.90 kips 3 kips
10 ft 13 ft
6 6
EI v x x
x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 10 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 10 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 3
1
2
1
2.10 kips 5 kips
(10 ft) (6 ft) (10 ft) 0
6 6
17 kipft
EI v C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 2
2 2
2
2.10 kips 5 kips
0 ft 4 ft
2 2
5.90 kips 3 kips
10 ft 13 ft 17 kipft
2 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x (c)
3 3
3 3
2
2.10 kips 5 kips
0 ft 4 ft
6 6
5.90 kips 3 kips
10 ft 13 ft (17 kipft )
6 6
EI v x x
x x x (d)
Beam deflection at D: At the tip of the overhang where x = 13 ft, the beam deflection is:
3 3 3 2
3
3
2
2.10 kips 5 kips 5.90 kips
(13 ft) (9 ft) (3 ft) (17 kipft )(13 ft)
6 6 6
33.000 kipft
33.000 kipft
0.018857 ft
1, 750 kipf
0.226 in.
t
D
D
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.30 The solid 30mmdiameter steel [E = 200
GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.30 supports two
pulleys. For the loading shown, use discontinuity
functions to compute:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley B.
(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.
Fig. P10.30
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
800 N 500 N 0
1,300 N
(800 N)(250 mm) (500 N)(600 mm) 0
500, 000 Nmm
y y
y
A A
A
F A
A
M M
M
Load function w(x):
2 1
1 1
( ) 500,000 Nmm 0 mm 1,300 N 0 mm
800 N 250 mm 500 N 600 mm
w x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 0
0 0
( ) 500, 000 Nmm 0 mm 1,300 N 0 mm
800 N 250 mm 500 N 600 mm
V x x x
x x
0 1
1 1
( ) 500, 000 Nmm 0 mm 1,300 N 0 mm
800 N 250 mm 500 N 600 mm
M x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
0 1
2
1 1
( ) 500, 000 Nmm 0 mm 1,300 N 0 mm
800 N 250 mm 500 N 600 mm
d v
EI M x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
1 2
2 2
1
1,300 N
500, 000 Nmm 0 mm 0 mm
2
800 N 500 N
250 mm 600 mm
2 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
2 3
3 3
1 2
500, 000 Nmm 1,300 N
0 mm 0 mm
2 6
800 N 500 N
250 mm 600 mm
6 6
EI v x x
x x C x C (b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 mm). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (a) to obtain:
1
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
1 2
2 2
1,300 N
500, 000 Nmm 0 mm 0 mm
2
800 N 500 N
250 mm 600 mm
2 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x
2 3
3 3
500, 000 Nmm 1,300 N
0 mm 0 mm
2 6
800 N 500 N
250 mm 600 mm
6 6
EI v x x
x x
Section properties:
4 4 2
9 2
(30 mm) 39, 750.782 mm 200 GPa 200, 000 N/mm
64
7.9522 10 Nmm
I E
EI
(a) Beam deflection at B: The beam deflection at B where x = 250 mm is:
2 3
9 3
9 2
500, 000 Nmm 1,300 N
(250 mm) (250 mm)
2 6
12.2396 10 Nmm
1.5392 mm
7.9522 10 Nm
1.539 m
m
m
B
B
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 600 mm is:
2 3 3
9 3
9 2
500, 000 Nmm 1,300 N 800 N
(600 mm) (600 mm) (350 mm)
2 6 6
48.9167 10 Nmm
6.1514 mm
7.9522 10 Nmm
6.15 mm
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.31 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at C and (b) the deflection of the beam at
C. Assume a constant value of EI = 56010
6
N
mm
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.31
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.
(210 Nm)(1,000 mm/m) (1, 400 N)(450 mm)
(700 mm) 0
600 N
1, 400 N 0
800 N
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
E
E
F A E
A
Load function w(x):
1 2
1 1
( ) 800 N 0 mm 210, 000 Nmm 200 mm
1, 400 N 450 mm 600 N 700 mm
w x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1
0 0
( ) 800 N 0 mm 210, 000 Nmm 200 mm
1, 400 N 450 mm 600 N 700 mm
V x x x
x x
1 0
1 1
( ) 800 N 0 mm 210, 000 Nmm 200 mm
1, 400 N 450 mm 600 N 700 mm
M x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 0
2
1 1
( ) 800 N 0 mm 210, 000 Nmm 200 mm
1, 400 N 450 mm 600 N 700 mm
d v
EI M x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 1
2 2
1
800 N
0 mm 210, 000 Nmm 200 mm
2
1, 400 N 600 N
450 mm 700 mm
2 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 2
3 3
1 2
800 N 210, 000 Nmm
0 mm 200 mm
6 2
1, 400 N 600 N
450 mm 700 mm
6 6
EI v x x
x x C x C (b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 mm) and at the roller support (x = 700 mm). Substitute
the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 700 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 2 3
1
2
1
800 N 210, 000 Nmm 1, 400 N
0 (700 mm) (500 mm) (250 mm) (700 mm)
6 2 6
22, 625, 000 Nmm
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 1
2 2
2
800 N
0 mm 210, 000 Nmm 200 mm
2
1, 400 N 600 N
450 mm 700 mm 22, 625, 000 Nmm
2 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x
3 2
3 3
2
800 N 210, 000 Nmm
0 mm 200 mm
6 2
1, 400 N 600 N
450 mm 700 mm (22, 625, 000 Nmm )
6 6
EI v x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at C: The beam slope at C is:
2 2
6 2
6 2
800 N
(350 mm) (210, 000 Nmm)(150 mm) 22, 625, 000 Nmm
2
5.125 10 Nmm
0.009152 rad
5
0.00915 rad
60 10 Nmm
C
C
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C is:
3 2 2
9 3
9 3
6 2
800 N 210, 000 Nmm
(350 mm) (150 mm) (22, 625, 000 Nmm )(350 mm)
6 2
4.564583 10 Nmm
4.564583 10 Nmm
8.1510 mm
560 10 N
8.15 mm
mm
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.32 The solid 30mmdiameter steel [E = 200
GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.32 supports two
belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at A can be
idealized as a pin support and that the bearing at
E can be idealized as a roller support. For the
loading shown, use discontinuity functions to
compute:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley B.
(b) the shaft deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.32
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(600 N)(300 mm) (800 N)(800 mm)
(1, 000 mm) 0
820 N
600 N 800 N 0
580 N
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
E
E
F A E
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 1 1
( ) 580 N 0 mm 600 N 300 mm 800 N 800 mm 820 N 1, 000 mm w x x x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 0 0
( ) 580 N 0 mm 600 N 300 mm 800 N 800 mm 820 N 1,000 mm V x x x x x
1 1 1 1
( ) 580 N 0 mm 600 N 300 mm 800 N 800 mm 820 N 1, 000 mm M x x x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 1
2
1 1
( ) 580 N 0 mm 600 N 300 mm
800 N 800 mm 820 N 1, 000 mm
d v
EI M x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 2 2
2
1
580 N 600 N 800 N
0 mm 300 mm 800 mm
2 2 2
820 N
1, 000 mm
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 3 3
3
1 2
580 N 600 N 800 N
0 mm 300 mm 800 mm
6 6 6
820 N
1, 000 mm
6
EI v x x x
x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 mm) and at the roller support (x = 1,000 mm). Substitute
the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 1,000 mm into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 3 3
1
6 2
1
580 N 600 N 800 N
0 (1, 000 mm) (700 mm) (200 mm) (1, 000 mm)
6 6 6
61.3 10 Nmm
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 2 2
2
6 2
580 N 600 N 800 N
0 mm 300 mm 800 mm
2 2 2
820 N
1, 000 mm 61.3 10 Nmm
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x
3 3 3
3
6 2
580 N 600 N 800 N
0 mm 300 mm 800 mm
6 6 6
820 N
1, 000 mm (61.3 10 Nmm )
6
EI v x x x
x x
Section properties:
4 4 2
9 2
(30 mm) 39, 750.782 mm 200 GPa 200, 000 N/mm
64
7.9522 10 Nmm
I E
EI
(a) Beam deflection at B: The beam deflection at B where x = 300 mm is:
3 6 2
9 3
9 2
580 N
(300 mm) (61.3 10 Nmm )(300 mm)
6
15.7800 10 Nmm
1.9844 mm
7.9522 10 Nm
1.984 m
m
m
B
B
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 500 mm is:
3 3 6 2
9 3
9 2
580 N 600 N
(500 mm) (200 mm) (61.3 10 Nmm )(500 mm)
6 6
19.3667 10 Nmm
2.4354 mm
7.9522 10 Nmm
2.44 mm
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.33 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.33
consists of a W530 74 structural steel wide
flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 410 10
6
mm
4
].
Use discontinuity functions to compute the
deflection of the beam at C for the loading shown.
Fig. P10.33
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(30 kN/m)(3 m) 40 kN 0
130 kN
(30 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) (40 kN)(5 m) 0
335 kNm
y y
y
A A
A
F A
A
M M
M
Load function w(x):
1 2
0 0 1
( ) 130 kN 0 m 335 kNm 0 m
30 kN/m 0 m 30 kN/m 3 m 40 kN 5 m
w x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1
1 1 0
( ) 130 kN 0 m 335 kNm 0 m
30 kN/m 0 m 30 kN/m 3 m 40 kN 5 m
V x x x
x x x
1 0
2 2 1
( ) 130 kN 0 m 335 kNm 0 m
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 m 3 m 40 kN 5 m
2 2
M x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 0
2
2 2 1
( ) 130 kN 0 m 335 kNm 0 m
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 m 3 m 40 kN 5 m
2 2
d v
EI M x x x
dx
x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 1
3 3 2
1
130 kN
0 m 335 kNm 0 m
2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m 40 kN
0 m 3 m 5 m
6 6 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 2
4 4 3
1 2
130 kN 335 kNm
0 m 0 m
6 2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m 40 kN
0 m 3 m 5 m
24 24 6
EI v x x
x x x C x C (b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 m). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:
1
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 1
3 3 2
130 kN
0 m 335 kNm 0 m
2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m 40 kN
0 m 3 m 5 m
6 6 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x x
3 2
4 4 3
130 kN 335 kNm
0 m 0 m
6 2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m 40 kN
0 m 3 m 5 m
24 24 6
EI v x x
x x x
Beam deflection at C: For the W530 74 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 82,000 kNm
2
. At
the tip of the overhang where x = 5 m, the beam deflection is:
3 2 4 4
3
3
2
130 kN 335 kNm 30 kN/m 30 kN/m
(5 m) (5 m) (5 m) (2 m)
6 2 24 24
2, 240.416667 kNm
2, 240.416667 kNm
0.027322 m
82, 000 kNm
27.3 mm
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.34 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.34
consists of a W21 50 structural steel wideflange
shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 984 in.
4
]. Use
discontinuity functions to compute the deflection
of the beam at D for the loading shown.
Fig. P10.34
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to
the right.
1
2
1
2
(9 kips)(4 ft)
4 kips/ft 9 ft (13 ft) 0
270.00 kipft
(9 kips) 4 kips/ft 9 ft 0
27.00 kips
A
A
A
y y
y
M
M
M
F A
A
Load function w(x):
2 1 1 1
1 0
4 kips/ft
( ) 270 kipft 0 ft 27 kips 0 ft 9 kips 4 ft 7 ft
9 ft
4 kips/ft
16 ft 4 kips/ft 16 ft
9 ft
w x x x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 0 0 2
2 1
4 kips/ft
( ) 270 kipft 0 ft 27 kips 0 ft 9 kips 4 ft 7 ft
2(9 ft)
4 kips/ft
16 ft 4 kips/ft 16 ft
2(9 ft)
V x x x x x
x x
0 1 1 3
3 2
4 kips/ft
( ) 270 kipft 0 ft 27 kips 0 ft 9 kips 4 ft 7 ft
6(9 ft)
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
16 ft 16 ft
6(9 ft) 2
M x x x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
0 1 1
2
3 3 2
( ) 270 kipft 0 ft 27 kips 0 ft 9 kips 4 ft
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
7 ft 16 ft 16 ft
6(9 ft) 6(9 ft) 2
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
1 2 2
4 4 3
1
27 kips 9 kips
270 kipft 0 ft 0 ft 4 ft
2 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
7 ft 16 ft 16 ft
24(9 ft) 24(9 ft) 6
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x C
(a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
2 3 3
5 5 4
1 2
270 kipft 27 kips 9 kips
0 ft 0 ft 4 ft
2 6 6
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
7 ft 16 ft 16 ft
120(9 ft) 120(9 ft) 24
EI v x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 ft). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:
1
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
1 2 2 4
4 3
27 kips 9 kips 4 kips/ft
270 kipft 0 ft 0 ft 4 ft 7 ft
2 2 24(9 ft)
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
16 ft 16 ft
24(9 ft) 6
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x
2 3 3 5
5 4
270 kipft 27 kips 9 kips 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 4 ft 7 ft
2 6 6 120(9 ft)
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
16 ft 16 ft
120(9 ft) 24
EI v x x x x
x x
Beam deflection at D: For the W21 50 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 198,166.658 kipft
2
.
At the tip of the overhang where x = 16 ft, the beam deflection is:
2 3 3 5
3
3
2
270 kipft 27 kips 9 kips 4 kips/ft
(16 ft) (16 ft) (12 ft) (9 ft)
2 6 6 120(9 ft)
18,938.7 kipft
18,938.7 kipft
0.095570 ft
198,166.658 kipf
1.147
t
in.
D
D
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.35 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.35 consists of a W410 85 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 316 10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading shown, use discontinuity
functions to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A
and (b) the deflection of the beam at midspan.
Fig. P10.35
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(75 kN/m)(2.5 m)(1.25 m)
(75 kN/m)(2.5 m)(6.75 m) (8 m) 0
187.5 kN
(75 kN/m)(2.5 m) (75 kN/m)(2.5 m) 0
187.5 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 0
0 0 1
( ) 187.5 kN 0 m 75 kN/m 0 m 75 kN/m 2.5 m
75 kN/m 5.5 m 75 kN/m 8 m 187.5 kN 8 m
w x x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1
1 1 0
( ) 187.5 kN 0 m 75 kN/m 0 m 75 kN/m 2.5 m
75 kN/m 5.5 m 75 kN/m 8 m 187.5 kN 8 m
V x x x x
x x x
1 2 2
2 2 1
75 kN/m 75 kN/m
( ) 187.5 kN 0 m 0 m 2.5 m
2 2
75 kN/m 75 kN/m
5.5 m 8 m 187.5 kN 8 m
2 2
M x x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 2 2
2
2 2 1
75 kN/m 75 kN/m
( ) 187.5 kN 0 m 0 m 2.5 m
2 2
75 kN/m 75 kN/m
5.5 m 8 m 187.5 kN 8 m
2 2
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 3 3
3 3 2
1
187.5 kN 75 kN/m 75 kN/m
0 m 0 m 2.5 m
2 6 6
75 kN/m 75 kN/m 187.5 kN
5.5 m 8 m 8 m
6 6 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 4 4
4 4 3
1 2
187.5 kN 75 kN/m 75 kN/m
0 m 0 m 2.5 m
6 24 24
75 kN/m 75 kN/m 187.5 kN
5.5 m 8 m 8 m
24 24 6
EI v x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 4 4 4
1
2
1
187.5 kN 75 kN/m 75 kN/m 75 kN/m
0 (8 m) (8 m) (5.5 m) (2.5 m) (8 m)
6 24 24 24
742.1875 kNm
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 3 3
3 3 2
2
187.5 kN 75 kN/m 75 kN/m
0 m 0 m 2.5 m
2 6 6
75 kN/m 75 kN/m 187.5 kN
5.5 m 8 m 8 m 742.1875 kNm
6 6 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x
3 4 4
4 4 3
2
187.5 kN 75 kN/m 75 kN/m
0 m 0 m 2.5 m
6 24 24
75 kN/m 75 kN/m 187.5 kN
5.5 m 8 m 8 m (742.1875 kNm )
24 24 6
EI v x x x
x x x x
(a) Beam slope at A: For the W410 85 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 63,200 kNm
2
. The
beam slope at A is:
2
2
2
742.1875 kNm
742.1875 kNm
0.011743 rad
63, 200 kN
0.01174 rad
m
A
A
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At midspan where x = 4 m, the beam deflection is:
3 4 4 2
midspan
3
3
midspan 2
187.5 kN 75 kN/m 75 kN/m
(4 m) (4 m) (1.5 m) (742.1875 kNm )(4 m)
6 24 24
1,752.929687 kNm
1,752.929687 kNm
0.027736 m
63, 200 kN
27
m
.7 mm
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.36 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.36 consists of a W14 30 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 291 in.
4
].
For the loading shown, use discontinuity functions
to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b)
the deflection of the beam at midspan.
Fig. P10.36
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(2.5 kips/ft)(12 ft)(12 ft) (24 ft) 0
15 kips
(2.5 kips/ft)(12 ft) 0
15 kips
A y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 0 1
( ) 15 kips 0 ft 2.5 kips/ft 6 ft 2.5 kips/ft 18 ft 15 kips 24 ft w x x x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1 0
( ) 15 kips 0 ft 2.5 kips/ft 6 ft 2.5 kips/ft 18 ft 15 kips 24 ft V x x x x x
1 2 2 1 2.5 kips/ft 2.5 kips/ft
( ) 15 kips 0 ft 6 ft 18 ft 15 kips 24 ft
2 2
M x x x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 2
2
2 1
2.5 kips/ft
( ) 15 kips 0 ft 6 ft
2
2.5 kips/ft
18 ft 15 kips 24 ft
2
d v
EI M x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 3
3 2
1
15 kips 2.5 kips/ft
0 ft 6 ft
2 6
2.5 kips/ft 15 kips
18 ft 24 ft
6 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 4
4 3
1 2
15 kips 2.5 kips/ft
0 ft 6 ft
6 24
2.5 kips/ft 15 kips
18 ft 24 ft
24 6
EI v x x
x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 24 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 24 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 4 4
1
2
1
15 kips 2.5 kips/ft 2.5 kips/ft
0 (24 ft) (18 ft) (6 ft) (24 ft)
6 24 24
990 kipft
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 3
3 2
2
15 kips 2.5 kips/ft
0 ft 6 ft
2 6
2.5 kips/ft 15 kips
18 ft 24 ft 990 kipft
6 2
dv
EI x x
dx
x x
3 4
4 3
2
15 kips 2.5 kips/ft
0 ft 6 ft
6 24
2.5 kips/ft 15 kips
18 ft 24 ft (990 kipft )
24 6
EI v x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at A: For the W14 30 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 58,604.164 kipft
2
.
The beam slope at A is:
2
2
2
990 kipft
990 kipft
0.016893 rad
58, 604.164 kipft
0.01689 rad
A
A
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At midspan where x = 12 ft, the beam deflection is:
3 4 2 3
midspan
3
midspan 2
15 kips 2.5 kips/ft
(12 ft) (6 ft) (990 kipft )(12 ft) 7, 695 kipft
6 24
7, 695 kipft
0.131305 ft
58, 604.164 kipf
1.5 6 n
t
7 i .
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.37 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.37 consists of a W21 50 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 984 in.
4
].
For the loading shown, use discontinuity functions
to compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b)
the deflection of the beam at B.
Fig. P10.37
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.
(7 kips/ft)(11 ft)(5.5 ft) (4 kips/ft)(9 ft)(15.5 ft)
(20 ft) 0
49.075 kips
(7 kips/ft)(11 ft) (4 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0
63.925 kips
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
C
C
F A C
A
Load function w(x):
1 0 0
0 0 1
( ) 63.925 kips 0 ft 7 kips/ft 0 ft 7 kips/ft 11 ft
4 kips/ft 11 ft 4 kips/ft 20 ft 49.075 kips 20 ft
w x x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 1
1 1 0
( ) 63.925 kips 0 ft 7 kips/ft 0 ft 7 kips/ft 11 ft
4 kips/ft 11 ft 4 kips/ft 20 ft 49.075 kips 20 ft
V x x x x
x x x
1 2 2
2 2 1
7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft
( ) 63.925 kips 0 ft 0 ft 11 ft
2 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
11 ft 20 ft 49.075 kips 20 ft
2 2
M x x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 2 2
2
2 2 1
7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft
( ) 63.925 kips 0 ft 0 ft 11 ft
2 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
11 ft 20 ft 49.075 kips 20 ft
2 2
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 3 3
3 3 2
1
63.925 kips 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 11 ft
2 6 6
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 49.075 kips
11 ft 20 ft 20 ft
6 6 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 4 4
4 4 3
1 2
63.925 kips 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 11 ft
6 24 24
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 49.075 kips
11 ft 20 ft 20 ft
24 24 6
EI v x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 20 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 20 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 4 4 4
1
2
1
63.925 kips 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 (20 ft) (20 ft) (9 ft) (9 ft) (20 ft)
6 24 24 24
1,969.3396 kipft
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 3 3 3
3 2
2
63.925 kips 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 11 ft 11 ft
2 6 6 6
4 kips/ft 49.075 kips
20 ft 20 ft 1,969.3396 kipft
6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x
3 4 4 4
4 3
2
63.925 kips 7 kips/ft 7 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 11 ft 11 ft
6 24 24 24
4 kips/ft 49.075 kips
20 ft 20 ft (1,969.3396 kipft )
24 6
EI v x x x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at A: For the W21 50 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 198,166.658 kipft
2
.
The beam slope at A is:
2
2
2
1,969.3396 kipft
1,969.3396 kipft
0.009938 rad
198,166.658 kip
0.00994 ra
t
d
f
A
A
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at B: At midspan where x = 11 ft, the beam deflection is:
3 4 2
3
2
63.925 kips 7 kips/ft
(11 ft) (11 ft) (1,969.3396 kipft )(11 ft)
6 24
11, 752.33123 kipft
0.059305 ft
198,1
0.712 in
66.658 ki f
.
p t
B
B
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.38 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.38 consists of a W200 59 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 60.8 10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading shown, use discontinuity
functions to compute (a) the deflection of the beam
at C and (b) the deflection of the beam at F.
Fig. P10.38
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(20 kN)(2 m) (8 kN/m)(6 m)(7 m)
(10 kN)(12 m) (8 m) 0
62 kN
20 kN (8 kN/m)(6 m) 10 kN 0
16 kN
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F A D
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 0 1
0 1
( ) 16 kN 0 m 20 kN 2 m 8 kN/m 4 m 62 kN 8 m
8 kN/m 10 m 10 kN 12 m
w x x x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 1 0
1 0
( ) 16 kN 0 m 20 kN 2 m 8 kN/m 4 m 62 kN 8 m
8 kN/m 10 m 10 kN 12 m
V x x x x x
x x
1 1 2 1
2 1
8 kN/m
( ) 16 kN 0 m 20 kN 2 m 4 m 62 kN 8 m
2
8 kN/m
10 m 10 kN 12 m
2
M x x x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 1 2 1
2
2 1
8 kN/m
( ) 16 kN 0 m 20 kN 2 m 4 m 62 kN 8 m
2
8 kN/m
10 m 10 kN 12 m
2
d v
EI M x x x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 2 3 2
3 2
1
16 kN 20 kN 8 kN/m 62 kN
0 m 2 m 4 m 8 m
2 2 6 2
8 kN/m 10 kN
10 m 12 m
6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3 3 4 3
4 3
1 2
16 kN 20 kN 8 kN/m 62 kN
0 m 2 m 4 m 8 m
6 6 24 6
8 kN/m 10 kN
10 m 12 m
24 6
EI v x x x x
x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 3 4
1
2
1
16 kN 20 kN 8 kN/m
0 (8 m) (6 m) (4 m) (8 m)
6 6 24
70 kNm
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 2 3 2
3 2
2
16 kN 20 kN 8 kN/m 62 kN
0 m 2 m 4 m 8 m
2 2 6 2
8 kN/m 10 kN
10 m 12 m 70 kNm
6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x
3 3 4 3
4 3
2
16 kN 20 kN 8 kN/m 62 kN
0 m 2 m 4 m 8 m
6 6 24 6
8 kN/m 10 kN
10 m 12 m (70 kNm )
24 6
EI v x x x x
x x x
(a) Beam deflection at C: For the W200 59 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 12,160 kNm
2
.
At C where x = 4 m, the beam deflection is:
3 3 2
C
3
3
2
16 kN 20 kN
(4 m) (2 m) (70 kNm )(4 m)
6 6
136 kNm
136 kNm
0.011184 m
12,160
11.18
mm
kNm
C
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at F: At F where x = 12 m, the beam deflection is:
3 3 4 3
4 2
3
3
2
16 kN 20 kN 8 kN/m 62 kN
(12 m) (10 m) (8 m) (4 m)
6 6 24 6
8 kN/m
(2 m) (70 kNm )(12 m)
24
264 kNm
264 kN
21.7 m
m
0.021711 m
12,160 kNm
m
F
F
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.39 The solid 0.50in.diameter steel [E =
30,000 ksi] shaft shown in Fig. P10.39 supports
two belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at B
can be idealized as a pin support and that the
bearing at D can be idealized as a roller support.
For the loading shown, use discontinuity
functions to compute:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley A.
(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.
Fig. P10.39
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
(90 lb)(5 in.) (120 lb)(10 in.) (20 in.) 0
37.5 lb
90 lb 120 lb 0
172.5 lb
B y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F B D
B
Load function w(x):
1 1 1 1
( ) 90 lb 0 in. 172.5 lb 5 in. 120 lb 15 in. 37.5 lb 25 in. w x x x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 0 0
( ) 90 lb 0 in. 172.5 lb 5 in. 120 lb 15 in. 37.5 lb 25 in. V x x x x x
1 1 1 1
( ) 90 lb 0 in. 172.5 lb 5 in. 120 lb 15 in. 37.5 lb 25 in. M x x x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 1 1 1
2
( ) 90 lb 0 in. 172.5 lb 5 in. 120 lb 15 in. 37.5 lb 25 in.
d v
EI M x x x x x
dx
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 2 2 2
1
90 lb 172.5 lb 120 lb 37.5 lb
0 in. 5 in. 15 in. 25 in.
2 2 2 2
dv
EI x x x x C
dx
(a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 3 3
3
1 2
90 lb 172.5 lb 120 lb
0 in. 5 in. 15 in.
6 6 6
37.5 lb
25 in.
6
EI v x x x
x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 5 in.) and at the roller support (x = 25 in.). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 5 in. into Eq. (b) to obtain:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3
1 2
3
1 2
90 lb
0 (5 in.) (5 in.)
6
(5 in.) 1,875.0 lbin.
C C
C C (c)
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 25 in. into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 3 3
1 2
3
1 2
90 lb 172.5 lb 120 lb
0 (25 in.) (20 in.) (10 in.) (25 in.)
6 6 6
(25 in.) 24,375.0 lbin.
C C
C C (d)
Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C
1
and C
2
:
2 3
1 2
1,125 lbin. and 3, 750 lbin. C C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 2 2
2
2
90 lb 172.5 lb 120 lb
0 in. 5 in. 15 in.
2 2 2
37.5 lb
25 in. 1,125 lbin.
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x
3 3 3
3
2 3
90 lb 172.5 lb 120 lb
0 in. 5 in. 15 in.
6 6 6
37.5 lb
25 in. (1,125 lbin. ) 3, 750 lbin.
6
EI v x x x
x x
Section properties:
4 3 4 6
3 2
(0.5 in.) 3.06796 10 in. 30, 000 ksi 30 10 psi
64
92.0388 10 lbin.
I E
EI
(a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A where x = 0 in. is:
3
3
3 2
3, 750 lbin.
3, 750 lbin.
0.040744 in.
92.038
0.0407 i
8 10 lb .
n
i
.
n
A
A
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: The beam deflection at C where x = 15 in. is:
3 3 2 3
3
3 2
90 lb 172.5 lb
(15 in.) (10 in.) (1,125 lbin. )(15 in.) 3, 750 lbin.
6 6
8, 750 lbin.
0.095069 in.
92.0388
0.0951 in.
10 lbin.
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.40 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.40
consists of a W8 31 structural steel wideflange
shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 110 in.
4
]. For the
loading shown, use discontinuity functions to
compute (a) the slope of the beam at A and (b) the
deflection of the beam at A.
Fig. P10.40
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to
the right.
(3.5 kips/ft)(10 ft) 0
35 kips
75 kipft (3.5 kips/ft)(10 ft)(5 ft) 0
100 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Load function w(x):
2 0 0
1 2
( ) 75 kipft 0 ft 3.5 kips/ft 5 ft 3.5 kips/ft 15 ft
35 kips 15 ft 100 kipft 15 ft
w x x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 1 1
0 1
( ) 75 kipft 0 ft 3.5 kips/ft 5 ft 3.5 kips/ft 15 ft
35 kips 15 ft 100 kipft 15 ft
V x x x x
x x
0 2 2
1 0
3.5 kips/ft 3.5 kips/ft
( ) 75 kipft 0 ft 5 ft 15 ft
2 2
35 kips 15 ft 100 kipft 15 ft
M x x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
0 2 2
2
1 0
3.5 kips/ft 3.5 kips/ft
( ) 75 kipft 0 ft 5 ft 15 ft
2 2
35 kips 15 ft 100 kipft 15 ft
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
1 3 3
2 1
1
3.5 kips/ft 3.5 kips/ft
75 kipft 0 ft 5 ft 15 ft
6 6
35 kips
15 ft 100 kipft 15 ft
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x C
(a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
2 4 4
3 2
1 2
75 kipft 3.5 kips/ft 3.5 kips/ft
0 ft 5 ft 15 ft
2 24 24
35 kips 100 kipft
15 ft 15 ft
6 2
EI v x x x
x x C x C
(b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 15 ft). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 15 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:
1 3
1
2
1
3.5 kips/ft
0 (75 kipft)(15 ft) (10 ft)
6
541.666667 kipft
C
C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 15 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2 4 2
2
3
2
75 kipft 3.5 kips/ft
0 (15 ft) (10 ft) ( 541.666667 kipft )(15 ft)
2 24
1,145.833334 kipft
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
1 3 3
2 1
2
3.5 kips/ft 3.5 kips/ft
75 kipft 0 ft 5 ft 15 ft
6 6
35 kips
15 ft 100 kipft 15 ft 541.666667 kipft
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x
2 4 4
3 2
2 3
75 kipft 3.5 kips/ft 3.5 kips/ft
0 ft 5 ft 15 ft
2 24 24
35 kips 100 kipft
15 ft 15 ft (541.666667 kipft ) 1,145.833334 kipft
6 2
EI v x x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at A: For the W8 31 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 22,152.777 kipft
2
. At
the tip of the overhang where x = 0 ft, the beam slope is:
2
2
2
541.666667 kipft
541.666667 kipft
0.024451 rad
22,152.777 ki
0.0245 r
p
a
ft
d
A
A
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at A: At the tip of the overhang where x = 0 ft, the beam deflection is:
3
3
2
1,145.833334 kipft
1,145.833334 kipft
0.051724 ft
22,152.777 kipf
0.621 i .
t
n
A
A
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.41 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.41 consists of a W14 34 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 340 in.
4
].
For the loading shown, use discontinuity functions
to compute (a) the slope of the beam at E and (b)
the deflection of the beam at C.
Fig. P10.41
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the right.
1
2
1
2
8 ft
(6 kips/ft)(8 ft) (4 kips/ft)(10 ft)(13 ft)
3
(22 ft) 0
20.727 kips
(6 kips/ft)(8 ft) (4 kips/ft)(10 ft) 0
43.273 kips
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
E
E
F B E
B
Load function w(x):
1 1 0 1
0 0 1
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft
( ) 0 ft 8 ft 6 kips/ft 8 ft 43.273 kips 8 ft
8 ft 8 ft
4 kips/ft 16 ft 4 kips/ft 26 ft 20.727 kips 30 ft
w x x x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
2 2 1 0
1 1 0
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft
( ) 0 ft 8 ft 6 kips/ft 8 ft 43.273 kips 8 ft
2(8 ft) 2(8 ft)
4 kips/ft 16 ft 4 kips/ft 26 ft 20.727 kips 30 ft
V x x x x x
x x x
3 3 2 1
2 2 1
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft
( ) 0 ft 8 ft 8 ft 43.273 kips 8 ft
6(8 ft) 6(8 ft) 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
16 ft 26 ft 20.727 kips 30 ft
2 2
M x x x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
3 3 2
2
1 2 2
1
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft
( ) 0 ft 8 ft 8 ft
6(8 ft) 6(8 ft) 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
43.273 kips 8 ft 16 ft 26 ft
2 2
20.727 kips 30 ft
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x
x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
4 4 3 2
3 3 2
1
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
0 ft 8 ft 8 ft 8 ft
24(8 ft) 24(8 ft) 6 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 20.727 kips
16 ft 26 ft 30 ft
6 6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
5 5 4 3
4 4 3
1 2
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
0 ft 8 ft 8 ft 8 ft
120(8 ft) 120(8 ft) 24 6
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 20.727 kips
16 ft 26 ft 30 ft
24 24 6
EI v x x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 8 ft) and at the roller support (x = 30 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
5
1 2
3
1 2
6 kips/ft
0 (8 ft) (8 ft)
120(8 ft)
(8 ft) 204.80 kipsft
C C
C C (c)
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 30 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
5 5 4 3
4 4
1 2
3
1 2
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
0 (30 ft) (22 ft) (22 ft) (22 ft)
120(8 ft) 120(8 ft) 24 6
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
(14 ft) (4 ft) (30 ft)
24 24
(30 ft) 9,334.351 kipft
C C
C C (d)
Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C
1
and C
2
:
2 3
1 2
433.598 kipft and 3, 673.582 kipft C C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
4 4 3 2
3 3 2
2
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
0 ft 8 ft 8 ft 8 ft
24(8 ft) 24(8 ft) 6 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 20.727 kips
16 ft 26 ft 30 ft 433.598 kipft
6 6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x x
5 5 4 3
4 4 3
2 3
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
0 ft 8 ft 8 ft 8 ft
120(8 ft) 120(8 ft) 24 6
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 20.727 kips
16 ft 26 ft 30 ft
24 24 6
(433.598 kipft ) 3, 673.582 kipft
EI v x x x x
x x x
x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Beam slope at E: For the W14 34 structural steel wideflange shape, EI = 68,472.219 kipft
2
.
The beam slope at E is:
4 4 3 2
3 3 2
2
2
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
(30 ft) (22 ft) (22 ft) (22 ft)
24(8 ft) 24(8 ft) 6 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
(14 ft) (4 ft) 433.598 kipft
6 6
907.801 kipft
0.0132
68, 472.219 kipft
E
E
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
0.013 58 ra d d 26 ra Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: At C where x = 16 ft, the beam deflection is:
5 5 4 3
2 3
3
2
6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 6 kips/ft 43.273 kips
(16 ft) (8 ft) (8 ft) (8 ft)
120(8 ft) 120(8 ft) 24 6
(433.598 kipft )(16 ft) 3, 673.582 kipft
4,896.157 kipft
0.071506 ft
68, 472.219 kipft
0.858
C
C
EI v
v in. Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.42 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the
deflection of the beam at A and (b) the deflection
of the beam at midspan (i.e., x = 2.5 m). Assume a
constant value of EI = 1,500 kNm
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.42
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
2
1
2
9 kNm (18 kN/m)(3 m)(1 m) (3 m) 0
6 kN
(18 kN/m)(3 m) 0
21 kN
B y
y
y y y
y
M C
C
F B C
B
Load function w(x):
2 1 0
1 1 1
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 18 kN/m 1 m
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
3 m 3 m
w x x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 0 1
2 2 0
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 18 kN/m 1 m
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
2(3 m) 2(3 m)
V x x x x
x x x
0 1 2
3 3 1
18 kN/m
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 1 m
2
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
6(3 m) 6(3 m)
M x x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
0 1 2
2
3 3 1
18 kN/m
( ) 9 kNm 0 m 21 kN 1 m 1 m
2
18 kN/m 18 kN/m
1 m 4 m 6 kN 4 m
6(3 m) 6(3 m)
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
1 2 3
4 4 2
1
21 kN 18 kN/m
9 kNm 0 m 1 m 1 m
2 6
18 kN/m 18 kN/m 6 kN
1 m 4 m 4 m
24(3 m) 24(3 m) 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
2 3 4
5 5 3
1 2
9 kNm 21 kN 18 kN/m
0 m 1 m 1 m
2 6 24
18 kN/m 18 kN/m 6 kN
1 m 4 m 4 m
120(3 m) 120(3 m) 6
EI v x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 1 m) and at the roller support (x = 4 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 1 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
1 2
3
1 2
9 kNm
0 (1 m) (1 m)
2
(1 m) 4.5 kNm
C C
C C (c)
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2 3 4 5
1 2
3
1 2
9 kNm 21 kN 18 kN/m 18 kN/m
0 (4 m) (3 m) (3 m) (3 m) (4 m)
2 6 24 120(3 m)
(4 m) 26.10 kNm
C C
C C (d)
Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C
1
and C
2
:
2 3
1 2
7.2 kNm and 2.7 kNm C C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
1 2 3
4 4 2
2
21 kN 18 kN/m
9 kNm 0 m 1 m 1 m
2 6
18 kN/m 18 kN/m 6 kN
1 m 4 m 4 m 7.2 kNm
24(3 m) 24(3 m) 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x
2 3 4
5 5 3
2 3
9 kNm 21 kN 18 kN/m
0 m 1 m 1 m
2 6 24
18 kN/m 18 kN/m 6 kN
1 m 4 m 4 m (7.2 kNm ) 2.7 kNm
120(3 m) 120(3 m) 6
EI v x x x
x x x x
(a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:
3
3
2
2.7 kNm
2.7 kNm
0.001800 m
1,5
1.800
00 kN m
m

m
A
A
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at midspan: At x = 2.5 m, the beam deflection is:
2 3 4
midspan
5 2 3
3
3
midspan 2
9 kNm 21 kN 18 kN/m
(2.5 m) (1.5 m) (1.5 m)
2 6 24
18 kN/m
(1.5 m) (7.2 kNm
2.95
)(2.5 m) 2.7 kNm
120(3 m)
4.429688 kNm
4.429688 kNm
0.002953 m
1,500 kN
m
m
m
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.43 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
A. Assume a constant value of EI = 133,000 kip
ft
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.43
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
2
1
2
(4 kips/ft)(9 ft) 0
18 kips
(4 kips/ft)(9 ft)(11 ft) 0
198 kipft
y y
y
C C
C
F C
C
M M
M
Load function w(x):
0 1 1
1 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
( ) 4 kips/ft 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
9 ft 9 ft
18 kips 14 ft 198 kipft 14 ft
w x x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 2 2
0 1
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
( ) 4 kips/ft 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
2(9 ft) 2(9 ft)
18 kips 14 ft 198 kipft 14 ft
V x x x x
x x
2 3 3
1 0
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
( ) 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
2 6(9 ft) 6(9 ft)
18 kips 14 ft 198 kipft 14 ft
M x x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
2 3 3
2
1 0
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
( ) 0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
2 6(9 ft) 6(9 ft)
18 kips 14 ft 198 kipft 14 ft
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
3 4 4
2 1
1
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
6 24(9 ft) 24(9 ft)
18 kips
14 ft 198 kipft 14 ft
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x C (a)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
4 5 5
3 2
1 2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
24 120(9 ft) 120(9 ft)
18 kips 198 kipft
14 ft 14 ft
6 2
EI v x x x
x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 14 ft). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 14 ft into Eq. (a) to obtain:
3 4 4
1
2
1
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 (14 ft) (14 ft) (5 ft)
6 24(9 ft) 24(9 ft)
1,129.5 kipft
C
C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
4 5 5 2
2
3
2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 (14 ft) (14 ft) (5 ft) (1,129.5 kipft )(14 ft)
24 120(9 ft) 120(9 ft)
11,390.7 kipft
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
3 4 4
2 1
2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
6 24(9 ft) 24(9 ft)
18 kips
14 ft 198 kipft 14 ft 1,129.5 kipft
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x
4 5 5
3 2
2 3
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
0 ft 0 ft 9 ft
24 120(9 ft) 120(9 ft)
18 kips 198 kipft
14 ft 14 ft (1,129.5 kipft ) 11,390.7 kipft
6 2
EI v x x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B (i.e., x = 9 ft) is:
3 4 2 2
2
2
4 kips/ft 4 kips/ft
(9 ft) (9 ft) 1,129.5 kipft 765 kipft
6 24(9 ft)
765 kipft
0.005752 rad
133, 000 kipft
0.00575 rad
B
B
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:
3
3
2
11,390.7 kipft
11,390.7 kipft
0.085644 ft
133, 000 k
1.028 in.
ipft
A
A
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.44 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
C. Assume a constant value of EI = 3410
6
lbft
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.44
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
2
1
2
(7, 000 lb/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) (14 ft) 0
6, 750 lbs
(7, 000 lb/ft)(9 ft) 0
24, 750 lbs
B y
y
y y y
y
M D
D
F B D
B
Load function w(x):
1 0 1
1 1
7, 000 lb/ft
( ) 24, 750 lbs 4 ft 7, 000 lb/ft 4 ft 4 ft
9 ft
7, 000 lb/ft
13 ft 6, 750 lbs 18 ft
9 ft
w x x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 1 2
2 0
7, 000 lb/ft
( ) 24, 750 lbs 4 ft 7, 000 lb/ft 4 ft 4 ft
2(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft
13 ft 6, 750 lbs 18 ft
2(9 ft)
V x x x x
x x
1 2 3
3 1
7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
( ) 24, 750 lbs 4 ft 4 ft 4 ft
2 6(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft
13 ft 6, 750 lbs 18 ft
6(9 ft)
M x x x x
x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 2 3
2
3 1
7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
( ) 24, 750 lbs 4 ft 4 ft 4 ft
2 6(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft
13 ft 6, 750 lbs 18 ft
6(9 ft)
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 3 4
4 2
1
24, 750 lbs 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
4 ft 4 ft 4 ft
2 6 24(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft 6, 750 lbs
13 ft 18 ft
24(9 ft) 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x C (a)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 4 5
5 3
1 2
24, 750 lbs 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
4 ft 4 ft 4 ft
6 24 120(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft 6, 750 lbs
13 ft 18 ft
120(9 ft) 6
EI v x x x
x x C x C
(b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 4 ft) and at the roller support (x = 18 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
1 2
(4 ft) 0 C C (c)
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 18 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 4 5 5
1 2
3
1 2
24, 750 lbs 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
0 (14 ft) (14 ft) (14 ft) (5 ft)
6 24 120(9 ft) 120(9 ft)
(18 ft)
(18 ft) 3,579,975 lbft
C C
C C (d)
Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C
1
and C
2
:
2 3
1 2
255, 712.5 lbft and 1, 022,850 lbft C C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 3 4
4 2
2
24, 750 lbs 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
4 ft 4 ft 4 ft
2 6 24(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft 6, 750 lbs
13 ft 18 ft 255, 712.5 lbft
24(9 ft) 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x
3 4 5
5 3
2 3
24, 750 lbs 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
4 ft 4 ft 4 ft
6 24 120(9 ft)
7, 000 lb/ft 6, 750 lbs
13 ft 18 ft (255, 712.5 lbft ) 1, 022,850 lbft
120(9 ft) 6
EI v x x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:
2
2
6 2
255, 712.5 lbft
255, 712.5 lbft
0.0075210 rad
34 1
0.0
0 lbft
0752 rad
B
B
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: At C where x = 13 ft, the beam deflection is:
3 4 5
2 3
3
6 2
24, 750 lbs 7, 000 lb/ft 7, 000 lb/ft
(9 ft) (9 ft) (9 ft)
6 24 120(9 ft)
(255, 712.5 lbft )(13 ft) 1, 022,850 lbft
825,187.5 kipft
0.0242702 ft
34 10 lbf
0.291 .
t
in
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.45 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at A and (b) the deflection of the beam at
B. Assume a constant value of EI = 370,000 kip
ft
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.45
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
2
1
2
1
2
(8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(8 ft)
(8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(16 ft) (24 ft) 0
48 kips
(8 kips/ft)(24 ft) 0
48 kips
A
y
y
y y y
y
M
C
C
F A C
A
Load function w(x):
1 1 1
0 0 1
1 1
1
8 kips/ft 8 kips/ft
( ) 48 kips 0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
12 ft 12 ft
8 kips/ft
8 kips/ft 12 ft 8 kips/ft 12 ft 12 ft
12 ft
8 kips/ft
24 ft 48 kips 24 ft
12 ft
8 kips/ft
48 kips 0 ft 0 f
12 ft
w x x x x
x x x
x x
x x
1 1
1 1
2(8 kips/ft)
t 12 ft
12 ft
8 kips/ft
24 ft 48 kips 24 ft
12 ft
x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 2 2
2 0
8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
( ) 48 kips 0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
2(12 ft) 2(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
24 ft 48 kips 24 ft
2(12 ft)
V x x x x
x x
1 3 3
3 1
8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
( ) 48 kips 0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
6(12 ft) 6(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
24 ft 48 kips 24 ft
6(12 ft)
M x x x x
x x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 3 3
2
3 1
8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
( ) 48 kips 0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
6(12 ft) 6(12 ft)
8 kips/ft
24 ft 48 kips 24 ft
6(12 ft)
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 4 4
4 2
1
48 kips 8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
2 24(12 ft) 24(12 ft)
8 kips/ft 48 kips
24 ft 24 ft
24(12 ft) 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 5 5
5 3
1 2
48 kips 8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
6 120(12 ft) 120(12 ft)
8 kips/ft 48 kips
24 ft 24 ft
120(12 ft) 6
EI v x x x
x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 0 ft) and at the roller support (x = 24 ft). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 24 ft into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 5 5
1
2
1
48 kips 8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
0 (24 ft) (24 ft) (12 ft) (24 ft)
6 120(12 ft) 120(12 ft)
2,880 kipft
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 4 4
4 2
2
48 kips 8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
2 24(12 ft) 24(12 ft)
8 kips/ft 48 kips
24 ft 24 ft 2,880 kipft
24(12 ft) 2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x
3 5 5
5 3
2
48 kips 8 kips/ft 2(8 kips/ft)
0 ft 0 ft 12 ft
6 120(12 ft) 120(12 ft)
8 kips/ft 48 kips
24 ft 24 ft (2,880 kipft )
120(12 ft) 6
EI v x x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at A: The beam slope at A is:
2
2
2
2,880 kipft
2,880 kipft
0.0077838 rad
370, 000 kip
0.00778 rad
ft
A
A
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at B: At B where x = 12 ft, the beam deflection is:
3 5 2 3
3 3
2
48 kips 8 kips/ft
(12 ft) (12 ft) (2,880 kipft )(12 ft) 22,118.4 kipft
6 120(12 ft)
22,118.4 kipft kipft
0.0597795 ft
370, 000 kip
0.71 n.
f
7 i
t
B
B
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.46 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
B. Assume a constant value of EI = 110,000 kN
m
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.46
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
2
1
2
(15 kN/m)(4 m) (25 kN/m)(4 m) 0
110 kN
(15 kN/m)(4 m)(2 m)
2(4 m)
(25 kN/m)(4 m) 0
3
253.33 kNm
y y
y
A
A
A
F A
C
M
M
M
Load function w(x):
2 1 0 1
0 1 0
25 kN/m
( ) 253.33 kNm 0 m 110 kN 0 m 15 kN/m 0 m 0 m
4 m
25 kN/m
15 kN/m 4 m 4 m 25 kN/m 4 m
4 m
w x x x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 0 1 2
1 2 1
25 kN/m
( ) 253.33 kNm 0 m 110 kN 0 m 15 kN/m 0 m 0 m
2(4 m)
25 kN/m
15 kN/m 4 m 4 m 25 kN/m 4 m
2(4 m)
V x x x x x
x x x
0 1 2 3
2 3 2
15 kN/m 25 kN/m
( ) 253.33 kNm 0 m 110 kN 0 m 0 m 0 m
2 6(4 m)
15 kN/m 25 kN/m 25 kN/m
4 m 4 m 4 m
2 6(4 m) 2
M x x x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
0 1 2
2
3 2 3 2
15 kN/m
( ) 253.33 kNm 0 m 110 kN 0 m 0 m
2
25 kN/m 15 kN/m 25 kN/m 25 kN/m
0 m 4 m 4 m 4 m
6(4 m) 2 6(4 m) 2
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
1 2 3 4
3 4 3
1
110 kN 15 kN/m 25 kN/m
253.33 kNm 0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m
2 6 24(4 m)
15 kN/m 25 kN/m 25 kN/m
4 m 4 m 4 m
6 24(4 m) 6
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
2 3 4 5
4 5 4
1 2
253.33 kNm 110 kN 15 kN/m 25 kN/m
0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m
2 6 24 120(4 m)
15 kN/m 25 kN/m 25 kN/m
4 m 4 m 4 m
24 120(4 m) 24
EI v x x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 0 m). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:
1
0 C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 0 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
2
0 C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
1 2 3 4
3 4 3
110 kN 15 kN/m 25 kN/m
253.33 kNm 0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m
2 6 24(4 m)
15 kN/m 25 kN/m 25 kN/m
4 m 4 m 4 m
6 24(4 m) 6
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x x
2 3 4 5
4 5 4
253.33 kNm 110 kN 15 kN/m 25 kN/m
0 m 0 m 0 m 0 m
2 6 24 120(4 m)
15 kN/m 25 kN/m 25 kN/m
4 m 4 m 4 m
24 120(4 m) 24
EI v x x x x
x x x
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:
1 2 3 4
2
2
2
110 kN 15 kN/m 25 kN/m
( 253.33 kNm)(4 m) (4 m) (4 m) (4 m)
2 6 24(4 m)
360 kNm
2,120 kNm
0.003273 rad
110, 000 kNm
0.00327 rad
B
B
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at B: The beam deflection at B is:
2 3 4 5
3
3
2
253.33 kNm 110 kN 15 kN/m 25 kN/m
(4 m) (4 m) (4 m) (4 m)
2 6 24 120(4 m)
1, 066.67 kNm
1, 066.67 kNm
0.009697 m
110, 00
9.70 m
0 kNm
m
B
B
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.47 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the
deflection of the beam at A and (b) the deflection
of the beam at C. Assume a constant value of EI =
24,000 kNm
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.47
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to the
right.
1
2
1
2
(35 kN)(2.5 m) (25 kN/m)(4.0 m)(2.0 m)
2(4.0 m)
(45 kN/m)(4.0 m) (5.5 m) 0
3
64.09 kN
35 kN (25 kN/m)(4.0 m)
(45 kN/m)(4.0 m) 0
160.91 kN
B
y
y
y y y
y
M
D
D
F B D
B
Load function w(x):
1 1 0
0 1 1
0 1
( ) 35 kN 0 m 160.91 kN 2.5 m 25 kN/m 2.5 m
45 kN/m 45 kN/m
25 kN/m 6.5 m 2.5 m 6.5 m
4.0 m 4.0 m
45 kN/m 6.5 m 64.09 kN 8 m
w x x x x
x x x
x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
0 0 1
1 2 2
1 0
( ) 35 kN 0 m 160.91 kN 2.5 m 25 kN/m 2.5 m
45 kN/m 45 kN/m
25 kN/m 6.5 m 2.5 m 6.5 m
2(4.0 m) 2(4.0 m)
45 kN/m 6.5 m 64.09 kN 8 m
V x x x x
x x x
x x
1 1 2
2 3 3
2 1
1 1 2
25 kN/m
( ) 35 kN 0 m 160.91 kN 2.5 m 2.5 m
2
25 kN/m 45 kN/m 45 kN/m
6.5 m 2.5 m 6.5 m
2 6(4.0 m) 6(4.0 m)
45 kN/m
6.5 m 64.09 kN 8 m
2
25 kN/m 45
35 kN 0 m 160.91 kN 2.5 m 2.5 m
2
M x x x x
x x x
x x
x x x
3
2 3 1
kN/m
2.5 m
6(4.0 m)
70 kN/m 45 kN/m
6.5 m 6.5 m 64.09 kN 8 m
2 6(4.0 m)
x
x x x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
1 1 2
2
3 2 3
1
25 kN/m
( ) 35 kN 0 m 160.91 kN 2.5 m 2.5 m
2
45 kN/m 70 kN/m 45 kN/m
2.5 m 6.5 m 6.5 m
6(4.0 m) 2 6(4.0 m)
64.09 kN 8 m
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x
x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
2 2 3
4 3 4
2
1
35 kN 160.91 kN 25 kN/m
0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m
2 2 6
45 kN/m 70 kN/m 45 kN/m
2.5 m 6.5 m 6.5 m
24(4.0 m) 6 24(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
8 m
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x
x C (a)
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
3 3 4
5 4 5
3
1 2
35 kN 160.91 kN 25 kN/m
0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m
6 6 24
45 kN/m 70 kN/m 45 kN/m
2.5 m 6.5 m 6.5 m
120(4.0 m) 24 120(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
8 m
6
EI v x x x
x x x
x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, the
deflection v is known at the pin support (x = 2.5 m) and at the roller support (x = 8 m). Substitute the
boundary condition v = 0 at x = 2.5 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3
1 2
3
1 2
35 kN
0 (2.5 m) (2.5 m)
6
(2.5 m) 91.145833 kNm
C C
C C (c)
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 8 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
3 3 4 5
4 5
1 2
3
1 2
35 kN 160.91 kN 25 kN/m 45 kN/m
0 (8 m) (5.5 m) (5.5 m) (5.5 m)
6 6 24 120(4.0 m)
70 kN/m 45 kN/m
(1.5 m) (1.5 m) (8 m)
24 120(4.0 m)
(8 m) 65.666667 kNm
C C
C C (d)
Solve Eqs. (c) and (d) simultaneously for the two constants of integration C
1
and C
2
:
2 3
1 2
28.511 kNm and 162.424 kNm C C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
2 2 3
4 3 4
2
2
35 kN 160.91 kN 25 kN/m
0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m
2 2 6
45 kN/m 70 kN/m 45 kN/m
2.5 m 6.5 m 6.5 m
24(4.0 m) 6 24(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
8 m 28.511 kNm
2
dv
EI x x x
dx
x x x
x
3 3 4
5 4 5
3
2 3
35 kN 160.91 kN 25 kN/m
0 m 2.5 m 2.5 m
6 6 24
45 kN/m 70 kN/m 45 kN/m
2.5 m 6.5 m 6.5 m
120(4.0 m) 24 120(4.0 m)
64.09 kN
8 m (28.511 kNm ) 162.424 kNm
6
EI v x x x
x x x
x x
(a) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:
3
3
2
162.424 kNm
162.424 kNm
0.006768 m
24,000 kNm
6.77 mm
A
A
EI v
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at C: At x = 6.5 m, the beam deflection is:
3 3 4
5 2 3
3
3
2
35 kN 160.91 kN 25 kN/m
(6.5 m) (4.0 m) (4.0 m)
6 6 24
45 kN/m
(4.0 m) (28.511 kNm )(6.5 m) 162.424 kNm
120(4.0 m)
271.1797 kNm
271.1797 kNm
0.0011299 m
24, 000 k
11.3 m
Nm
0 m
C
C
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.48 For the beam and loading shown, use
discontinuity functions to compute (a) the slope of
the beam at B and (b) the deflection of the beam at
A. Assume a constant value of EI = 54,000 kNm
2
for the beam.
Fig. P10.48
Solution
Support reactions: A FBD of the beam is shown to
the right.
1
2
1
2
(20 kN/m)(3 m) (30 kN/m)(3 m) 0
105 kN
(20 kN/m)(3 m)(2.5 m)
(30 kN/m)(3 m)(2 m) 0
240 kNm
y y
y
C
C
C
F C
C
M
M
M
Load function w(x):
0 1 0 1
0 1 2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
( ) 20 kN/m 0 m 0 m 20 kN/m 3 m 3 m
3 m 3 m
30 kN/m 3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
w x x x x x
x x x
Shearforce function V(x) and bendingmoment function M(x):
1 2 1 2
1 0 1
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
( ) 20 kN/m 0 m 0 m 20 kN/m 3 m 3 m
2(3 m) 2(3 m)
30 kN/m 3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
V x x x x x
x x x
2 3 2 3
2 1 0
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
( ) 0 m 0 m 3 m 3 m
2 6(3 m) 2 6(3 m)
30 kN/m
3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
2
M x x x x x
x x x
Equations for beam slope and beam deflection:
From Eq. (10.1), we can write:
2
2 3 2
2
3 2 1 0
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m
( ) 0 m 0 m 3 m
2 6(3 m) 2
30 kN/m 30 kN/m
3 m 3 m 105 kN 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
6(3 m) 2
d v
EI M x x x x
dx
x x x x
Integrate the moment function to obtain an expression for the beam slope:
3 4 3 4
3 2 1
1
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 m 0 m 3 m 3 m
6 24(3 m) 6 24(3 m)
30 kN/m 105 kN
3 m 4 m 240 kNm 4 m
6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x x C (a)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Integrate again to obtain the beam deflection function:
4 5 4 5
4 3 2
1 2
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 m 0 m 3 m 3 m
24 120(3 m) 24 120(3 m)
30 kN/m 105 kN 240 kNm
3 m 4 m 4 m
24 6 2
EI v x x x x
x x x C x C (b)
Evaluate constants using boundary conditions: Boundary conditions are specific values of deflection
v or slope dv/dx that are known at particular locations along the beam span. For this beam, both the
slope dv/dx and the deflection v are known at the fixed support (x = 4 m). Substitute the boundary
condition dv/dx = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (a) to obtain:
3 4 3 4 3
1
2
1
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 (4 m) (4 m) (1 m) (1 m) (1 m)
6 24(3 m) 6 24(3 m) 6
311.25 kNm
C
C
Next, substitute the boundary condition v = 0 at x = 4 m into Eq. (b) to obtain:
4 5 4 5
4 2
2
3
2
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 (4 m) (4 m) (1 m) (1 m)
24 120(3 m) 24 120(3 m)
30 kN/m
(1 m) (311.25 kNm )(4 m)
24
948.50 kNm
C
C
The beam slope and elastic curve equations are now complete:
3 4 3 4
3 2 1
2
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 m 0 m 3 m 3 m
6 24(3 m) 6 24(3 m)
30 kN/m 105 kN
3 m 4 m 240 kNm 4 m 311.25 kNm
6 2
dv
EI x x x x
dx
x x x
4 5 4 5
4 3 2
3
20 kN/m 30 kN/m 20 kN/m 30 kN/m
0 m 0 m 3 m 3 m
24 120(3 m) 24 120(3 m)
30 kN/m 105 kN 240 kNm
3 m 4 m 4 m
24 6 2
(311.25 kNm) 948.50 kNm
EI v x x x x
x x x
x
(a) Beam slope at B: The beam slope at B is:
3 4 2
2
2
2
20 kN/m 30 kN/m
(3 m) (3 m) 311.25 kNm
6 24(3 m)
187.5 kNm
187.5 kNm
0.003472 rad
54, 000 kN
0.00347 d
m
ra
B
B
dv
EI
dx
dv
dx
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at A: The beam deflection at A is:
3
3
2
948.50 kNm
948.50 kNm
0.017565 m
54, 000 kNm
17.56 mm
A
A
EI v
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.49a For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.49a
Solution
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
A
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 150 kNm, L = 8 m, EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(150 kNm)(8 m)
0.00250 rad
6 6(8 10 kNm )
A
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]
(3 m)(0.00250 rad) 0.00750 7.50 m mm
H
v = = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.49b For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
is constant
for each beam.
Fig. P10.49b
Solution
Determine beam deflection at A.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
=
Values:
w = 6 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(6 kN/m)(4 m)
0.00240 m
8 8(8 10 kNm )
A
wL
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
6
A
wL
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 6 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(6 kN/m)(4 m)
0.00080 rad
6 6(8 10 kNm )
A
wL
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]
0.00240 m (2 m)(0.00080 rad) 0.00400 m 4.00 mm
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.49c For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.49c
Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
H
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
P = 30 kNm, L = 12 m, b = 4 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(30 kN)(4 m)(4 m)
(12 m) (4 m) (4 m)
6(12 m)(8 10 kNm )
0.0 9.33 mm 0933 m
H
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
=
( =
= = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.49d For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.49d
Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
,cant
3
H
PL
v
EI
= (assuming fixed support at B)
Values:
P = 15 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
,cant
4 2
(15 kN)(4 m)
0.004000 m
3 3(8 10 kNm )
H
PL
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at B.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (15 kN)(4 m) = 60 kNm, L = 8 m,
EI = 8 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(60 kNm)(8 m)
0.002000 rad
3 3(8 10 kNm )
B
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]
0.00400 m (4 m)(0.00200 rad) 0.01200 m 12.00 mm
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.50a For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.50a
Solution
Determine beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
B
ML
v
EI
=
Values:
M = 40 kipft, L = 9 ft, EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 3
7 2
(40 kipft)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.23328 in.
2 2(1.2 10 kipin. )
B
ML
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
B
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 40 kipft, L = 9 ft, EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(40 kipft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.004320 rad
(1.2 10 kipin. )
B
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]
0.23328 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.004320 rad) 0.54432 in 0. . 544 in.
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.50b For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 1.2 10
7
kip
in.
2
is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.50b
Solution
Determine beam slope at C.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
C
Pa L a
LEI
u
= (slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 18 ft, a = 12 ft,
EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2 2
7 2
( )
6
(25 kips)(12 ft)
(18 ft) (12 ft) (12 in./ft) 0.00600 rad
6(18 ft)(1.2 10 kipin. )
C
Pa L a
LEI
u
=
( = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]
(7 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.00600 rad) 0.5040 0.504 in. in.
H
v = = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.50c For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.50c
Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(6 4 )
24
H
wx
v L Lx x
EI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
w = 2.5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, x = 9 ft,
EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
2 2
2
2 2 3
7 2
(6 4 )
24
(2.5 kips/ft)(9 ft)
6(15 ft) 4(15 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) (12 in./ft)
24(1.2 10 ki
1.0
pin. )
1.082565 83 in. in.
H
wx
v L Lx x
EI
= +
( = +
= = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.50d For the beams and loadings
shown below, determine the beam
deflection at point H. Assume that EI =
1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
is constant for each
beam.
Fig. P10.50d
Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
,cant
8
H
wL
v
EI
= (assuming fixed support at A)
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 8 ft, EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
,cant
7 2
(5 kips/ft)(8 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.36864 in.
8 8(1.2 10 kipin. )
H
wL
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
A
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (5 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 160 kipft, L = 22 ft,
EI = 1.2 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(160 kipft)(22 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.014080 rad
3 3(1.2 10 kipin. )
A
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]
0.36864 in. (8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.014080 rad) 1.72032 in 1. . 720 in.
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.51a For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.51a
Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
H
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
M = 60 kNm, L = 12 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 60 kNm)(6 m)
2(12 m) 3(12 m)(6 m) (6 m)
6(12 m)(6 10 kN
9.
m )
0.009 0 000 mm m 0
H
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= +
( = +
= =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.51b For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
is constant
for each beam.
Fig. P10.51b
Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
,cant
8
H
wL
v
EI
= (assuming fixed support at A)
Values:
w = 7.5 kN/m, L = 3 m, EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
,cant
4 2
(7.5 kN/m)(3 m)
0.00126563 m
8 8(6 10 kNm )
H
wL
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
A
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (7.5 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 33.75 kNm,
L = 6 m, EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(33.75 kNm)(6 m)
0.001125 rad
3 3(6 10 kNm )
A
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]
0.00126563 m (3 m)(0.001125 rad) 0.00464063 m 4.64 mm
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.51c For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.51c
Solution
Determine beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
B
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 30 kN, L = 3 m, EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(30 kN)(3 m)
0.004500 m
3 3(6 10 kNm )
B
PL
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
B
PL
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 30 kN, L = 3 m, EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
4 2
(30 kN)(3 m)
0.002250 rad
2 2(6 10 kNm )
B
PL
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]
0.004500 m (3 m)(0.002250 rad) 0.01125 m 11.25 mm
H
v = = = + Ans.
Alternative solution for beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
5
48
H
PL
v
EI
=
Values: P = 30 kN, L = 6 m, EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
5 5(30 kN)(6 m)
0.011250 m 11.25 mm
48 48(6 10 kNm )
H
PL
v
EI
= = = = +
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.51d For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.51d
Solution
Determine beam slope at C.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
(2 )
24
C
wa
L a
LEI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 5 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 6 m,
EI = 6 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
 
2 2
2
2
4 2
(5 kN/m)(6 m)
(2 ) 2(9 m) (6 m) 0.00200 rad
24 24(9 m)(6 10 kNm )
C
wa
L a
LEI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]
(3 m)(0.00200 rad) 0.00600 6.00 m mm
H
v = = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.52a For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at
point H. Assume that EI = 3.0 10
6
kip
in.
2
is constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.52a
Solution
Determine deflection of cantilever overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
,cant
2
H
ML
v
EI
= (assuming fixed support at A)
Values:
M = 50 kipft, L = 6 ft, EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 3
,cant
6 2
(50 kipft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.51840 in.
2 2(3.0 10 kipin. )
H
ML
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
A
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 50 kipft, L = 18 ft, EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(50 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.01440 rad
3 3(3.0 10 kipin. )
A
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 4]
0.51840 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.01440 rad) 1.5552 in 1. . 555 in.
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.52b For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.52b
Solution
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 3]
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
(3 )
6
H
Px
v L x
EI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
P = 10 kips, L = 10 ft, x = 7 ft,
EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
2 3
6 2
(3 )
6
(10 kips)(7 ft) (12 in./ft)
[3(10 ft) (7 ft)] 1.081920 in.
6(3.0 10
1.082 in.
kipin. )
H
Px
v L x
EI
=
= = =
+ Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.52c For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.52c
Solution
Determine beam slope at A.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
A
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (2 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 64 kipft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(64 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.009216 rad
6 6(3.0 10 kipin. )
A
ML
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 1]
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.009216 rad) 0.663552 0.664 in n. . i
H
v = = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.52d For the beams and loadings shown
below, determine the beam deflection at point
H. Assume that EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
is
constant for each beam.
Fig. P10.52d
Solution
Determine beam deflection at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
=
Values:
w = 1.5 kips/ft, L = 10 ft, EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
6 2
(1.5 kips/ft)(10 ft) (12 in./ft)
1.0800 in.
8 8(3.0 10 kipin. )
B
wL
v
EI
= = =
Determine beam slope at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
6
B
wL
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 1.5 kips/ft, L = 10 ft, EI = 3.0 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 2
6 2
(1.5 kips/ft)(10 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.01200 rad
6 6(3.0 10 kipin. )
B
wL
EI
u = = =
Determine beam deflection at H. [Skill 2]
1.0800 in. (4 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0120 rad) 1.6560 in 1. . 656 in.
H
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.53 The simply supported beam shown
in Fig. P10.53 consists of a W24 94
structural steel wideflange shape [E =
29,000 ksi; I = 2,700 in.
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point C.
Fig. P10.53
Solution
Consider distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
= +
Values:
w = 3.2 kips/ft, L = 28 ft, a = 21 ft,
EI = 7.830 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3 3
2 2
7 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(3.2 kips/ft)(21 ft) (12 in./ft)
4(28 ft) 7(21 ft)(28 ft) 3(21 ft) 0.333822 in.
24(28 ft)(7.830 10 kipin. )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
= +
( = + =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(3 4 )
48
C
Px
v L x
EI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
P = 36 kips, L = 28 ft, x = 7 ft,
EI = 7.830 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(3 4 )
48
(36 kips)(7 ft)(12 in./ft)
3(28 ft) 4(7 ft) 0.249799 in.
48(7.830 10 kipin. )
C
Px
v L x
EI
=
( = =
Beam deflection at C
0.333822 in. 0.249799 in. 0.583620 in. 0.584 in.
C
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.54 The simply supported beam shown
in Fig. P10.54 consists of a W460 82
structural steel wideflange shape [E = 200
GPa; I = 370 10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point C.
Fig. P10.54
Solution
Consider distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
= +
Values:
w = 26 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 6 m,
EI = 7.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3
2 2
4 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(26 kN/m)(6 m)
4(8 m) 7(6 m)(8 m) 3(6 m) 0.011068 m
24(8 m)(7.40 10 kNm )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
= +
( = + =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
P = 60 kN, L = 8 m, b = 3 m, x = 2 m,
EI = 7.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(60 kN)(3 m)(2 m)
(8 m) (3 m) (2 m) 0.005169 m
6(8 m)(7.40 10 kNm )
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
=
( = =
Beam deflection at C
0.011068 m 0.005169 m 0.016237 m 16.24 mm
C
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.55 The simply supported beam shown
in Fig. P10.55 consists of a W410 60
structural steel wideflange shape [E = 200
GPa; I = 216 10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point B.
Fig. P10.55
Solution
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
B
Pab
v L a b
LEI
=
Values:
P = 60 kN, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, b = 6 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(60 kN)(3 m)(6 m)
(9 m) (3 m) (6 m) 0.016667 m
6(9 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
B
Pab
v L a b
LEI
=
( = =
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
M = 45 kNm, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 45 kNm)(6 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 0.004167 m
6(9 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= +
( = + =
Beam deflection at B
0.016667 m 0.004167 m 0.012500 m 12.50 mm
B
v = + = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.56 The simply supported beam shown
in Fig. P10.56 consists of a W21 44
structural steel wideflange shape [E =
29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine the beam deflection at
point B.
Fig. P10.56
Solution
Consider uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
B
wa
v L aL a
LEI
= +
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 16 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3 3
2 2
7 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(5 kips/ft)(16 ft) (12 in./ft)
4(24 ft) 7(16 ft)(24 ft) 3(16 ft) 0.965066 in.
24(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
B
wa
v L aL a
LEI
= +
( = + =
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
M = 200 kipft, L = 24 ft, x = 8 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
( 200 kipft)(8 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(24 ft) 3(24 ft)(8 ft) (8 ft) 0.502638 in.
6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= +
( = + =
Beam deflection at B
0.965066 in. 0.502638 in. 0.462428 in. 0.462 in.
B
v = + = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.57 The cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P10.57 consists of a rectangular
structural steel tube shape [E = 29,000
ksi; I = 476 in.
4
]. For the loading shown,
determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point B.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.57
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point B
Consider uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
=
Values:
w = 2 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.3804 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
7 2
(2 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.040559 in.
8 8(1.3804 10 kipin. )
B
wL
v
EI
= = =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
(3 )
6
B
Px
v L x
EI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
P = 12 kips, L = 10 ft, x = 6 ft,
EI = 1.3804 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
 
2 2 3
7 2
(12 kips)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
(3 ) 3(10 ft) (6 ft) 0.216313 in.
6 6(1.3804 10 kipin. )
B
Px
v L x
EI
= = =
Beam deflection at B
0.040559 in. 0.216313 in. 0.256872 in. 0.257 in.
B
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
6
B
wL
EI
u =
Values:
w = 2 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.3804 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 2
6
7 2
6
(2 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
751.0866 10 rad
6 6(1.3804 10 kipin. )
0.040559 in. (4 ft)(12 in./ft)(751.0866 10 rad) 0.076611 in.
B
C
wL
EI
v
u
= = =
= =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
C
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 12 kips, L = 10 ft, EI = 1.3804 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
7 2
(12 kips)(10 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.500724 in.
3 3(1.3804 10 kipin. )
C
PL
v
EI
= = =
Beam deflection at C
0.076611 in. 0.500724 in. 0.577336 in. 0.577 in.
C
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.58 The cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P10.58 consists of a rectangular structural
steel tube shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 400
10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading shown,
determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.58
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
=
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 8.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(25 kN/m)(4 m)
0.010000 m
8 8(8.0 10 kNm )
A
wL
v
EI
= = =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3 2
and
3 2
B B
PL PL
v
EI EI
u = =
Values:
P = 55 kN, L = 2.5 m, EI = 8.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
2 2
4 2
(55 kN)(2.5 m)
0.003581 m
3 3(8.0 10 kNm )
(55 kN)(2.5 m)
0.002148 rad
2 2(8.0 10 kNm )
0.003581 m (1.5 m)(0.002148 rad) 0.006803 m
B
B
A
PL
v
EI
PL
EI
v
u
= = =
= = =
= =
Beam deflection at A
0.010000 m 0.006803 m 0.016803 m 16.80 mm
A
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point B
Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(6 4 )
24
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 4 m, x = 2.5 m,
EI = 8.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2
2 2
2
2 2
4 2
(6 4 )
24
(25 kN/m)(2.5 m)
6(4.0 m) 4(4.0 m)(2.5 m) (2.5 m) 0.005066 m
24(8.0 10 kNm )
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
= +
( = + =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
3
B
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 55 kN, L = 2.5 m, EI = 8.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(55 kN)(2.5 m)
0.003581 m
3 3(8.0 10 kNm )
B
PL
v
EI
= = =
Beam deflection at B
0.005066 m 0.003581 m 0.008647 m 8.65 mm
B
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.59 The solid 1.25in.diameter steel [E =
29,000 ksi] shaft shown in Fig. P10.59
supports two pulleys. For the loading
shown, determine:
(a) the shaft deflection at point B.
(b) the shaft deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.59
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
(1.25 in.) 0.119842 in.
64
I
t
= =
(a) Shaft deflection at point B
Consider concentrated load at pulley B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
B
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 200 lb, L = 10 in., EI = 3.47543 10
6
lbin.
2
Computation:
3 3
6 2
(200 lb)(10 in.)
0.019182 in.
3 3(3.47543 10 lbin. )
B
PL
v
EI
= = =
Consider concentrated load at pulley C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
(3 )
6
B
Px
v L x
EI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
P = 120 lb, L = 25 in., x = 10 in.,
EI = 3.47543 10
6
lbin.
2
Computation:
 
2 2
6 2
(120 lb)(10 in.)
(3 ) 3(25 in.) (10 in.) 0.037405 in.
6 6(3.47543 10 lbin. )
B
Px
v L x
EI
= = =
Shaft deflection at B
0.019182 in. 0.037405 in. 0.056588 0.0566 in. in.
B
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Shaft deflection at point C
Consider concentrated load at pulley B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3 2
and
3 2
B B
PL PL
v
EI EI
u = = (magnitude)
Values:
P = 200 lb, L = 10 in., EI = 3.47543 10
6
lbin.
2
Computation:
3 3
6 2
(200 lb)(10 in.)
0.019182 in.
3 3(3.47543 10 lbin. )
B
PL
v
EI
= = =
2 2
6 2
(200 lb)(10 in.)
0.0028773 rad
2 2(3.47543 10 lbin. )
0.019182 in. (15 in.)(0.0028773 rad) 0.062342 in.
B
C
PL
EI
v
u = = =
= =
Consider concentrated load at pulley C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
C
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 120 lb, L = 25 in.,
EI = 3.47543 10
6
lbin.
2
Computation:
3 3
6 2
(120 lb)(25 in.)
0.179834 in.
3 3(3.47543 10 lbin. )
C
PL
v
EI
= = =
Shaft deflection at C
0.062342 in. 0.179834 in. 0.242176 in. 0.242 in.
C
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.60 The cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P10.60 consists of a rectangular structural
steel tube shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 1,710
in.
4
]. For the loading shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.60
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
A
ML
v
EI
=
Values:
M = 200 kipft, L = 15 ft,
EI = 4.959 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 3
7 2
( 200 kipft)(15 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.784029 in.
2 2(4.959 10 kipin. )
A
ML
v
EI
= = =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3 2
and
3 2
B B
PL PL
v
EI EI
u = = (slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 18 kips, L = 9 ft, EI = 4.959 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
7 2
2 2 2
7 2
( 18 kips)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.152415 in.
3 3(4.959 10 kipin. )
(18 kips)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.0021169 rad
2 2(4.959 10 kipin. )
0.152415 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0021169 rad) 0.3
B
B
A
PL
v
EI
PL
EI
v
u
= = =
= = =
= + = 04830 in.
Beam deflection at A
0.784029 in. 0.304830 in. 1.088860 1. in. 089 in.
A
v = + = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point B
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
B
Mx
v
EI
= (elastic curve)
Values:
M = 200 kipft, L = 15 ft, x = 9 ft,
EI = 4.959 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 3
7 2
( 200 kipft)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.282250 in.
2 2(4.959 10 kipin. )
B
Mx
v
EI
= = =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
B
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 18 kips, L = 9 ft,
EI = 4.959 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
7 2
( 18 kips)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.152415 in.
3 3(4.959 10 kipin. )
B
PL
v
EI
= = =
Beam deflection at B
0.282250 in. 0.152415 in. 0.434665 0. in. 435 in.
B
v = + = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.61 The simply supported beam shown in
Fig. P10.61 consists of a W21 44
structural steel wideflange shape [E =
29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.61
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
= (assuming fixed support at B)
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 8 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
7 2
(4 kips/ft)(8 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.144760 in.
8 8(2.4447 10 kipin. )
A
wL
v
EI
= = =
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 128 kipft,
L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(128 kipft)(22 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0055290 rad
3 3(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0055290 rad) 0.530786 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
u = = =
= =
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
16
B
PL
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 45 kips, L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
7 2
(45 kips)(22 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.0080182 rad
16 16(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(8 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0080182 rad) 0.769744 in.
B
A
PL
EI
v
u = = =
= =
Beam deflection at A
0.144760 in. 0.530786 in. 0.769744 in. 0.094198 in. 0.0942 in.
A
v = + = =  Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(8 ft)(4 ft) = 128 kipft,
L = 22 ft, x = 11 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
( 128 kipft)(11 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(22 ft) 3(22 ft)(11 ft) (11 ft) 0.273687 in.
6(22 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= +
( = + =
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
48
C
PL
v
EI
=
Values:
P = 45 kips, L = 22 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
7 2
(45 kips)(22 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.705598 in.
48 48(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
PL
v
EI
= = =
Beam deflection at C
0.273687 in. 0.705598 in. 0.431912 0.432 in. in.
C
v = = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.62 The simply supported beam shown
in Fig. P10.62 consists of a W530 66
structural steel wideflange shape [E =
200 GPa; I = 351 10
6
mm
4
]. For the
loading shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point B.
(b) the beam deflection at point D.
Fig. P10.62
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point B
Consider distributed load between supports. [Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
5
384
B
wL
v
EI
=
Values:
w = 55 kN/m, L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
5 5(55 kN/m)(7.2 m)
0.027415 m
384 384(7.02 10 kNm )
B
wL
v
EI
= = =
Consider distributed load on overhang. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= + (elastic curve)
Values:
M = (55 kN/m)(2.8 m)(1.4 m) = 215.6 kNm,
L = 7.2 m, x = 3.6 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
( 215.6 kNm)(3.6 m)
2(7.2 m) 3(7.2 m)(3.6 m) (3.6 m) 0.009951 m
6(7.2 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
= +
( = + =
Beam deflection at B
0.027415 m 0.009951 m 0.017464 m 17.46 mm
B
v = + = = + Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point D
Consider distributed load between supports. [Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
24
C
wL
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 55 kN/m, L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(55 kN/m)(7.2 m)
0.0121846 rad
24 24(7.02 10 kNm )
(2.8 m)(0.0121846 rad) 0.034117 m
C
D
wL
EI
v
u = = =
= =
Consider deflection at D resulting from rotation at C caused by distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
C
ML
EI
u = (slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (55 kN/m)(2.8 m)(1.4 m) = 215.6 kNm,
L = 7.2 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
7 2
(215.6 kNm)(7.2 m)
0.0073709 rad
3 3(7.02 10 kNm )
(2.8 m)(0.0073709 rad) 0.020639 m
C
D
ML
EI
v
u = = =
= =
Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniform load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
D
wL
v
EI
= (assuming fixed support at C)
Values:
w = 55 kN/m, L = 2.8 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(55 kN/m)(2.8 m)
0.006020 m
8 8(7.02 10 kNm )
D
wL
v
EI
= = =
Beam deflection at D
0.034117 m 0.020639 m 0.006020 m 0.007459 7 m .46 mm
D
v = = =  Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.63 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.63 consists of a W21 44 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.
4
].
For a loading of w = 6 kips/ft, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.63
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Determine cantilever deflection due to linearly distributed load on overhang.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linear load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
0
30
A
w L
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at B)
Values:
w
0
= 6 kips/ft, L = 12 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
0
7 2
( 6 kips/ft)(12 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.293139 in.
30 30(2.4447 10 kipin. )
A
w L
v
EI
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 144 kipft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(144 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0050892 rad
3 3(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(12 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0050892 rad) 0.732847 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
24
B
wL
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 6 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
3 3 2
7 2
(6 kips/ft)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.0085880 rad
24 24(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(12 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0085880 rad) 1.236679 in.
B
A
wL
EI
v
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kipft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(108 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0019085 rad
6 6(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(12 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0019085 rad) 0.274818 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Beam deflection at A
0.293139 in. 0.732847 in. 1.236679 in. 0.274818 in. 0.064124 in 0.0641 in . .
A
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider deflection at C from moment caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 144 kipft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
(144 kipft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 0.206112 in.
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
5
384
C
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 6 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 2
7 2
5 5( 6 kips/ft)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.579693 in.
384 384(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
wL
v
EI
Consider deflection at C resulting from moment caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (6 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kipft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
(108 kipft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 0.154585 in.
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.206112 in. 0.579693 in. 0.154585 in. 0.218995 in 0.219 in . .
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.64 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.64 consists of a W21 44 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.
4
].
For a loading of w = 8 kips/ft, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point E.
Fig. P10.64
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider deflection at C from moment caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 192 kipft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
(192 kipft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 0.274816 in.
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
5
384
C
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 2
7 2
5 5( 8 kips/ft)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.772924 in.
384 384(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
wL
v
EI
Consider deflection at C resulting from moment caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 144 kipft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
(144 kipft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 0.206113 in.
6(18 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.274816 in. 0.772924 in. 0.206113 in. 0.291995 in 0.292 in . .
C
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point E
Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by linear load on overhang.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
D
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(12 ft)(4 ft) = 192 kipft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(192 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0033928 rad
6 6(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0033928 rad) 0.244282 in.
D
E
ML
EI
v
Consider uniformly distributed loads between supports.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
24
D
wL
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 2
7 2
(8 kips/ft)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.0114507 rad
24 24(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0114507 rad) 0.824448 in.
D
E
wL
EI
v
Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
D
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(6 ft)(3 ft) = 144 kipft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
2
7 2
(144 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0050892 rad
3 3(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0050892 rad) 0.366422 in.
D
E
ML
EI
v
Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
E
wL
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at D)
Values:
w = 8 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
7 2
( 8 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.091605 in.
8 8(2.4447 10 kipin. )
E
wL
v
EI
Beam deflection at E
0.244282 in. 0.824448 in. 0.366422 in. 0.091605 in.
0.122139 i 0 n. .1221 in.
E
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.65 The solid 30mmdiameter steel [E = 200
GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.65 supports two
belt pulleys. Assume that the bearing at B can
be idealized as a roller support and that the
bearing at D can be idealized as a pin support.
For the loading shown, determine:
(a) the shaft deflection at pulley A.
(b) the shaft deflection at pulley C.
Fig. P10.65
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
(30 mm) 39, 760.78 mm
64
I
(a) Shaft deflection at pulley A
Determine cantilever deflection due to pulley A load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
A
PL
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at B)
Values:
P = 700 N, L = 500 mm,
EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
3 3
9 2
(700 N)(500 mm)
3.6678 mm
3 3(7.95216 10 Nmm )
A
PL
v
EI
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by pulley A load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (700 N)(500 mm) = 350,000 Nmm,
L = 1,800 mm, EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
9 2
(350, 000 Nmm)(1,800 mm)
0.0264079 rad
3 3(7.95216 10 Nmm )
(500 mm)(0.0264079 rad) 13.2040 mm
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by pulley C load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load.]
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
16
B
PL
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 1,000 N, L = 1,800 mm,
EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
2 2
9 2
(1, 000 N)(1,800 mm)
0.0254648 rad
16 16(7.95216 10 Nmm )
(500 mm)(0.0254648 rad) 12.7324 mm
B
A
PL
EI
v
Shaft deflection at A
3.6678 mm 13.2040 mm 12.7324 mm 4.1393 mm 4.14 mm
A
v Ans.
(b) Shaft deflection at pulley C
Consider pulley A load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (700 N)(500 mm) = 350,000 Nmm,
L = 1,800 mm, x = 900 mm,
EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
9 2
(2 3 )
6
( 350, 000 Nmm)(900 mm)
2(1,800 mm) 3(1,800 mm)(900 mm) (900 mm)
6(1,800 mm)(7.95216 10 Nmm )
8.9127 mm
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider pulley C load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
48
C
PL
v
EI
Values:
P = 1,000 N, L = 1,800 mm,
EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
3 3
9 2
(1, 000 N)(1,800 mm)
15.2789 mm
48 48(7.95216 10 Nmm )
C
PL
v
EI
Shaft deflection at C
8.9127 mm 15.2789 mm 6.3662 mm 6.37 mm
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.66 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.66
consists of a W530 92 structural steel wide
flange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 552 10
6
mm
4
].
For the loading shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.66
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider an upward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 4m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 4 m, EI = 1.104 10
5
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
5 2
( 85 kN/m)(4 m)
0.024638 m
8 8(1.104 10 kNm )
A
wL
v
EI
Consider a downward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span BC.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4 3
and
8 6
B B
wL wL
v
EI EI
(magnitude)
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 2.5 m, EI = 1.104 10
5
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
5 2
3 3
5 2
(85 kN)(2.5 m)
0.003759 m
8 8(1.104 10 kNm )
(85 kN)(2.5 m)
0.0020050 rad
6 6(1.104 10 kNm )
0.003759 m (1.5 m)(0.0020050 rad) 0.006767 m
B
B
A
wL
v
EI
wL
EI
v
Beam deflection at A
0.024638 m 0.006767 m 0.017871 17 m .87 mm
A
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point B
Consider an upward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 4m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(6 4 )
24
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
(elastic curve)
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 4 m, x = 2.5 m,
EI = 1.104 10
5
kNm
2
Computation:
2
2 2
2
2 2
5 2
(6 4 )
24
( 85 kN/m)(2.5 m)
6(4 m) 4(4 m)(2.5 m) (2.5 m) 0.012481 m
24(1.104 10 kNm )
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
Consider a downward 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span BC.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 2.5 m, EI = 1.104 10
5
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
5 2
(85 kN)(2.5 m)
0.003759 m
8 8(1.104 10 kNm )
B
wL
v
EI
Beam deflection at B
0.012481 m 0.003759 m 0.008722 m 8.72 mm
B
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.67 The solid 30mmdiameter steel [E
= 200 GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.67
supports two belt pulleys. Assume that
the bearing at A can be idealized as a pin
support and that the bearing at E can be
idealized as a roller support. For the
loading shown, determine the shaft
deflection at pulley B.
Fig. P10.67
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
(30 mm) 39, 760.78 mm
64
I
Shaft deflection at pulley B
Consider pulley B load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
B
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Values:
P = 750 N, L = 1,000 mm, a = 300 mm,
b = 700 mm, EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
9 2
( )
6
(750 N)(300 mm)(700 mm)
(1, 000 mm) (300 mm) (700 mm)
6(1, 000 mm)(7.95216 10 Nmm )
1.38642 mm
B
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Consider pulley D load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
B
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 500 N, L = 1,000 mm, x = 300 mm,
b = 200 mm, EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
9 2
( )
6
(500 N)(200 mm)(300 mm)
(1, 000 mm) (200 mm) (300 mm)
6(1, 000 mm)(7.95216 10 Nmm )
0.54702 mm
B
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Shaft deflection at B
1.38642 mm 0.54702 mm 1.93344 mm 1.933 mm
B
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.68 The solid 30mmdiameter steel [E
= 200 GPa] shaft shown in Fig. P10.68
supports two belt pulleys. Assume that
the bearing at A can be idealized as a pin
support and that the bearing at E can be
idealized as a roller support. For the
loading shown, determine the shaft
deflection at pulley D.
Fig. P10.68
Solution
Section properties:
4 4
(30 mm) 39, 760.78 mm
64
I
Shaft deflection at pulley D
Consider pulley B load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
D
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 750 N, L = 1,000 mm, x = 200 mm,
b = 300 mm, EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
9 2
( )
6
(750 N)(300 mm)(200 mm)
(1, 000 mm) (300 mm) (200 mm)
6(1, 000 mm)(7.95216 10 Nmm )
0.82053 mm
D
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Consider pulley D load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
D
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Values:
P = 500 N, L = 1,000 mm, a = 800 mm,
b = 200 mm, EI = 7.95216 10
9
Nmm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
9 2
( )
6
(500 N)(800 mm)(200 mm)
(1, 000 mm) (800 mm) (200 mm)
6(1, 000 mm)(7.95216 10 Nmm )
0.53654 mm
D
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Shaft deflection at D
0.82053 mm 0.53654 mm 1.35707 mm 1.357 mm
D
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.69 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.69 consists of a W410 60 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 216 10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading shown, determine the
beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.69
Solution
Beam deflection at point B
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 180 kNm, L = 6 m, x = 1.5 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 180 kNm)(1.5 m)
2(6 m) 3(6 m)(1.5 m) (1.5 m) 0.008203 m
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
B
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Values:
P = 70 kN, L = 6 m, a = 1.5 m, b = 4.5 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(70 kN)(1.5 m)(4.5 m)
(6 m) (1.5 m) (4.5 m) 0.004102 m
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
B
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Consider uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
3 2 2 2 2
(2 6 4 )
24
B
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 6 m, a = 3 m, x = 4.5 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2
3 2 2 2 2
2
3 2 2 2 2
4 2
(2 6 4 )
24
(80 kN/m)(3 m)
2(4.5) 6(6)(4.5) (3) (4.5) 4(6) (4.5) (3) (6)
24(6.0 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
0.010156 m
B
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Beam deflection at B
0.008203 m 0.004102 m 0.010156 m 0.006055 m 6.06 mm
B
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.70 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.70 consists of a W410 60 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 216 10
6
mm
4
]. For the loading shown, determine the
beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.70
Solution
Beam deflection at point C
Consider concentrated moment. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 180 kNm, L = 6 m, x = 3.0 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 180 kNm)(3.0 m)
2(6 m) 3(6 m)(3.0 m) (3.0 m) 0.009375 m
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 70 kN, L = 6 m, x = 3.0 m, b = 1.5 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(70 kN)(1.5 m)(3.0 m)
(6 m) (1.5 m) (3.0 m) 0.005013 m
6(6 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 6 m, a = 3 m,
EI = 4.32 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3
2 2
4 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(80 kN/m)(3 m)
4(6 m) 7(3 m)(6 m) 3(3 m) 0.015625 m
24(6.0 m)(4.32 10 kNm )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.009375 m 0.005013 m 0.015625 m 0.011263 11.26 m m m
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.71 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.71 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 10
6
mm
4
]. If w = 80 kN/m, determine
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.71
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Determine cantilever deflection due to concentrated load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
A
PL
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at B)
Values:
P = 35 kN, L = 4 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(35 kN)(4 m)
0.0106363 m
3 3(7.02 10 kNm )
A
PL
v
EI
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by concentrated load on overhang
AB. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kNm, L = 8 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(140 kNm)(8 m)
0.0053181 rad
3 3(7.02 10 kNm )
(4 m)(0.0053181 rad) 0.0212726 m
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(2 )
24
B
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
2 2
2 2 2 2
4 2
(80 kN/m)(4 m)
(2 ) 2(8 m) (4 m) 0.0106363 rad
24 24(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
(4 m)(0.0106363 rad) 0.0425451 m
B
A
wa
L a
LEI
v
Consider deflection at A resulting from rotation at B caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (80 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 160 kNm,
L = 8 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(160 kNm)(8 m)
0.0030389 rad
6 6(7.02 10 kNm )
(4 m)(0.0030389 rad) 0.0121557 m
B
A
ML
EI
v
Beam deflection at A
0.0106363 m 0.0212726 m 0.0425451 m 0.0121557 m
0.0015195 m 1.520 mm
A
v
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider concentrated moment from overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kNm, L = 8 m,
x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 140 kNm)(4 m)
2(8 m) 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m) 0.0079772 m
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Values:
w = 80 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3
2 2
4 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(80 kN/m)(4 m)
4(8 m) 7(4 m)(8 m) 3(4 m) 0.0303894 m
24(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Consider concentrated moment from overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (80 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 160 kNm,
L = 8 m, x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 160 kNm)(4 m)
2(8 m) 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m) 0.0091168 m
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.0079772 m 0.0303894 m 0.0091168 m 0.0132954 1 m 3.30 mm
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.72 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.72 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 10
6
mm
4
]. If w = 90 kN/m, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point E.
Fig. P10.72
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider concentrated moment from overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kNm, L = 8 m,
x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 140 kNm)(4 m)
2(8 m) 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m) 0.0079772 m
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3
2 2
4 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(90 kN/m)(4 m)
4(8 m) 7(4 m)(8 m) 3(4 m) 0.0341881 m
24(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider concentrated moment from overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (90 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 180 kNm,
L = 8 m, x = 4 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 180 kNm)(4 m)
2(8 m) 3(8 m)(4 m) (4 m) 0.0102564 m
6(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.0079772 m 0.0341881 m 0.0102564 m 0.0159545 1 m 5.95 mm
C
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point E
Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by concentrated load on overhang
AB. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
D
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (35 kN)(4 m) = 140 kNm, L = 8 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(140 kNm)(8 m)
0.0026591 rad
6 6(7.02 10 kNm )
(2 m)(0.0026591 rad) 0.0053181 m
D
E
ML
EI
v
Consider uniformly distributed loads between C and D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over portion of span.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
2
2
(2 )
24
D
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 8 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2
2
4 2
(90 kN/m)(4 m)
(2 ) 2(8 m) (4 m) 0.0153846 rad
24 24(8 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
(2 m)(0.0153846 rad) 0.0307692 m
D
E
wa
L a
LEI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider deflection at E resulting from rotation at D caused by uniform load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
D
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (90 kN/m)(2 m)(1 m) = 180 kNm,
L = 8 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(180 kNm)(8 m)
0.0068376 rad
3 3(7.02 10 kNm )
(2 m)(0.0068376 rad) 0.0136753 m
D
E
ML
EI
v
Determine cantilever deflection due to uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
E
wL
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at D)
Values:
w = 90 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(90 kN/m)(2 m)
0.0025641 m
8 8(7.02 10 kNm )
E
wL
v
EI
Beam deflection at E
0.0053181 m 0.0307692 m 0.0136753 m 0.0025641 m
0.0092117 9.21 mm m
E
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.73 The simply supported beam shown in
Fig. P10.73 consists of a W16 40
structural steel wideflange shape [E =
29,000 ksi; I = 518 in.
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point F.
Fig. P10.73
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 40kip concentrated load at B.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, b = 4 ft, x = 10 ft,
EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
3
2 2 2
7 2
( )
6
(40 kips)(4 ft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)
(18 ft) (4 ft) (10 ft) 0.354467 in.
6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kipin. )
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Consider 30kip concentrated load at D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 30 kips, L = 18 ft, b = 6 ft, x = 8 ft,
EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
3
2 2 2
7 2
( )
6
(30 kips)(6 ft)(8 ft)(12 in./ft)
(18 ft) (6 ft) (8 ft) 0.343560 in.
6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kipin. )
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 20kip concentrated load at F. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (20 kips)(6 ft) = 120 kipft, L = 18 ft,
x = 10 ft, EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
( 120 kipft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) 3(18 ft)(10 ft) (10 ft) 0.265850 in.
6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.354467 in. 0.343560 in. 0.265850 in. 0.432177 in. 0.432 in.
C
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point F
Consider 40kip concentrated load at B.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
E
Pa L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 40 kips, L = 18 ft, a = 4 ft,
EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2
7 2
( ) (40 kips)(4 ft)(12 in./ft)
(18 ft) (4 ft) 0.0043740 rad
6 6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kipin. )
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0043740 rad) 0.314930 in.
E
F
Pa L a
LEI
v
Consider 30kip concentrated load at D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
E
Pa L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 30 kips, L = 18 ft, x = 8 ft, a = 12 ft,
EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2
7 2
( ) (30 kips)(12 ft)(12 in./ft)
(18 ft) (12 ft) 0.0057516 rad
6 6(18 ft)(1.5022 10 kipin. )
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0057516 rad) 0.414113 in.
E
F
Pa L a
LEI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider deflection at F resulting from rotation at E caused by 20kip load on overhang EF.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
E
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (20 kips)(6 ft) = 120 kipft, L = 18 ft,
EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(120 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0069019 rad
3 3(1.5022 10 kipin. )
(6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0069019 rad) 0.496935 in.
E
F
ML
EI
v
Determine cantilever deflection due to concentrated load on overhang EF.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
3
F
PL
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at E)
Values:
P = 20 kips, L = 6 ft, EI = 1.5022 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
7 2
(20 kips)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.165645 in.
3 3(1.5022 10 kipin. )
F
PL
v
EI
Beam deflection at F
0.314930 in. 0.414113 in. 0.496935 in. 0.165645 in.
0.066463 in 0.0665 in . .
F
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.74 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.74
consists of a rectangular structural steel tube
shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 170 10
6
mm
4
]. For
the loading shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.74
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 65 kN/m, L = 6 m, EI = 3.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
( 65 kN/m)(6 m)
0.309706 m
8 8(3.4 10 kNm )
A
wL
v
EI
Consider 90kN concentrated load at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
3
A
PL
v
EI
Values:
P = 90 kN, L = 6 m, EI = 3.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(90 kN)(6 m)
0.190588 m
3 3(3.4 10 kNm )
A
PL
v
EI
Consider 30kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3 2
and
3 2
B B
PL PL
v
EI EI
(magnitude)
Values:
P = 30 kN, L = 3.5 m, EI = 3.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(30 kN)(3.5 m)
0.012610 m
3 3(3.4 10 kNm )
B
PL
v
EI
(a)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
2 2
4 2
(30 kN)(3.5 m)
0.0054044 rad
2 2(3.4 10 kNm )
0.012610 m (2.5 m)(0.0054044 rad) 0.026121 m
B
A
PL
EI
v
Consider 225 kNm concentrated moment at B.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
2
and
2
B B
ML ML
v
EI EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 225 kNm, L = 3.5 m, EI = 3.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
4 2
(225 kNm)(3.5 m)
0.040533 m
2 2(3.4 10 kNm )
B
ML
v
EI
(b)
4 2
(225 kNm)(3.5 m)
0.0231618 rad
(3.4 10 kNm )
0.040533 m (2.5 m)(0.0231618 rad) 0.098438 m
B
A
ML
EI
v
Beam deflection at A
0.309706 m 0.190588 m 0.026121 m 0.098438 m 0.005441 m 5.44 mm
A
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point B
Consider uniformly distributed load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(6 4 )
24
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
(elastic curve)
Values:
w = 65 kN/m, L = 6 m, x = 3.5 m,
EI = 3.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2
2 2
2
2 2
4 2
(6 4 )
24
( 65 kN/m)(3.5 m)
6(6 m) 4(6 m)(3.5 m) (3.5 m) 0.140759 m
24(3.4 10 kNm )
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 90kN concentrated load at A. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
2
(3 )
6
B
Px
v L x
EI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 90 kN, L = 6 m, x = 3.5 m,
EI = 3.4 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
4 2
(90 kN)(3.5 m)
(3 ) 3(6 m) (3.5 m) 0.078364 m
6 6(3.4 10 kNm )
B
Px
v L x
EI
Consider 30kN concentrated load at B.
Previously calculated in Eq. (a).
Consider 225 kNm concentrated moment at B.
Previously calculated in Eq. (b).
Beam deflection at B
0.140759 m 0.078364 m 0.012610 m 0.040533 m 0.009252 m 9.25 mm
B
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.75 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.75 consists of a rectangular structural steel
tube shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 350 10
6
mm
4
].
For the loading shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point C.
(b) the beam deflection at point E.
Fig. P10.75
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 315 kNm concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 315 kNm, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 315 kNm)(6 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 0.018000 m
6(9 m)(7.0 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider 120 kN/m uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
3 2 2 2 2
(2 6 4 )
24
C
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Values:
w = 120 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 3 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2
3 2 2 2 2
2
3 2 2 2 2
4 2
(2 6 4 )
24
(120 kN/m)(3 m)
2(6 m) 6(9 m)(6 m) (3 m) (6 m) 4(9 m) (6 m) (3 m) (9 m)
24(9 m)(7.0 10 kNm )
0.028929 m
C
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 100kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Values:
P = 100 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m, b = 3 m,
EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(100 kN)(6 m)(3 m)
(9 m) (6 m) (3 m) 0.017143 m
6(9 m)(7.0 10 kNm )
C
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Consider 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (60 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 270 kNm,
L = 9 m, x = 3 m, EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 270 kNm)(3 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 0.019286 m
6(9 m)(7.0 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.018000 m 0.028929 m 0.017143 m 0.019286 m 0.008786 m 8.79 mm
C
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point E
Consider 315 kNm concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
6
D
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 315 kNm, L = 9 m,
EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
( 315 kNm)(9 m)
0.0067500 rad
6 6(7.0 10 kNm )
(3 m)( 0.0067500 rad) 0.020250 m
D
E
ML
EI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 120 kN/m uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(2 )
24
D
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 120 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 3 m,
EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2 2 2
4 2
(120 kN/m)(3 m)
(2 ) 2(9 m) (3 m) 0.0109286 rad
24 24(9 m)(7.0 10 kNm )
(3 m)(0.0109286 rad) 0.032786 m
D
E
wa
L a
LEI
v
Consider 100kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
D
Pa L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 100 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m,
EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
( ) (100 kN)(6 m)
(9 m) (6 m) 0.0071429 rad
6 6(9 m)(7.0 10 kNm )
(3 m)(0.0071429 rad) 0.021429 m
D
E
Pa L a
LEI
v
Consider 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
D
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (60 kN/m)(3 m)(1.5 m) = 270 kNm,
L = 9 m, EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 2
(270 kNm)(9 m)
0.0115714 rad
3 3(7.0 10 kNm )
(3 m)(0.0115714 rad) 0.034714 m
D
E
ML
EI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Determine cantilever deflection due to 60 kN/m uniformly distributed load on overhang DE.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
E
wL
v
EI
(assuming fixed support at D)
Values:
w = 60 kN/m, L = 3 m, EI = 7.0 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(60 kNm)(3 m)
0.008679 m
8 8(7.0 10 kNm )
E
wL
v
EI
Beam deflection at E
0.020250 m 0.032786 m 0.021429 m 0.034714 m 0.008679 m
0.009429 m 9.43 mm
E
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.76 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.76
consists of a rectangular structural steel tube
shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 95 10
6
mm
4
]. For the
loading shown, determine the beam deflection at
point B.
Fig. P10.76
Solution
Consider the downward 50 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 50 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(50 kN/m)(2 m)
0.0052632 m
8 8(1.9 10 kNm )
B
wL
v
EI
Consider an upward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 5m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(6 4 )
24
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
(elastic curve)
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 5 m, x = 2 m,
EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2
2 2
2
2 2
4 2
(6 4 )
24
( 25 kN/m)(2 m)
6(5 m) 4(5 m)(2 m) (2 m) 0.0250000 m
24(1.9 10 kNm )
B
wx
v L Lx x
EI
Consider a downward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(25 kN/m)(2 m)
0.0026316 m
8 8(1.9 10 kNm )
B
wL
v
EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 20kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
3
B
PL
v
EI
Values:
P = 20 kN, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
( 20 kN)(2 m)
0.0028070 m
3 3(1.9 10 kNm )
B
PL
v
EI
Consider 50kN concentrated load at C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
2
(3 )
6
B
Px
v L x
EI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 50 kN, L = 5 m, x = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
4 2
(50 kN)(2 m)
(3 ) 3(5 m) (2 m) 0.0228070 m
6 6(1.9 10 kNm )
B
Px
v L x
EI
Beam deflection at B
0.0052632 m 0.0250000 m 0.0026316 m 0.0028070 m 0.0228070 m
0.0028947 m 2.89 mm
B
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.77 The cantilever beam shown in Fig. P10.77
consists of a rectangular structural steel tube
shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 95 10
6
mm
4
]. For the
loading shown, determine the beam deflection at
point C.
Fig. P10.77
Solution
Consider the downward 50 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
and
3
6
B
wL
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 50 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
(50 kN/m)(2 m)
0.0052632 m
8 8(1.9 10 kNm )
B
wL
v
EI
3 3
4 2
(50 kN/m)(2 m)
0.0035088 rad
6 6(1.9 10 kNm )
0.0052632 m (3 m)(0.0035088 rad) 0.0157895 m
B
C
wL
EI
v
Consider an upward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over entire 5m span.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
C
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 5 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
4 4
4 2
( 25 kN/m)(5 m)
0.1027961 m
8 8(1.9 10 kNm )
C
wL
v
EI
Consider a downward 25 kN/m uniformly distributed load acting over span AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
B
wL
v
EI
and
3
6
B
wL
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 25 kN/m, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
4 4
4 2
(25 kN/m)(2 m)
0.0026316 m
8 8(1.9 10 kNm )
B
wL
v
EI
3 3
4 2
(25 kN)(2 m)
0.0017544 rad
6 6(1.9 10 kNm )
0.0026316 m (3 m)(0.0017544 rad) 0.0078948 m
B
C
wL
EI
v
Consider 20kN concentrated load at B. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
3
B
PL
v
EI
and
2
2
B
PL
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 20 kN, L = 2 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
( 20 kN)(2 m)
0.0028070 m
3 3(1.9 10 kNm )
B
PL
v
EI
2 2
4 2
(20 kN)(2 m)
0.0021053 rad
2 2(1.9 10 kNm )
0.0028070 m (3 m)(0.0021053 rad) 0.0091228 m
B
C
PL
EI
v
Consider 50kN concentrated load at C. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load at tip.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3
3
C
PL
v
EI
Values:
P = 50 kN, L = 5 m, EI = 1.9 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3 3
4 2
(50 kN)(5 m)
0.1096491 m
3 3(1.9 10 kNm )
C
PL
v
EI
Beam deflection at C
0.0157895 m 0.1027961 m 0.0078948 m 0.0091228 m 0.1096491 m
0.0214145 m 21.4 mm
C
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.78 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.78 consists of a W10 30 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 170 in.
4
].
If w = 5 kips/ft, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.78
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of 85 kipft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
A
ML
v
EI
Values:
M = 85 kipft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 3
6 2
(85 kipft)(3 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.134069 in.
2 2(4.93 10 kipin. )
A
ML
v
EI
Consider rotation at B caused by 85 kipft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 85 kipft, L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(85 kipft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0124138 rad
3 3(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0124138 rad) 0.446897 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider cantilever beam deflection of 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
4 4 3
6 2
(5 kips/ft)(3 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.017744 in.
8 8(4.93 10 kipin. )
A
wL
v
EI
Consider rotation at B caused by 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 22.5 kipft,
L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(22.5 kipft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0032860 rad
3 3(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0032860 rad) 0.118296 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
(2 )
24
B
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2
2
6 2
(5 kips/ft)(5 ft) (12 in./ft)
(2 ) 2(15 ft) (5 ft) 0.0063387 rad
24 24(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0063387 rad) 0.228195 in.
B
A
wa
L a
LEI
v
Consider 25kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
B
Pb L b
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2
6 2
( ) (25 kips)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)
(15 ft) (5 ft) 0.0081136 rad
6 6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0081136 rad) 0.292089 in.
B
A
Pb L b
LEI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Beam deflection at A
0.134069 in. 0.446897 in. 0.017744 in. 0.118296 in. 0.228195 in. 0.292089 in.
0.196722 in. 0.1967 in.
A
v
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 85 kipft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 85 kipft, L = 15 ft, x = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
6 2
(2 3 )
6
( 85 kipft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(15 ft) 3(15 ft)(5 ft) (5 ft) 0.413793 in.
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider moment at B caused by 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (5 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 22.5 kipft,
L = 15 ft, x = 5 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
6 2
(2 3 )
6
( 22.5 kipft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(15 ft) 3(15 ft)(5 ft) (5 ft) 0.109533 in.
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider 5 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Values:
w = 5 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
3
2 2
3 3
2 2
6 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(5 kips/ft)(5 ft) (12 in./ft)
4(15 ft) 7(5 ft)(15 ft) 3(5 ft) 0.273834 in.
24(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Consider 25kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft, x = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
3
2 2 2
6 2
( )
6
(25 kips)(5 ft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)
(15 ft) (5 ft) (5 ft) 0.425963 in.
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.413793 in. 0.109533 in. 0.273834 in. 0.425963 in.
0.176471 i 0 n. .1765 in.
C
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.79 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.79 consists of a W10 30 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I = 170 in.
4
].
If w = 9 kips/ft, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point D.
Fig. P10.79
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of 85 kipft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
A
ML
v
EI
Values:
M = 85 kipft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 3
6 2
(85 kipft)(3 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.134069 in.
2 2(4.93 10 kipin. )
A
ML
v
EI
Consider rotation at B caused by 85 kipft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = 85 kipft, L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(85 kipft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0124138 rad
3 3(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0124138 rad) 0.446897 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider cantilever beam deflection of 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 9 kips/ft, L = 3 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
4 4 3
6 2
(9 kips/ft)(3 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.031939 in.
8 8(4.93 10 kipin. )
A
wL
v
EI
Consider rotation at B caused by 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (9 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 40.5 kipft,
L = 15 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(40.5 kipft)(15 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0059148 rad
3 3(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0059148 rad) 0.212933 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2
(2 )
24
B
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 9 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2
2
6 2
(9 kips/ft)(5 ft) (12 in./ft)
(2 ) 2(15 ft) (5 ft) 0.0114097 rad
24 24(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0114097 rad) 0.410748 in.
B
A
wa
L a
LEI
v
Consider 25kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
B
Pb L b
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, b = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2
6 2
( ) (25 kips)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)
(15 ft) (5 ft) 0.0081136 rad
6 6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
(3 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0081136 rad) 0.292089 in.
B
A
Pb L b
LEI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Beam deflection at A
0.134069 in. 0.446897 in. 0.031939 in. 0.212933 in. 0.410748 in. 0.292089 in.
0.123001 in. 0.1230 in.
A
v
Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point D
Consider 85 kipft concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
D
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 85 kipft, L = 15 ft, x = 10 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
6 2
(2 3 )
6
( 85 kipft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(15 ft) 3(15 ft)(10 ft) (10 ft) 0.331034 in.
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
D
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider moment at B caused by 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
D
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (9 kips/ft)(3 ft)(1.5 ft) = 40.5 kipft,
L = 15 ft, x = 10 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
6 2
(2 3 )
6
( 40.5 kipft)(10 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(15 ft) 3(15 ft)(10 ft) (10 ft) 0.157729 in.
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
D
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider 9 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment BC.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
3 2 2 2 2
(2 6 4 )
24
D
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Values:
w = 9 kips/ft, L = 15 ft, a = 5 ft, x = 10 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
2
3 2 2 2 2
2 3
3 2 2 2 2
6 2
(2 6 4 )
24
(9 kips/ft)(5 ft) (12 in./ft)
2(10 ft) 6(15 ft)(10 ft) (5 ft) (10 ft) 4(15 ft) (10 ft) (5 ft) (15 ft)
24(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
0.410751 in.
D
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Consider 25kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
D
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Values:
P = 25 kips, L = 15 ft, a = 10 ft, b = 5 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
3
2 2 2
6 2
( )
6
(25 kips)(10 ft)(5 ft)(12 in./ft)
(15 ft) (10 ft) (5 ft) 0.486815 in.
6(15 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
D
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Beam deflection at D
0.331034 in. 0.157729 in. 0.410751 in. 0.486815 in.
0.408803 in. 0.409 in.
D
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.80 The simply supported beam shown in
Fig. P10.80 consists of a W10 30 structural
steel wideflange shape [E = 29,000 ksi; I =
170 in.
4
]. For the loading shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.80
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of linearly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
0
30
A
w L
v
EI
Values:
w
0
= 8 kips/ft, L = 9 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
0
6 2
(8 kips/ft)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.613247 in.
30 30(4.93 10 kipin. )
A
w L
v
EI
Consider rotation at B caused by linearly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kipft,
L = 18 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
6 2
(108 kipft)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0189274 rad
3 3(4.93 10 kipin. )
(9 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0189274 rad) 2.044157 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider linearly distributed load from 8 kips/ft to 0 kips/ft over span BD.
[Appendix C, SS beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
0
45
B
w L
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w
0
= 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
3 3 2
0
6 2
(8 kips/ft)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.0302838 rad
45 45(4.93 10 kipin. )
(9 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0302838 rad) 3.270652 in.
B
A
w L
EI
v
Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment CD.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(2 )
24
B
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, a = 9 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
2 2
2 2
2 2
6 2
(2 )
24
(4 kips/ft)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) (9 ft) 0.0124211 rad
24(18 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
(9 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0124211 rad) 1.341478 in.
B
A
wa
L a
LEI
v
Beam deflection at A
0.613247 in. 2.044157 in. 3.270652 in. 1.341478 in. 1.954726 in. 1.955 in.
A
v Ans.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider moment at B caused by linearly distributed load on overhang AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Values:
M = (8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(3 ft) = 108 kipft,
L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft, EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
6 2
(2 3 )
6
( 108 kipft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(18 ft) 3(18 ft)(9 ft) (9 ft) 0.766559 in.
6(18 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider linearly distributed load from 8 kips/ft to 0 kips/ft over span BD.
[Appendix C, SS beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4 2 2 4 0
(7 10 3 )
360
C
w x
v L L x x
LEI
Values:
w
0
= 8 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, x = 9 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 2 2 4 0
3
4 2 2 4
6 2
(7 10 3 )
360
(8 kips/ft)(9 ft)(12 in./ft)
7(18 ft) 10(18 ft) (9 ft) 3(9 ft) 1.916398 in.
360(18 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
w x
v L L x x
LEI
Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on segment CD.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 18 ft, a = 9 ft,
EI = 4.93 10
6
kipin.
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3 3
2 2
6 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(4 kips/ft)(9 ft) (12 in./ft)
4(18 ft) 7(9 ft)(18 ft) 3(9 ft) 0.958199 in.
24(18 ft)(4.93 10 kipin. )
C
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.766559 in. 1.916398 in. 0.958199 in. 2.108037 in. 2.11 in.
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.81 The simply supported beam shown
in Fig. P10.81 consists of a W21 44
structural steel wideflange shape [E =
29,000 ksi; I = 843 in.
4
]. For the loading
shown, determine:
(a) the beam deflection at point A.
(b) the beam deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.81
Solution
(a) Beam deflection at point A
Consider cantilever beam deflection of downward 4 kips/ft uniform load over AB.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
A
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
7 2
(4 kips/ft)(12 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.732847 in.
8 8(2.4447 10 kipin. )
A
wL
v
EI
Consider cantilever beam deflection of upward 4 kips/ft uniform load over 6ft segment.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4 3
and
8 6
wL wL
v
EI EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 6 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
7 2
3 3 2
7 2
( 4 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.045803 in.
8 8(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(4 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.0008482 rad
6 6(2.4447 10 kipin. )
0.045803 in. (6 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0008482 rad)
A
wL
v
EI
wL
EI
v 0.106873 in.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider rotation at B caused by downward 4 kips/ft uniform load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
B
ML
EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(6 ft)(9 ft) = 216 kipft,
L = 24 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2
7 2
(216 kipft)(24 ft)(12 in./ft)
0.0101784 rad
3 3(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(12 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0101784 rad) 1.465693 in.
B
A
ML
EI
v
Consider 42kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
( )
6
B
Pb L b
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 42 kips, L = 24 ft, b = 18 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2
7 2
( ) (42 kips)(18 ft)(12 in./ft)
(24 ft) (18 ft) 0.0077929 rad
6 6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(12 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0077929 rad) 1.122172 in.
B
A
Pb L b
LEI
v
Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on 6ft segment near D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
2 2
(2 )
24
B
wa
L a
LEI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 6 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
7 2
(4 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
(2 ) 2(24 ft) (6 ft) 0.0016434 rad
24 24(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
(12 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.0016434 rad) 0.236648 in.
B
A
wa
L a
LEI
v
Beam deflection at A
0.732847 in. 0.106873 in. 1.465693 in. 1.122172 in. 0.236648 in.
0.732847 in. 0.733 in.
A
v
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider moment at B caused by downward 4 kips/ft uniform load.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = (4 kips/ft)(6 ft)(9 ft) = 216 kipft,
L = 24 ft, x = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2
3
2 2
7 2
(2 3 )
6
( 216 kipft)(12 ft)(12 in./ft)
2(24 ft) 3(24 ft)(12 ft) (12 ft) 0.549635 in.
6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider 42kip concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 42 kips, L = 24 ft, b = 6 ft,
x = 12 ft, EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Computation:
2 2 2
3
2 2 2
7 2
( )
6
(42 kips)(6 ft)(12 ft)(12 in./ft)
(24 ft) (6 ft) (12 ft) 0.587804 in.
6(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. )
C
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Consider 4 kips/ft uniformly distributed load on 6ft segment near D.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
3 2 2 2 2
(2 6 4 )
24
C
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
w = 4 kips/ft, L = 24 ft, a = 6 ft, x = 12 ft,
EI = 2.4447 10
7
kipin.
2
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Computation:
2
3 2 2 2 2
3 2 2 2 3
7 2 2 2
(2 6 4 )
24
2(12 ft) 6(24 ft)(12 ft) (6 ft) (12 ft) (4 kips/ft)(6 ft) (12 in./ft)
24(24 ft)(2.4447 10 kipin. ) 4(24 ft) (12 ft) (6 ft) (24 ft)
0.175578 in.
C
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.549635 in. 0.587804 in. 0.175578 in. 0.213747 in 0. . 214 in.
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.82 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.82 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 10
6
mm
4
]. If w = 85 kN/m, determine the beam
deflection at point B.
Fig. P10.82
Solution
Beam deflection at point B
Consider 300 kNm concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 300 kNm, L = 9 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 300 kNm)(4 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(4 m) (4 m) 0.022159 m
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider 85 kN/m uniformly distributed load on segment AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
3
2 2
(4 7 3 )
24
B
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Values:
w = 85 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
3
2 2
3
2 2
4 2
(4 7 3 )
24
(85 kN/m)(4 m)
4(9 m) 7(4 m)(9 m) 3(4 m) 0.043052 m
24(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
B
wa
v L aL a
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 140kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
B
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
P = 140 kN, L = 9 m, b = 3 m, x = 4 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(140 kN)(3 m)(4 m)
(9 m) (3 m) (4 m) 0.024818 m
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
B
Pbx
v L b x
LEI
Consider 175 kNm concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 175 kNm, L = 9 m, x = 5 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 175 kNm)(5 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(5 m) (5 m) 0.012003 m
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
B
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at B
0.022159 m 0.043052 m 0.024818 m 0.012003 m 0.033708 m 33.7 mm
B
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.83 The simply supported beam shown in Fig.
P10.83 consists of a W530 66 structural steel
wideflange shape [E = 200 GPa; I = 351 10
6
mm
4
]. If w = 115 kN/m, determine the beam
deflection at point C.
Fig. P10.83
Solution
(b) Beam deflection at point C
Consider 300 kNm concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 300 kNm, L = 9 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 300 kNm)(6 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(6 m) (6 m) 0.017094 m
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Consider 115 kN/m uniformly distributed load on segment AB.
[Appendix C, SS beam with uniformly distributed load over a portion of the span.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2
3 2 2 2 2
(2 6 4 )
24
C
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Values:
w = 115 kN/m, L = 9 m, a = 4 m, x = 6 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2
3 2 2 2 2
2
3 2 2 2 2
4 2
(2 6 4 )
24
(115 kN/m)(4 m)
2(6 m) 6(9 m)(6 m) (4 m) (6 m) 4(9 m) (6 m) (4 m) (9 m)
24(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
0.046597 m
C
wa
v x Lx a x L x a L
LEI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 140kN concentrated load. [Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated load not at midspan.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2 2
( )
6
C
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Values:
P = 140 kN, L = 9 m, a = 6 m, b = 3 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2 2
2 2 2
4 2
( )
6
(140 kN)(6 m)(3 m)
(9 m) (6 m) (3 m) 0.023932 m
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Pab
v L a b
LEI
Consider 175 kNm concentrated moment.
[Appendix C, SS beam with concentrated moment at one end.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
2 2
(2 3 )
6
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
(elastic curve)
Values:
M = 175 kNm, L = 9 m, x = 3 m,
EI = 7.02 10
4
kNm
2
Computation:
2 2
2 2
4 2
(2 3 )
6
( 175 kNm)(3 m)
2(9 m) 3(9 m)(3 m) (3 m) 0.012464 m
6(9 m)(7.02 10 kNm )
C
Mx
v L Lx x
LEI
Beam deflection at C
0.017094 m 0.046597 m 0.023932 m 0.012464 m 0.040971 m 41.0 mm
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.84 A 25ftlong soldier beam is used as a key
component of an earth retention system at an
excavation site. The soldier beam is subjected to
a soil loading that is linearly distributed from
520 lb/ft to 260 lb/ft, as shown in Fig. P10.84.
The soldier beam can be idealized as a
cantilever with a fixed support at A. Added
support is supplied by a tieback anchor at B,
which exerts a force of 5,000 lb on the soldier
beam. Determine the horizontal deflection of the
soldier beam at point C. Assume EI = 5 10
8
lb
in.
2
.
Fig. P10.84
Solution
Consider 260 lb/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
C
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 10
8
lbin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
8 2
(260 lb/ft)(25 ft) (12 in./ft)
43.875 in.
8 8(5.0 10 lbin. )
C
wL
v
EI
Consider a linearly distributed load that varies from 260 lb/ft at A to 0 lb/ft at C.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with linearly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
0
30
C
w L
v
EI
Values:
w
0
= 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 10
8
lbin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
0
8 2
(260 lb/ft)(25 ft) (12 in./ft)
11.700 in.
30 30(5.0 10 lbin. )
C
w L
v
EI
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Consider 5,000lb concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3 2
and
3 2
B B
PL PL
v
EI EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 5,000 lb, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 10
8
lbin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
8 2
2 2 2
8 2
(5, 000 lb)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
33.592320 in.
3 3(5.0 10 lbin. )
(5, 000 lb)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.2332800 rad
2 2(5.0 10 lbin. )
33.592320 in. (7 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.2332800 rad) 53.187
B
B
C
PL
v
EI
PL
EI
v 840 in.
Beam deflection at C
43.875 in. 11.700 in. 53.187840 in. 2.387160 in. 2.39 in.
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
10.85 A 25ftlong soldier beam is used as a key
component of an earth retention system at an
excavation site. The soldier beam is subjected to a
uniformly distributed soil loading of 260 lb/ft, as
shown in Fig. P10.85. The soldier beam can be
idealized as a cantilever with a fixed support at A.
Added support is supplied by a tieback anchor at B,
which exerts a force of 4,000 lb on the soldier beam.
Determine the horizontal deflection of the soldier
beam at point C. Assume EI = 5 10
8
lbin.
2
.
Fig. P10.85
Solution
Consider 260 lb/ft uniformly distributed load.
[Appendix C, Cantilever beam with uniformly distributed load.]
Relevant equation from Appendix C:
4
8
C
wL
v
EI
Values:
w = 260 lb/ft, L = 25 ft, EI = 5.0 10
8
lbin.
2
Computation:
4 4 3
8 2
(260 lb/ft)(25 ft) (12 in./ft)
43.875 in.
8 8(5.0 10 lbin. )
C
wL
v
EI
Consider 4,000lb concentrated load. [Appendix C, Cantilever beam with concentrated load.]
Relevant equations from Appendix C:
3 2
and
3 2
B B
PL PL
v
EI EI
(slope magnitude)
Values:
P = 4,000 lb, L = 18 ft, EI = 5.0 10
8
lbin.
2
Computation:
3 3 3
8 2
2 2 2
8 2
(4, 000 lb)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
26.873856 in.
3 3(5.0 10 lbin. )
(4, 000 lb)(18 ft) (12 in./ft)
0.1866240 rad
2 2(5.0 10 lbin. )
26.873856 in. (7 ft)(12 in./ft)(0.1866240 rad) 42.550
B
B
C
PL
v
EI
PL
EI
v 272 in.
Beam deflection at C
43.875 in. 42.550272 in. 1.324728 in. 1.325 in.
C
v Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.1 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.1. Use the double
integration method to determine the
magnitude of the moment M
0
required to
make the slope at the left end of the beam
zero.
Fig. P11.1
Solution
Moment equation:
0
2
0
( ) 0
2
( )
2
a a
x
M M x wx M
wx
M x M
Integration:
2 2
0
2
( )
2
d v wx
EI M x M
dx
3
0 1
6
dv wx
EI M x C
dx
2 4
0
1 2
2 24
M x wx
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
0 1
3
1 0
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
6
6
dv w L
x L M L C
dx
wL
C M L
Beam slope equation:
3 3
0 0
6 6
dv wx wL
EI M x M L
dx
Constraint:
At x = 0, the slope of the beam is to be zero; therefore,
3
2
3
0 0
0
(0)
(0) 0
6 6
6
A
dv w wL
EI M M L
dx
M
wL
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.2 When moment M
0
is applied to the left
end of the cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P11.2, the slope of the beam is zero. Use the
doubleintegration method to determine the
magnitude of the moment M
0
.
Fig. P11.2
Solution
Moment equation:
0
0
( ) 0
( )
a a
M M x Px M
M x Px M
Integration:
2
0
2
( )
d v
EI M x Px M
dx
2
0 1
2
dv Px
EI M x C
dx
3 2
0
1 2
6 2
Px M x
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
0 1
2
1 0
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
2
2
dv P L
x L M L C
dx
PL
C M L
Beam slope equation:
2 2
0 0
2 2
dv Px PL
EI M x M L
dx
Constraint:
At x = 0, the slope of the beam is to be zero; therefore,
2 2
0 0
0
(0)
(0) 0
2 2
2
A
dv P PL
EI M M
M
P
L
dx
L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.3 When the load P is applied to the right
end of the cantilever beam shown in Fig.
P11.3, the deflection at the right end of the
beam is zero. Use the doubleintegration
method to determine the magnitude of the
load P.
Fig. P11.3
Solution
Moment equation:
( ) ( ) ( ) 0
2
a a
L x
M w L x P L x M x
2
( ) ( ) ( )
2
w
M x L x P L x
Integration:
2
2
2
( ) ( ) ( )
2
d v w
EI M x L x P L x
dx
3 2
1
( ) ( )
6 2
dv w P
EI L x L x C
dx
4 3
1 2
( ) ( )
24 6
w P
EI v L x L x C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3 2
1
3 2
1
at 0, 0 ( 0) ( 0) 0
6 2
6 2
dv w P
x L L C
dx
wL PL
C
4 3
1 2
4 3
2
at 0, 0 ( 0) ( 0) (0) 0
24 6
24 6
w P
x v L L C C
wL PL
C
Beam elastic curve equation:
3 2 4 3
4 3
3 4 2 3
4 3
( ) ( )
24 6 6 2 24 6
( ) ( )
24 6 24 6 2 6
w P wLx PL x wL PL
EI v L x L x
w wLx wL P PL x PL
L x L x
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Constraint:
At x = L, the deflection of the beam is to be zero; therefore,
3 4 2 3
4 3
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) 0
24 6 24 6 2 6
B
w wL L wL P PL L PL
EI v L L L L
which simplifies to
4 4 3 3 4 3
0
6 24 2 6 8 3
B
wL wL PL PL wL PL
EI v
Therefore, the magnitude of P is
3
8
P
wL
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.4 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.4. Use the double
integration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.
Fig. P11.4
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0
0
y y y
A A y
F A B
M M B L M
Moment equation:
0 0
( ) ( ) 0 ( ) ( )
a a y y
M M x M B L x M x B L x M
Integration:
2
0 2
( ) ( )
y
d v
EI M x B L x M
dx
2
0 1
( )
2
y
B
dv
EI L x M x C
dx
2
3 0
1 2
( )
6 2
y
B
M x
EI v L x C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
2
0 1 1
at 0, 0 ( 0) (0) 0
2 2
y y
B B L
dv
x L M C C
dx
3
2
3 0
1 2 2
(0)
at 0, 0 ( 0) (0) 0
6 2 6
y y
B B L
M
x v L C C C
2 3
2
3 0
3
2
0 0 0
( )
at , 0 ( ) ( ) 0
6 2 2 6
3
3 2 2
3
2
y y y
y
y
B B L B L
M L
x L v L L L
B L
M M M
L
L
B
L
Ans.
Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:
0 0
3
0
2
3
2
y y y y y y
M M
F A B A B A
L L
Ans.
0
0 0 0
0 0
3
0 0
2
(cw)
2 2
A A y A y
A
M
M M B L M M B L
M
M L M
L
M
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.5 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.5.
(a) Use the doubleintegration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and B.
(b) Draw the shearforce and bending
moment diagrams for the beam.
Fig. P11.5
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0
2
y y y
A B y
F A B wL
L
M M B L wL
Moment equation:
2
( ) 0 ( )
2 2
a a y y
x wx
M M x wx A x M x A x
Integration:
2 2
2
( )
2
y
d v wx
EI M x A x
dx
2
3
1
6 2
y
A x
dv wx
EI C
dx
3
4
1 2
24 6
y
A x
wx
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
4
1 2 2
(0)
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
24 6
y
A
w
x v C C C
2 2
3 3
1 1
( )
( )
at , 0 0
6 2 6 2
y y
A L A L
dv w L wL
x L C C
dx
(a)
3 2
4 3
1 1
( )
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
24 6 24 6
y y
A L A L
w L wL
x L v C L C (b)
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to find:
3
1
3
and
48 8
3
8
y
wL wL
C A
wL
Ans.
Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:
3 5
0
5
8 8 8
y y y y y y
wL wL
F A B wL B wL
wL
A wL B Ans.
2
2 2 2 2
2
5
0
2
(cw)
2 2 8 8
8 8
A B y B y
B
L wL wL wL wL
wL
M M B L wL M B L
wL
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.6 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.6. Use the double
integration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.
Fig. P11.6
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0
0
2
2
0
2 3
y y y
A B y
w L
F A B
w L L
M M B L
Moment equation:
2
0
3
0
( ) 0
2 3
( )
6
a a y
y
w x x
M M x A x
L
w x
M x A x
L
Integration:
2 3
0
2
( )
6
y
d v w x
EI M x A x
dx L
2
4
0
1
24 2
y
A x
dv w x
EI C
dx L
3
5
0
1 2
120 6
y
A x
w x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
5
0
1 2 2
(0)
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
120 6
y
A
w
x v C C C
L
2 2
4 3
0 0
1 1
( )
( )
at , 0 0
24 2 24 2
y y
A L A L
dv w L w L
x L C C
dx L
(a)
3 2
5 3
0 0
1 1
( )
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
120 6 120 6
y y
A L A L
w L w L
x L v C L C
L
(b)
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to find:
3
0 0 0
1
and
120 1 10 0
y
w L w L
C A
w L
Ans.
Backsubstitute into equilibrium equations:
0 0 0 0 0 0
4
0
2 2 2 10 1 5 0
2
y y y y y y
w L w L w L w L w L
F A B B A B
w L
Ans.
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0 0
2 2
0 0
2 2
0
2 3 3 3 5 15
(cw
1 5
)
1 5
A B y B y
B
w L L w L w L w L w L
M M B L M B L
w L w L
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.7 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.7. Use the fourthorder
integration method to determine the reaction
at roller support B.
Fig. P11.7
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4 2
0
4 2
d v w x
EI
dx L
3 3
0
1
3 2
3
d v w x
EI C
dx L
2 4
0
1 2
2 2
12
d v w x
EI C x C
dx L
5 2
0 1
2 3
2
60 2
dv w x C x
EI C x C
dx L
6 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
2
360 6 2
w x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
6 3 2
0 1 2
3 4 4
2
(0) (0) (0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
360 6 2
w C C
x v C C C
L
5 2
0 1
2 3 3
2
(0) (0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
60 2
dv w C
x C C C
dx L
6 3 2 2
0 1 2 0
1 2
2
( ) ( ) ( )
at , 0 0 3
360 6 2 60
w L C L C L w L
x L v C L C
L
(a)
2 4 2
0 0
1 2 1 2
2 2
( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
12 12
d v w L w L
x L M EI C L C C L C
dx L
(b)
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
2 2
4
2
60 12 60 30
w L w L w L w L
C C
2 2 2
0 0 0 0
1 1
7 7
12 30 60 60
w L w L w L w L
C L C
Roller reaction at B:
3 3
0 0 0 0 0 0
3 2
( ) 7 20 7 13
3 60 60 60 60
13
60
B y
x L
d v w L w L w L w L w L
V EI B
dx L
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.8 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.8. Use the fourthorder
integration method to determine the reaction
at roller support A.
Fig. P11.8
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4 2
0
4 2
d v w x
EI
dx L
3 3
0
1
3 2
3
d v w x
EI C
dx L
2 4
0
1 2
2 2
12
d v w x
EI C x C
dx L
5 2
0 1
2 3
2
60 2
dv w x C x
EI C x C
dx L
6 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
2
360 6 2
w x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
6 3 2
0 1 2
3 4 4
2
(0) (0) (0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
360 6 2
w C C
x v C C C
L
2 4
0
1 2 2
2 2
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
12
d v w
x M EI C C C
dx L
5 2 3
2 0 1 0
3 1 3
2
( ) ( )
at , 0 0 2
60 2 30
dv w L C L w L
x L C C L C
dx L
(a)
6 3 3
2 0 1 0
3 1 3
2
( ) ( )
at , 0 ( ) 0 6
360 6 60
w L C L w L
x L v C L C L C
L
(b)
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:
3 3 3 3
0 0 0 0
3 3
4
30 60 60 240
w L w L w L w L
C C
3 3 3
2 0 0 0 0 0
1 1
5 5
30 120 120 120 24
w L w L w L w L w L
C L C
Roller reaction at A:
3 3
0 0 0
3 2
0
0
(0)
3 24 4 4 2 2
A y
x
d v w w L w L
V EI A
dx L
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.9 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.9. Use the fourthorder
integration method to determine the
reaction at roller support A.
Fig. P11.9
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
sin
2
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
2
cos
2
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
4
sin
2
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
8
cos
2 2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
16
sin
2 6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4 4
4
16 (0) (0) (0)
at 0, 0 sin (0) 0 0
2 6 2
w L C C
x v C C C
L
2 2
0
1 2 2
2 2
4 (0)
at 0, 0 sin (0) 0 0
2
d v w L
x M EI C C C
dx L
3 2
2 0 1
3 1 3
3
8 ( ) ( )
at , 0 cos 0 2 0
2 2
dv w L L C L
x L C C L C
dx L
(a)
4 3 3
2 0 1 0
3 1 3
4 4
16 ( ) ( ) 96
at , 0 sin ( ) 0 6
2 6
w L L C L w L
x L v C L C L C
L
(b)
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:
3 3
0 0
3 3
4 4
96 24
4
w L w L
C C
3
2 0 0
1 1
4 4
24 48
2
w L w L
C L C
Roller reaction at A:
3
0 0 0
3 4
0
4
0
2 (0) 48
cos
2
2 48
A y
x
d v w L w L
V EI
w L
x
L
A
w
d L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.10 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.10. Use the fourthorder
integration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.
Fig. P11.10
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
cos
2
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
2
sin
2
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
4
cos
2
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
8
sin
2 2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
16
cos
2 6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3 2
0 1
2 3 3
3
8 (0) (0)
at 0, 0 sin (0) 0 0
2 2
dv w L C
x C C C
dx L
4 3 2 4
0 1 2 0
4 4
4 4
16 (0) (0) (0) 16
at 0, 0 cos 0
2 6 2
w L C C w L
x v C C
L
3 2 2
0 1 0
2 1 2
3 3
8 ( ) ( ) 16
at , 0 sin ( ) 0 2
2 2
dv w L L C L w L
x L C L C L C
dx L
(a)
4 3 2 4 2
0 1 2 0 0
1 2
4 4 4
16 ( ) ( ) ( ) 16 96
at , 0 cos 0 3
2 6 2
w L L C L C L w L w L
x L v C L C
L
(b)
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:
2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2
3 4 4
16 96 16
6
w L w L w L
C C
2 2
0 0 0
1 1
3 4 4
48 192 48
4
w L w L w L
C L C
Reactions at supports A and B
3
0 0 0
3 4 4
0
0
4
2 (0) 48 48
sin 4 4
4
2
8
4
A
x
y
d v w L w L
w
w
L
L
V EI
dx L
A Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3
3 0 0
4
4
3 0
0
3 4
2 ( ) 48 2
si
2
96
n 4 24 9
4
6
2
2
B
x L
y
d v w L L w L w L
V EI
dx L
w L
B Ans.
2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2 4 4
2
2
0
2 2
0 0
2 4
0
4
4 (0) 48 (0) 16
cos 4
4
24 4 (c
6
2
4 1
)
6
6
w
A
x
A
d v w L w L w L
M EI
dx L
w L w L
M
w L
Ans.
2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2 4 4
2 2 2 2
0 0 0 0
4 4 4
2
0
4
4
4 ( ) 48 (
32
3 (c
) 16
cos 4 6
2
48 16
cw
16 16
4 6 3 12 6 2 6
)
B
x L
B
d v w L L w L L w L
M EI
dx L
w L w L
L
w L w L
w
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.11 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.11. Use the fourthorder
integration method to determine the
reactions at supports A and B.
Fig. P11.11
Solution
Integrate the load distribution:
4
0
4
sin
d v x
EI w
dx L
3
0
1
3
cos
d v w L x
EI C
dx L
2 2
0
1 2
2 2
sin
d v w L x
EI C x C
dx L
3 2
0 1
2 3
3
cos
2
dv w L x C x
EI C x C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4
4
sin
6 2
w L x C x C x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3 2 3
0 1 0
2 3 3
3 3
(0) (0)
at 0, 0 cos (0) 0
2
dv w L C w L
x C C C
dx L
4 3 2
0 1 2
3 4 4
4
(0) (0) (0)
at 0, 0 sin (0) 0 0
6 2
w L C C
x v C C C
L
3 2 3 2
0 1 0 0
2 1 2
3 3 3
( ) ( ) 4
at , 0 cos ( ) 0 2
2
dv w L L C L w L w L
x L C L C L C
dx L
(a)
4 3 2 3 2
0 1 2 0 0
1 2
4 3 3
( ) ( ) ( ) 6
at , 0 sin ( ) 0 3
6 2
w L L C L C L w L w L
x L v L C L C
L
(b)
Solve Eqs. (a) and (b) simultaneously to obtain:
2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2
3 3 3
6 4 2 w L w L w L
C C
2 2
0 0
1 1
3 3
4 2
2 0
w L w L
C L C
Reactions at supports A and B
3
0
0 0
3
0
(0)
cos
A
x
y
d v w L w L
V EI
dx L
A
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
3
0
3
0 0
( )
cos
B
x L
y
d v w L L w L
V EI
dx L
B
w L
Ans.
2 2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2 3 3
0
2
0
3
(0) 2
2
)
sin
(cw
2
A
x
A
d v w L w L w L
M
w
I
dx L
L
E
M Ans.
2 2 2 2
0 0 0
2 2 3 3
2
0
3
( ) 2
2
(ccw)
2
sin
B
x L
B
d v w L L w L w
w
L
M E
L
I
dx L
M Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.12 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.12.
(a) Use the doubleintegration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shearforce and bending
moment diagrams for the beam.
(c) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.12
Solution
Beam FBD:
from symmetry,
2
and
y y
A C
P
A C
M M
Moment equation:
( ) 0 ( )
2 2
a a A A
P Px
M M x M x M x M
Integration:
2
2
( )
2
A
d v Px
EI M x M
dx
2
1
4
A
dv Px
EI M x C
dx
3 2
1 2
12 2
A
Px M x
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
2
1 1
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
4
A
dv P
x M C C
dx
3 2
2 2
(0) (0)
at 0, 0 0 0
12 2
A
P M
x v C C
(a) Beam reaction forces:
2
y y
A
P
C Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Beam reaction moments:
2
(ccw) (cw)
8
( / 2)
at , 0 0
2 4 2
8 8
A
A C
L dv P L L
x M
dx
PL PL P
M M
L
Ans.
Elastic curve equation:
3 2 3 2 2
2
3 4
12 2 12 16 48
3 4
48
A
Px M x Px PLx Px
EI v L x
Px
v L x
EI
(c) Midspan deflection:
2 3
( / 2)
3 4(
192
/ 2)
48
B
P L
v L L
E
PL
EI I
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.13 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.13.
(a) Use the doubleintegration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and B.
(b) Draw the shearforce and bending
moment diagrams for the beam.
(c) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.13
Solution
Beam FBD:
from symmetry,
2
and
y y
A B
wL
A B
M M
Moment equation:
2
( ) 0
2 2
( )
2 2
a a A
A
x wL
M M x M wx x
wx wLx
M x M
Integration:
2 2
2
( )
2 2
A
d v wx wLx
EI M x M
dx
3 2
1
6 4
A
dv wx wLx
EI M x C
dx
4 3 2
1 2
24 12 2
A
wx wLx M x
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3 2
1 1
(0) (0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
6 4
A
dv w wL
x M C C
dx
4 3 2
2 2
(0) (0) (0)
at 0, 0 0 0
24 12 2
A
w wL M
x v C C
(a) Beam reaction forces:
2
y y
A B
wL
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Beam reaction moments:
3
2
2
2 2 2
(ccw) (cw)
( / 2) ( / 2)
at , 0 0
2
12 12
6 4 2
12 12
A
A B
L dv w L wL L L
x M
dx
wL wL
M M
wL wL
Ans.
Elastic curve equation:
4 3 2 4 3 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2
2
2 ( )
24 12 2 24 12 24 24 24
( )
24
A
wx wLx M x wx wLx wL x wx wx
EI v x Lx L x L
wx
v x L
EI
(c) Midspan deflection:
2
2
2
4
/
( / 2)
4 2 3
)
84 2
x L
w L L
v L
EI
wL
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.14 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.14.
(a) Use the doubleintegration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.14
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
from symmetry,
2
and
y y
A C
w L
A C
M M
Moment equation:
2
0 0
3
0 0
( ) 0
2 3 2
( )
6 2
a a A
A
w x x w L
M M x M x
L
w x w Lx
M x M
L
Integration:
2 3
0 0
2
( )
6 2
A
d v w x w Lx
EI M x M
dx L
4 2
0 0
1
24 4
A
dv w x w Lx
EI M x C
dx L
5 3 2
0 0
1 2
120 12 2
A
w x w Lx M x
EI v C x C
L
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
4 2
0 0
1 1
(0) (0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
24 4
A
dv w w L
x M C C
dx L
5 3 2
0 0
2 2
(0) (0) (0)
at 0, 0 0 0
120 12 2
A
w w L M
x v C C
L
(a) Beam reaction forces:
0
2
y y
A C
w L
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
(a) Beam reaction moments:
2
4 2
0 0
2 2
0 0
2
0 0
( ) ( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
24 4
5 5 5
(ccw) (cw)
24
5
24 24 24
A
A C
d
w
v w L w L L
x L M L
dx L
w L w L L w L
M M Ans.
Elastic curve equation:
5 3 2 5 3 2 2
0 0 0 0 0
5 2 3 3 2 2
3 2 3 0 0 0 0
2
3 2 3 0
5
120 12 2 120 12 48
2 20 25
2 20 25
240 240 240 240
2 20 25
240
A
w x w Lx M x w x w Lx w L x
EI v
L L
w x w L x w L x w x
x L x L
L L L L
w x
v x L x L
LEI
(c) Midspan deflection:
2
3 2 3
4
0 0
( )
2( ) 20 ( ) 25
2
7
0 2 4 40
B
w L
v L L L L
w
LEI
L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.15 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.15.
(a) Use the doubleintegration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shearforce and bending
moment diagrams for the beam.
(c) Determine the deflection in the middle
of the span.
Fig. P11.15
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0
2
y y y
A C y
F A C P
L
M M C L P
Moment equation:
( ) 0
( ) 0
2
a a y
y
M M x A x
L
M x A x x
( ) 0
2
( )
2 2
b b y
y
L
M M x A x P x
PL L
M x A x Px x L
Integration:
For beam segment AB:
2
2
( )
y
d v
EI M x A x
dx
2
1
2
y
A x
dv
EI C
dx
3
1 2
6
y
A x
EI v C x C
For beam segment BC:
2
2
( )
2
y
d v PL
EI M x A x Px
dx
2
2
3
2 2 2
y
A x
dv Px PLx
EI C
dx
3
3 2
3 4
6 6 4
y
A x
Px PLx
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants:
3
1 2 2
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
6
y
A
x v C C C
2 2
2
3 3
( )
( ) ( )
at , 0 0
2 2 2 2
y y
A L A L
dv P L PL L
x L C C
dx
3 2 3
3 2 3
4 4
( )
( ) ( )
at , 0 ( ) 0
6 6 4 2 3 12
y y y
A L A L A L
P L PL L PL
x L v L C C
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Slope continuity condition at x = L/2:
2 2 2
2
1
2
2
1
at ,
2
( / 2) ( / 2)
( / 2) ( / 2)
2 2 2 2 2
8 2
AB BC
y y y
y
L dv dv
x
dx dx
A L A L A L
P L PL L
C
A L
PL
C
Deflection continuity condition at x = L/2:
3 2 3 2 3
2 3 2 3
at ,
2
6 8 2 6 6 4 2 3 12
B B
AB BC
y y y y y
L
x v v
A x A L x A x A L x A L
PL x Px PLx PL
eliminate terms and rearrange:
3
3 2 2 3
3 6 4 8 12
y
A L
Px PLx PL x PL
Substitute x = L/2 to obtain:
3
3 2 2 3 3
( / 2) ( / 2) ( / 2) 5
3 6 4 8 12 48
5
16
y
y
A L
P L PL L PL L PL PL
P
A
(a) Beam reaction forces:
5 11
16 16
y y
A C
P P
Ans.
(a) Beam reaction moment:
11 3
(cw)
16
3 3
2 2 16 16 16
C y C
L PL PL PL PL
M P C L
P
M
L
Ans.
Elastic curve equation for beam segment AB:
3 2
2 3 2 2 3 2
2 2
5 5 5 3
6 8 2 96 8 32 96 96
5 3
96
y y
A x A L x
PL x Px PL x PL x Px PL x
EI v
Px
v x L
EI
(c) Midspan deflection:
2
3
2
( / 2)
5 3
96 2
7
768
B
P L PL
EI
L
v L
EI
Ans.
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
11.16 A beam is loaded and supported as
shown in Fig. P11.16.
(a) Use the doubleintegration method to
determine the reactions at supports A and C.
(b) Draw the shearforce and bending
moment diagrams for the beam.
Fig. P11.16
Solution
Beam FBD:
0
0
0
y y y y y
A A y
F A C C A
M M C L M
Moment equation:
( ) 0
( ) 0
2
a a y A
y A
M M x A x M
L
M x A x M x
0
0
( ) 0
( )
2
b b y A
y A
M M x A x M M
L
M x A x M M x L
Integration:
For beam segment AB:
2
2
( )
y A
d v
EI M x A x M
dx
2
1
2
y
A
A x
dv
EI M x C
dx
3
2
1 2
6 2
y
A
A x
M x
EI v C x C
For beam segment BC:
2
0 2
( )
y A
d v
EI M x A x M M
dx
2
0 3
2
y
A
A x
dv
EI M x M x C
dx
3
2 2
0
3 4
6 2 2
y
A
A x
M x M x
EI v C x C
Boundary conditions and evaluate constants for segment AB:
3
2
1 2 2
(0)
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
6 2
y
A
A
M
x v C C C
2
1 1
(0)
at 0, 0 (0) 0 0
2
y
A
A
dv
x M C C
dx
Excerpts from this work may be reproduced by instructors for distribution on a notforprofit basis for testing or instructional purposes only
to students enrolled in courses for which the textbook has been adopted. Any other reproduction or translation of this work beyond that
permitted by Sections 107 or 108 of the 1976 United States Copyright Act without the permission of the copyright owner is unlawful.
Slope continuity condition at x = L/2:
2 2
0 3
0
3
at ,
2
2 2
2